ML041170064: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot insert)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:HARRIS EXAM
{{#Wiki_filter:HARRIS EXAM  
    50-4OOl2OO4-301
50 -4OOl2OO4-30 1
              -
FEBRUARY 23 - 27,2004  
  FEBRUARY 23 27,2004
& MARCH 4,2004 (WRITTEN)  
& MARCH 4,2004 (WRITTEN)


a ES-301
ES-301  
                                HARRIS
Administrative Topics Outline  
                                      Administrative Topics Outline
FORM ES-304-1  
                                                                    Date of Examination:
a
                                                                                            FORM ES-304-1
Facility:  
    Facility:
HARRIS
    Examination Level:                   RO                       Operating Test Number:     /
Date of Examination:
                                            Describe Activity to be Performed
Examination Level:  
            Administrative Topic
RO  
                (see Note)
Operating Test Number:  
                                                  -
/  
                                            (KA t RO Imp / SRO Imp)
Administrative Topic  
                                            Determine Reactor Vessel Head venting time per EOP-EPP-FRF
(see Note)  
                                            1.3
Conduct of Operations
          Conduct of Operations
Conduct of Operations
                                            (2.1.25 2.8 INA)
Equipment Control
                                            Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration per EOP-EPP-00:
Radiation Control
          Conduct of Operations
Emergency Plan
                                          (2.1.20- 4.3 I4.2)
OTE: All items (5 total) are required
                                          Determine clearance requirements for a CSIP per QPS-NGGC-
Describe Activity to be Performed
                                            1302
(KA t - RO Imp / SRO Imp)  
            Equipment Control
Determine Reactor Vessel Head venting time per EOP-EPP-FRF  
                                          (2.2.13 - 3.613.8)
1.3  
                                          Determine entry conditions for a High Radiation Area per AP-504
(2.1.25 2.8 I
            Radiation Control
NA)  
                                          :2.3.10 - 2.9I 3 . 3 )
Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration per EOP-EPP-00:  
                                          \10T APPLICABLE FOR RO
(2.1.20 - 4.3 I4.2)  
              Emergency Plan
Determine clearance requirements for a CSIP per QPS-NGGC-  
  OTE: All items (5 total) are required  SROs. WO applicants require only 4 items unless they are
1302  
  !taking only theadministrative topics, when 5 are required.
(2.2.13  
  ,taking
- 3.6 13.8)  
                                                                                NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9
Determine entry conditions for a High Radiation Area per AP-504  
                                                                          Development Rev. Bate 12/08/2003
:2.3.10  
- 2.9 I 3 . 3 )
\\10T APPLICABLE FOR RO  
SROs. WO applicants require only 4 items unless they are  
!taking only theadministrative topics, when 5 are required.  
,taking only theadministrative topics, when 5 are required.
NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9
Development Rev. Bate 12/08/2003
NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9  
Development Rev. Bate 12/08/2003  


e ES-301
ES-301  
    Facility:                    HARRlS
Administrative Topics Outline  
                                        Administrative Topics Outline
FORM ES-301-1  
                                                                      Date of Examination:
e
                                                                                                FORM ES-301-1
Facility:
    Examination Level:                   SR6                        Operating Test Number:         I
HARRlS
                                                          tivity to be Performed
Date of Examination:
                                              Perform a manual Shutdown Margin Calculation per OST-1036
Examination Level:  
          Conduct of Operations
S R 6 
                                              Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration per EOP-EQP-Qc?:
Operating Test Number:  
          Conduct of Operations
I  
            Equipment Control
tivity to be Performed  
                                          1  Determine clearance requirements for a 6sIF' per OQS-NGGC-
Perform a manual Shutdown Margin Calculation per OST-1036  
                                              2301
Conduct of Operations  
                                              (2.2.13- 3.6I 3 . 8 )
Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration per EOP-EQP-Qc?:  
                                              Determine entry conditions for a High Radiation Area per AQ- 504
Conduct of Operations  
                                            (2.3.10- 2.9 I 3 . 3 )
Equipment Control  
                                            Determine Protective Action Recommendations per PEP-110
Determine clearance requirements for a 6s IF' per OQS-NGGC-  
              Emergency Plan
1 2301  
                                                    -
(2.2.13  
                                            (2.4.44 NA I4.0)
- 3.6 I3.8)  
  OTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are
Determine entry conditions for a High Radiation Area per AQ-504  
  ,taking only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.
(2.3.10 - 2.9 I3.3)  
                                                                                NUREG-1 021, BraR Revision 9
Determine Protective Action Recommendations per PEP-1 10
                                                                            Development R e v . Date 12/08/2003
Emergency Plan  
(2.4.44 - NA I4.0)  
OTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are  
,taking only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.  
NUREG-1 021, BraR Revision 9  
Development Rev. Date 12/08/2003  


                                        ADMIN SRO-LA
ADMIN SRO-LA  
                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION II
REGION II  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUM
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUM  
            ABMIN SRO-GA
ABMIN SRO-GA  
Perform a Manual Shutdown Margin Calculation
Perform a Manual Shutdown Margin Calculation  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                              Page 1 of8
Page 1 of8  
                                Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        ADMIN SRO-IA
ADMIN SRO-IA  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION I1
REGION I1  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
TASK       Perform a Manual Shutdown Margin Calculation
TASK  
ALTERKATE PATH:        None
ALTERKATE PATH:
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:         CR-016 (M)
None
KA: 2.1.25             IMPORTANCE:           SRO         3.1         RO         NA
Perform a Manual Shutdown Margin Calculation  
KA STATEMENT:           Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
                        such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain
CR-016 (M)  
                        performance data
KA:  
TASK STANDARD:          OST-1036, Attachment 3, Manual SDM Calculation (Modes
2.1.25  
                        1 and 2), completed with SDM of 3818 2 75 pcm
IMPORTANCE:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIRIULATOR       -       X PLANT        __I
SRO  
PREFERRED EVALIJATION METHOD:                 PFRFORM          -*      SIMULATE        -
3.1  
REFERENCES:       OST-1046, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5
RO  
                  Curve Book
NA  
VALIDATION TIME:      -15      MINUTES              TIME CRITICAL:              No
KA STATEMENT:  
APPLICANT:
Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials  
START TIME:                             FINISH TIME:
such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain  
PERFORMANCE 'TIME:                     MINUTES
performance data  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   mSAT
OST-1036, Attachment 3, Manual SDM Calculation (Modes  
COMMENTS:
1 and 2), completed with SDM of 3818 2 75 pcm  
EXAMINER:
TASK STANDARD:
                                    Signature                               Date
__I
                                                                                Page 2 of 8
X PLANT
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
-
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
SIRIULATOR  
-  
PFRFORM
*
SIMULATE
PREFERRED EVALIJATION METHOD:  
-  
REFERENCES:  
VALIDATION TIME:
15
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL:
No
OST-1046, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5  
Curve Book -  
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE 'TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
m S A T 
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMIN SRO-1.4
ADMIN SRO-1.4  
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
* JPM can be perfonncd in any location where the identified references are available
* JPM can be perfonncd in any location where the identified references are available  
e   OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5
e  
e  Curve Book (Cycle 12)
e
NOTE: COMPLETED COPY OF ATTACHMENT 3 INCLUDED AT
Curve Book (Cycle 12)
END OF JPM TO BE USED AS EXAMINER KEY.
OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
NOTE: COMPLETED COPY OF ATTACHMENT 3 INCLUDED AT  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
END OF JPM TO BE USED AS EXAMINER KEY.  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
READ TO OPERATOR  
  performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  detcmiine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further a d o n is
performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
detcmiine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further a d o n is  
  communication, place-kecping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
communication, place-kecping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All  
  ask for clarification if needed.
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate Rctions.
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may  
  ifun-y, ure to beperformwdfrom metnoiy. Describe the actions you are taking and the
ask for clarification if needed.  
  indications you are looking at during the perfonnance of the IPM; the evaluator will
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate Rctions.  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
ifun-y, ure to beperformwdfrom metnoiy. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  available. Report cotnpletion of the task us you would in theplant.
indications you are looking at during the perfonnance of the IPM; the evaluator will  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
available. Report cotnpletion of the task us you would in theplant.  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                                    Page 3 of 6
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 6  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                      ADMIN SRO-IA
ADMIN SRO-IA  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
WITIAL CONDITIONS:
WITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  e The plant has been operating at 75% power for 6 weeks.
e  
  e  Core bumup is 350 EFPD.
e
  e  RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm.
e
  e  NO rods are believed to be immovable I untrippable.
e
  e  POWEKTRAX is NOT available.
e
INITIATING CUE@):
POWEKTRAX is NOT available.
  Complete OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5, Section 7.3, "Manual
The plant has been operating at 75% power for 6 weeks.  
  SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)" for current plant conditions.
Core bumup is 350 EFPD.  
                                                                              Page 4 of 8
RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm.  
                                                                Past Validation Revision
NO rods are believed to be immovable I untrippable.  
INITIATING CUE@):  
Complete OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5, Section 7.3, "Manual  
SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)" for current plant conditions.  
Page 4 of 8  
Past Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMlN SRO-IA
ADMlN SRO-IA  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
WART TIME:
WART TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
      -PKOC           EI.EMENT                                            NO'I'ES              SAT I
-  
      SIEP
PKOC  
              -
SIEP
              Locate OST-1036, Section
_ _ 
                                          _  E  =
Att. 3,
                                          Locates OST-1036,
Step 1
                                                                                              P
Att. 3,
                                                                                              UNSAT
Step 2
              7.3, Attnchment 3: and     Section 7.3, Attachment
-.
    _ _      Curve Book                  3, and Curve..Hook .-
-. ___
      Att. 3, Enters 1leac.torPower Levei Refers to given
Att. 3,
      Step 1                              conditions and enters
Step 3
      -.                                  7%
Att. 3,  
      Att. 3, Determine Hod Insertion    Refers to Curve F-12-1   CRIlICAL TO-
Step 4
      Step 2  Limit for power level      and determines TS         ALLOW
EI.EMENT
                                          limit for RIP. to be 140 DETERMINING
-
                                            2 steps                INTEGRAL ROB
Locate OST-1036, Section
    -. ___  _    _    _    ~ - -                              -WORTH.
7.3, Attnchment 3: and  
      Att. 3, Enters core Burn Up        Refers to given
Curve Book
      Step 3                              conditions and enters
Enters 1leac.tor Power Levei
                                          _ EFPD
Determine Hod Insertion
                                      - -350
Limit for power level
      Att. 3, Enters RCS Boron            Refers to initial
_
      Step 4  Concentration              conditions and enters
_
                                                                    _.
_
    NOTE: ATT 3, STEP 5 NOT PER1                                  IS IXCLUDED
~ --
    AS PA8 ' OF ATTACHMENT.
-
          -            .___-.-
      Att. 3, Determines Power Defect    Refers to Curve C-12-3 CRITICAL TO
Enters core Burn Up
      Step 6  for current power level    snd determines power     ENSURE PROPER
-
                                          defect to be 2258 rf- SO POWER DEFECT
Enters RCS Boron
                                          pcm                      INCLUDED IN
Concentration
                                                                    CALCULATION.
NOTE: ATT 3, STEP 5 NOT PER1
                                                                    MX" CURVE C-
AS PA8
                                                                    12-3 USED DUE
Att. 3,  
                                                                    TU CORE BURN
Step 6
                                                                                      Page 5 of x
-
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
' OF ATTACHMENT.  
Determines Power Defect
for current power level
.___-.-  
_E=
Locates OST-1036,
Section 7.3, Attachment
Refers to given  
conditions and enters  
7%  
Refers to Curve F-12-1  
and determines TS  
limit for RIP. to be 140  
3, and Curve .. Hook
.-  
2 steps
Refers to given  
conditions and enters  
350 EFPD  
Refers to initial  
conditions and enters  
-_  
Refers to Curve C-12-3  
snd determines power  
defect to be 2258 rf- SO  
pcm
NO'I'ES
CRIlICAL TO-
ALLOW
DETERMINING
INTEGRAL ROB
WORTH.
_.
IS IXCLUDED
CRITICAL TO
ENSURE PROPER
POWER DEFECT  
INCLUDED IN  
CALCULATION.  
MX" CURVE C-  
12-3 USED DUE  
TU CORE BURN  
SAT I
UNSAT
P
Page 5 of x  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                          ADhlIN SKO-lA
ADhlIN SKO-lA  
                                                                                                  HAKKKS
HAKKKS  
~
~  
~                                                                                                       -
~  
  JPM   PROC              ELEMEN1                                                    NOTES                SAT /
JPM  
STEP  STEP
STEP  
- *7 4tt. 3,
*7 -  
              -
~
              Determines Rod Worth for     Refers tu Curve A-12-             CRITICAL To
X
                                                                                                          UNSAI'
~
      Step 7  RII, position determined      I1 and determines rod             ENSURE PROPER
*9
              above                        mrth to be 615 + 25               ROD WORTH
...~
                                            IClXl                            INCLUDED IN
10
                                                                              CALCULATION.
PROC
                                                                              NOTZ: CURVE A-
STEP
                                                                              10-11 USEL)DUE:
4tt. 3,
                                                                              TO CORE BURN
Step 7  
                                                                              UP, EQUILIBRIIJM
4tt. 3,
                                                                              XEiVON
Step 8
                                                                              COArDITI0h1S,AMI
~
~              .....-....                                                      POWER > 10%.
4tt. 3,  
    X  4tt. 3, Enters worth of any          k f e r s to given
Step 9
      Step 8  xiditional immovable or      mnditions and enters 0
Section
~          ~
7.3
              untrippable rods              ~                  .....
CUE: I
                                                              .~    ........ -
-. .-
  *9  4tt. 3, Determines Total              leterrnines 'Total                CRITICAL TO
EL EM EN1
      Step 9  Shutdowu Margin              Shutdown Margin to                CORRECTLY
-  
                                            ae 3818 5 75 pcm                  DETERMINE
Determines Rod Worth for  
                                                                              TOTAL
RII, position determined
                                                                              SIIUTDOWN
above
                                                                              MARGIN.
. . .. . -....
                                                                              NOTE:
Enters worth of any
                                                                              TOI.EMNCE
xiditional immovable or
                                                                              DETERMINED
untrippable rods
                                                                              USING
Determines Total
                                                                              I'FxrIIOusI,Y
Shutdowu Margin
                                                                              TOLERANCES IN
.
                                                                              REAIXVG
. ..
...~                            ....                                          GMPIIS.
Signs off Section 7.3 steps
  10  Section Signs off Section 7.3 steps
Refers tu Curve A-12-  
      7.3
I1 and determines rod  
      -. .-                                                                          .      ~
mrth to be 615 + 25  
      CUE: I                                                                  D FOR
IClXl
      PURPOSES OF THIS   _ - JPM ONLY.                     _-
kfers to given
                                          I
mnditions and enters 0
STOP TIME:
~
                                                                                                Page 6 of S
.~ ..... ... .....
                                                                                  Post Validation Revision
leterrnines 'Total
Shutdown Margin to
ae 3818 5 75 pcm
NOTES
CRITICAL To
ENSURE PROPER
ROD WORTH  
INCLUDED IN  
CALCULATION.  
NOTZ: CURVE A-  
10-11 USEL) DUE:  
TO CORE BURN  
UP, EQUILIBRIIJM  
XEiVON  
COArDITI0h1S, AMI  
POWER > 10%.  
-  
CRITICAL TO  
CORRECTLY  
DETERMINE  
TOTAL  
SIIUTDOWN  
MARGIN.  
NOTE:  
TOI.EMNCE  
DETERMINED  
USING  
I'FxrIIOusI,Y  
TOLERANCES IN  
REA IXVG
GMPIIS.  
.  
~  
D FOR  
I
PURPOSES OF THIS  
_ - JPM ONLY.  
_-  
-
SAT /
UNSAI'
STOP TIME:  
Page 6 of S  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                                                ALIMIN SRO-lh
ALIMIN SRO-lh  
                                                                                                                          HAKKlS
HAKKlS  
....................................... _...                       ...........................................................................
1
  ( S r f A D E D ' n ~ A ' B ~ L O W i ~ D j C A rTA
.......................................  
                                                    ExBMlNR ME
_...  
                                                          ~ SALREADY
...........................................................................  
                                                              .~A       PROVIDED)
ExBMlNR ME
                                                                                                                                  1
( S r f A D E D ' n ~ A ' B ~ L O W i ~ D j C A r ~ S . ~ A
                                              Vanuai.SD.M Cake aticn (Modes 1 and 2)
TA ALREADY PROVIDED)  
                                              .....
.....
                      1. Reactor power level.                                                                         75       %
Vanuai.SD.M Cake aticn (Modes 1 and 2)  
                      2. Rod insertion limit for the above power level
1. Reactor power level.  
                                                                                140+2       stepson bank             D
75  
                      3. Burn up (POWERPRAXIIVICR Status Board).                                                     350       EFPD
%  
                      4. Present RCS Boron Concentration                                                             300       ppm
2. Rod insertion limit for the above power level  
m:Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves.
140+2  
                      5.Total worth of all control and shutdown banks, minus the worth of the most reactive rod
stepson bank  
                          for Fuel Cycle 12.
D  
                                                                                                                                Pcm
3. Burn up (POWERPRAXIIVICR Status Board).  
                      6. Cycle 12 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1.
350  
                          (Refer to Curves C-X-1 to C-X-3).
EFPD  
                                                              C U WUsed
4. Present RCS Boron Concentration  
                                                                    ~          6-12-3                           2250 + 50 pcm
300  
                                                                                                                      (b)
ppm  
NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of 10% or greater
m:  
                      7. Inserted control rod worth at the rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.
Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves.  
                          (Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11)
5. Total worth of all control and shutdown banks, minus the worth of the most reactive rod  
                                                              Curve used       A-I 2-1 I                           615+25 pcrn
for Fuel Cycle 12.  
                                                                                                                      (c)
Pcm  
                      6.Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most
6. Cycle 12 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1.  
                          reactive single rod worth (1524 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the
(Refer to Curves C-X-1 to C-X-3).  
                          reactor engineer).
C U W ~ 
                                                                                                                      0       pcm
Used
                      9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:
6-12-3  
                                                                                                                  3818    75 pcm
2250 + 50 pcm  
                                                                                                                        Page 7 of X
( b )
                                                                                                        Post Validation Revision
NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of 10% or greater  
7. Inserted control rod worth at the rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.  
(Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11)  
Curve used  
A-I 2-1 I  
615+25 pcrn  
( c )
6. Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most  
reactive single rod worth (1524 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the  
reactor engineer).  
0  
pcm  
9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:  
381 8
75 pcm  
Page 7 of X  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        ADMIN SRO-IA
ADMIN SRO-IA  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                      APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TO BE WETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TO BE WETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDI'IIONS:
INITIAL CONDI'IIONS:  
  * The plant has been operating at 75% power for 6 weeks.
*  
  * Core burnup is 350 EFPD.
*
      RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm.
FWWERTRAX is NOT avaiiable.
      NO rods are believed to be immovabie / untrippable.
The plant has been operating at 75% power for 6 weeks.  
      FWWERTRAX is NOT avaiiable.
Core burnup is 350 EFPD.  
INITIATING CUE(§):
RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm.  
    Complete OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5, Section 7.3. "Manual
NO rods are believed to be immovabie / untrippable.  
    SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)" for current plant conditions.
INITIATING CUE(§):  
                                                                                Page 8 of 8
Complete OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5, Section 7.3. "Manual  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)" for current plant conditions.  
Page 8 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                          hDMIN RO- 1A
hDMIN RO- 1A  
                                                HAWS
H A W S 
                REGION I1
REGION I1  
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUW
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUW  
              ADMIN KO- 1A
ADMIN KO- 1 A
Determine Reactor Vessel Head Venting Time
Determine Reactor Vessel Head Venting Time  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                              Page I o f 9
Page I of9
                                Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN RO-1A
ADMIN RO-1A  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  Fe,GION I1
Fe,GION I1  
                  INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORIMANCE IvEASURE
JOB PERFORIMANCE IvEASURE  
TASK:       Determine Reactor Vessel Head Venting Time
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:        None
ALTERNATE PATH:
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:         New
None
KA:   2.1.25             IMPORTANCE:           SRO         NA         RO         2.8
Determine Reactor Vessel Head Venting Time  
KA STATEMENT?           Ability to obtain and interpret station reference mahcriarials
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
                        such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain
New  
                        performance data.
KA:  
TASK STANDARD:          Maximum venting time calculated as 17.7 -+_ 1.0 minutes.
2.1.25  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR         -      IN PLANT        -
IMPORTANCE:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                   PERFORM         -9     SIMULATE -
SRO  
REFERENCES:        EOP- FRP-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel
NA  
VALIDATIOK TIME:        -15     MMUTES               TIME CRITICAL:             No
RO  
APPLICANT:
2.8  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
KA STATEMENT?  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
Ability to obtain and interpret station reference mahcriarials  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   UNSAT
such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain  
COMMENTS:
performance data.  
EXAMINER:
Maximum venting time calculated as 17.7 -+_ 1.0 minutes.  
                                  Signature                                 Date
IN PLANT
                                                                                Page 2 of9
TASK STANDARD:
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
SIMULATOR  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:  
REFERENCES:
-
-
-
PERFORM  
9  
SIMULATE  
-  
EOP- FRP-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel  
15  
MMUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
-
VALIDATIOK TIME:
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
UNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  ADMIN RO-1A
ADMIN RO-1A  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
?'OOLS i EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES WEEDED:
?'OOLS i EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES WEEDED:  
0   JPM can be performed in any location where EOP- FRP-13 is available
0  
EOP- FRP-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel
e
    NOTE: AN EXAMINER KEY IS ATTACHED TO JPM.
JPM can be performed in any location where EOP- FRP-13 is available  
                                READ TQ OPERATOR
EOP- FRP-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel  
iNSTRfJCTHONS TO APPLICANT:
NOTE: AN EXAMINER KEY IS ATTACHED TO JPM.  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
READ TQ OPERATOR  
  performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then t'ake ail actions as you
iNSTRfJCTHONS TO APPLICANT:  
  normally wouid in the Control Room. You should silence ail annunciators and
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then t'ake ail actions as you  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
normally wouid in the Control Room. You should silence ail annunciators and  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  communication, place-keeping, ALAFL4 and use of personal protective equipment. AIL
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  actions taken by you should be clearly dernonstratcd and verbalized to the evaluator.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be dcscribed and you may
communication, place-keeping, ALAFL4 and use of personal protective equipment. AIL  
  ask for clarification if needed.
actions taken by you should be clearly dernonstratcd and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  You may use any normally available refcrcnce materials; however, immediate actions,
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be dcscribed and you may  
  ij'any, are to beperformedjrom memmy. Describe the actions you ifhe taking and the
ask for clarification if needed.  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
You may use any normally available refcrcnce materials; however, immediate actions,  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
ij'any, are to beperformedjrom memmy. Describe the actions you ifhe taking and the  
  availahle. Repcprl completion oJtlte bask as you ~vouldin thepiant.
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there map he some tasks you will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  be asked to perform that map require you to implement an alternate method directed
availahle. Repcprl completion oJtlte bask as you ~vould in thepiant.  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expectcd to make
During the course of the walk-through examination, there map he some tasks you will  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications availabie.
be asked to perform that map require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                                      Page 3 of 9
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expectcd to make  
                                                                        Post Vaiidation Revision
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications availabie.  
Page 3 of 9  
Post Vaiidation Revision  


                                                                              ADMIN RO-IA
ADMIN RO-IA  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  Following a small break loss of coolant accident, Safety Injection has been terminated.
Following a small break loss of coolant accident, Safety Injection has been terminated.  
  The crew is currently responding to voiding in the Reactor Vessel per EOP-FRP-1.3,
The crew is currently responding to voiding in the Reactor Vessel per EOP-FRP-1.3,  
  Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel.
Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel.  
  Containment Hydrogen concentration is 1%. Containment temperature is 1 12°F. RCS
Containment Hydrogen concentration is 1%. Containment temperature is 1 12°F. RCS  
  pressure is 680 psig.
pressure is 680 psig.  
INITIATING CUE(§):
INITIATING CUE(§):  
  Determine the maximum allowable Reactor Vessel Head venting time for these
Determine the maximum allowable Reactor Vessel Head venting time for these  
  conditions per Attachment 1 of EQP-FRP-1.3.
conditions per Attachment 1 of EQP-FRP-1.3.  
                                                                                Page 4 of 9
Page 4 of 9  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMIN RQ- 1A
ADMIN RQ- 1 A
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
START TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
  JPM PROC            ELEMENT                STANDARD                  NOTES
JPM  
STEP  STEP
STEP  
=_
1
    1
=_  
      -      Obtain copy of EOP-EPP-     Obtains copy of EOP-
.-
            FRP-1.3                    EPP-FRP-1.3,
"2
                                        Attachment 1 and Figire
._
.-    -.__  -                          2                                             _-
*3
  "2 4tt. 1 Determine CNMT Volume      Based on Containment CRITICAL TO
"4
      Step 1 a t S I P 'A'              temperature of lIZ"F, ALLOW
PROC
                                        calculates that           DETERMINlNG
STEP -
                                        Containment Volume       CORRECT VENT
- .__
                                        is 1.9536 f1E4 fr'
4tt. 1  
                                                                  h'OTE.
Step 1
                                                                  TOLERAhYX
ut. 1
                                                                  BASELI OX
itep 2
._                                                .        -.    KOUh'DIil'G-.       -
___I.
  *3 ut. 1  Determine &taximum          Harsed on Containment     CRITICAL TO
ut. P
      itep 2 tlydrogen volume that can  Volume of 1.9536 f       ALLOW
ltep 3
            be vented 'B'              lE4 ft3 and               DETERMINING
ELEMENT
                                        Containment               CORRECT VENT
Obtain copy of EOP-EPP-  
                                        CIydrogen                 rInm
FRP-1.3
                                        concentration of 1%,
-
                                        calculates that           MOTE:
Determine CNMT Volume
                                        naximum hydrogen         TOLEM.?%E
at SIP 'A'
                                        d u m e to be vented is   BASED OX
Determine &taximum
                                        59,000 fZ00 fr'           PREVIOUS
tlydrogen volume that can
                                                                  TOI.E&LVCE IX
be vented 'B'
      ___I.                                                    -.- JPMSTEP 2.
)eterntiwe Hydrogen flow
  "4  ut. P  )eterntiwe Hydrogen flow        Determines RCS       CRITICAL TO
.ate as a function ofRCS
      ltep 3 .ate as a function ofRCS        pressure (given in   4K.LOW
irtmure IC':
            irtmure IC':                    initial conditions)   DETERMINING
I. Check RCS pressure
            I. Check RCS pressure          to be 68(1 psig       COKKECT VENT
I. Using Figure 2, read
                and mark on Figure 2.      Determines           TIME.
and mark on Figure 2.
            I. Using Figure 2, read        hydrogen flow rate
hydrogen flour rate 'C'.
                hydrogen flourrate 'C'.    to be 2200 +_ 100     VOTE:
STANDARD
                                            scfm                  TOLERAM'E
Obtains copy of EOP-  
                                                                  MSED ox
EPP-FRP-1.3,  
                                                                  WADAEILITY OF
Attachment 1 and Figire  
                                                                  ?URVE.
2  
                                                                                  Page 5 of9
Based on Containment  
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
temperature of lIZ"F,  
calculates that  
Containment Volume  
is 1.9536 f
1E4 fr'  
.  
.-  
Harsed on Containment  
Volume of 1.9536 f  
lE4 ft3 and  
Containment  
CIydrogen  
concentration of 1%,  
calculates that  
naximum hydrogen  
d u m e to be vented is  
59,000 fZ00 fr'  
-. -  
Determines RCS  
pressure (given in  
initial conditions)  
to be 68(1 psig  
Determines  
hydrogen flow rate  
to be 2200 +_ 100  
scfm
NOTES
_- 
CRITICAL TO
ALLOW
DETERMINlNG
CORRECT VENT
h'OTE.
TOLERAhYX
BASELI OX
KOUh'DIil'G
CRITICAL TO
ALLOW
DETERMINING
CORRECT VENT
-.
-
rInm
MOTE:
TOLEM.?%E
BASED OX
PREVIOUS
TOI.E&LVCE IX
JPMSTEP 2.
CRITICAL TO
4K.LOW
DETERMINING
COKKECT VENT
TIME.
VOTE:  
TOLERAM'E  
MSED ox  
WADAEILITY OF  
?UR VE.  
Page 5 of9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                              ADMIN RO-1A
ADMIN RO-1A  
                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
JPM                             STANDARD                NOTES
JPM  
STEP
STEP  
=_
*§  
  *§
=_
                          ___=_I__
.._
                          Calculates maximum
TASK COMPLETE
                                                  -
I '
                                                  CWTICAL TO
STANDARD
                          venting time to be 11.7 DETERMINE
___=_I__  
                          9 1.0 minutes           COKKECT VENT
Calculates maximum  
                                                  TIME.
venting time to be 11.7  
                                                  NOTE:
9 1.0 minutes  
                                                  TOLERA.VCE
STOP TIME:
                                                  BASED ON
NOTES
                                                  PIE vmus
-
                                                  TOLERANCES
CWTICAL TO
                                                  ALL
DETERMINE
                                                  ._OWED.
COKKECT VENT  
                                                                          I
TIME.  
        TASK COMPLETE .._
NOTE:  
            I'
TOLERA.VCE  
STOP TIME:
BASED ON  
                                                                  Page 6 of 9
TOLERANCES
                                                    Post Validation Revision
._
ALL OWED.  
PIE vmus
I  
Page 6 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                          .4DMIN RO-1A
.4DMIN RO-1A  
                                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                                                                    htrachmcnt I
htrachmcnt I  
                                                                                    ShfcrL 1 o f 1
ShfcrL 1 of 1  
                                iNSTRUCTIONS FOR DETERWNINC VENTING 2'1 Mlr
iNSTRUCTIONS FOR DETERWNINC VENTING 2'1 Mlr  
  _.
3 _ . hrarmirie CNEI; Volumc a t S'I'Y  
  3    h r a r m i r i e CNEI; Volumc a t S'I'Y ' A "
'A"
2     D e t e r m i m Haxrnum liydraecrr volume thaL can lie vanted 'E':
2  
4.   C a l c u l a ~ emsxfe:im v f i n t i n g time 'I)':
Determim Haxrnum liydraecrr volume thaL can lie vanted 'E':  
                                                B
4 .
      Y m i r n u m v e n t i n g LIEO :*   -   ~~
Calcula~e msxfe:im vfinting time 'I)':  
                                                          ..........
B  
                                                c
c
.__...-                          .....       ....                   .....__
~~
                                                                          .....                  _____
Y m i r n u m venting LIEO :* -  
[EXAMINER K EI                                                                        ....... Y,
..........  
                                                                                              Page 7 of 9
.....
                                                                              Post Validation Revision
.....  
_____
. __
... - .....  
....  
__
[EXAMINER KEY,
....... I
Page 7 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                  ADMIN RO-1A
ADMIN RO-1A  
                                                        IIARKIS
IIARKIS  
      0
0  
:
...... .-
                  ..                       .......-    ......
......  
EXAMINER .KEY]
..  
....   .
EXAMINER  
        .- ......   .. ....- .......                   ...
....  
                                                      Page 8 of9
.  
                                      Post Validation Revision
..
... .- ....... .KEY]
...  
:
.-
......  
Page 8 of9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN RO-IA
ADMIN RO-IA  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
cro BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
cro BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  Following a small break loss of coolant accident, Safety Injection has been terminated.
Following a small break loss of coolant accident, Safety Injection has been terminated.  
  The crew is currently responding to voiding in the Reactor Vessel per EOP-FRP-1.3,
The crew is currently responding to voiding in the Reactor Vessel per EOP-FRP-1.3,  
  Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel.
Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel.  
  Containment Hydrogen concentration is 1%. Containment temperature is 1 B2F. RCS
Containment Hydrogen concentration is 1 %. Containment temperature is 1 B2F. RCS  
  pressure is 680 psig.
pressure is 680 psig.  
INITIATING CUE(S):
INITIATING CUE(S):  
  Determine the maximum allowable Reactor Vessel Head venting time for these
Determine the maximum allowable Reactor Vessel Head venting time for these  
  conditions per Attachment 1 of EOP-FWP-1.3.
conditions per Attachment 1 of EOP-FWP-1.3.  
                                                                                Page 9 of 9
Page 9 of 9  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                      ADMIN COM-IB
ADMIN COM-IB  
                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION 11
REGION 11  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
            ABMTN COM-IB
ABMTN COM-IB  
Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration
Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                            Page I of 8
Page I of 8  
                                Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                      ADMIN COM-IB
ADMIN COM-IB  
                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION 11
REGION 11  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORMANCE IVIEASW
JOB PERFORMANCE IVIEASW  
TASK:       Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:        None
ALTERNATE PATH:
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:       CR-055
None
KA: 2.1.20             IMPORTANCE:           SRO       4.3         RO       4.2
Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration  
KA STATEMENT:           Ability to perform procedural steps.
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
TASK STANDARD:         Average RCS boron calculation determined to be 951.9 +_
CR-055  
                        0.5 ppm.
KA:  
PREFERRED EVAIAJATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR     -       IN PLANT       -
2.1.20  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                  PERFORM       -
IMPORTANCE:  
                                                            *     SIMULATE -
SRO  
REFERENCES:      EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required
4.3  
                  Curve D-X-40, Pressurizer Volume
RO  
VALIDATION TIME:      I
4.2  
                        15     MINUTES             TIME CRITICAL:           No
KA STATEMENT:  
APPLICANT:
Ability to perform procedural steps.  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
TASK STANDARD:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
Average RCS boron calculation determined to be 951.9 +_  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   UNSAT
0.5 ppm.  
COMMENTS:
PREFERRED EVAIAJATION LOCATION:  
EXAMINEK:
SIMULATOR  
                                  Signature                             Date
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:
                                                                            Page 2 of 8
REFERENCES:
                                                              Post Validation Kevision
VALIDATION TIME:
-  
IN PLANT  
-
-  
PERFORM  
*  
SIMULATE  
EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required  
Curve D-X-40, Pressurizer Volume  
-
15  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
I
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
UNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINEK:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 8  
Post Validation Kevision  


                                                                              ADMIN CQM-1B
ADMIN CQM-1B  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
* JPM can be performed in any location
*  
e    EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required
e
e  CurveBook
e
NOTE: COMPLETED COPY OF ATTACHMENT 1 INCLUDED AT
CurveBook
END OF JPM TO RE USED AS EXAMINER KEY.
JPM can be performed in any location  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
NOTE: COMPLETED COPY OF ATTACHMENT 1 INCLUDED AT  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
END OF JPM TO RE USED AS EXAMINER KEY.  
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
READ TO OPERATOR  
  nornially would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  determine if they are associated wth the task you are performing. No further action is
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, hut not limited to; proper
nornially would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
determine if they are associated wth the task you are performing. No further action is  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, hut not limited to; proper  
  ask for clarification if needed.
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All  
  You may use any norrnally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  ifafiy, are to beperformedjrom memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
ask for clarification if needed.  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not othenvise
You may use any norrnally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  available. Report eompletion of the task as you would in theplant.
ifafiy, are to beperformedjrom memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  During the course ofthe walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not othenvise  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to m'ake
available. Report eompletion of the task as you would in theplant.  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
During the course ofthe walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
                                                                                    Page 3 of 8
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to m'ake  
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMHN COM-IB
ADMHN COM-IB  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  Following a loss of offsitc power. recovery actions are being taken in accordance with
Following a loss of offsitc power. recovery actions are being taken in accordance with  
  EOP-EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Mithout SI Required.
EOP-EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Mithout SI Required.  
  Plant conditions are as follows:
Plant conditions are as follows:  
          PRZpressure                       2230 psig
PRZpressure  
      8   RCS Hot Leg temperatures         555 OF
2230 psig  
      e   Core Exit thermocouples           560 F
8 RCS Hot Leg temperatures  
      m   PRZ Liquid space temperature     650 F
555 OF  
      m   PRZ Steam space temperature       650 F
e  
      m PRZ level                           4s %
Core Exit thermocouples  
      m Charging and letdown arc: in service, with letdown flow at 45 gpm.
560 F  
  Chemistr). has just taken RCS boron samples and reports the following results:
m  
      8   Loop B Hot Leg           930 Ppm
PRZ Liquid space temperature  
          Loop C Hot Leg           940 ppm
650 F  
          PRZ Liquid Space           961 ppm
m  
INITIATING CXJE(S):
PRZ Steam space temperature  
  Calculate the average RCS boron concentration for these conditions per EOP-EPP-
650 F  
  002, Attachment 1.
m  
                                                                                  Page 4 of R
PRZ level  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
4s %  
m  
Charging and letdown arc: in service, with letdown flow at 45 gpm.  
Chemistr). has just taken RCS boron samples and reports the following results:  
8  
Loop B Hot Leg  
930 Ppm  
Loop C Hot Leg  
940 ppm  
PRZ Liquid Space  
961 ppm  
INITIATING CXJE(S):  
Calculate the average RCS boron concentration for these conditions per EOP-EPP-  
002, Attachment 1.  
Page 4 of R  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  ADMHN COM-IB
ADMHN COM-IB  
                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
STAR? TIME:
STAR? TIME:  
* DENOTES CKITIGAI, STEP
* DENOTES CKITIGAI, STEP  
      .
*4
        PROC               ELEMENT                  STANDARII                NOTES
5
        STEP
-.
      =_=
6
      NIA
7
                -         -
.  
                [ m a t e EPP-002, Attachment Locates EPP-002.
PROC  
                                                                    -
STEP  
                1, and Curve Book             Attachment I, and Curve
=_=  
                                                Book
NIA  
      Att. 1,  Cecord PRZ level at the time Records IRZ level as
Att. 1,
      Step 1    ,f PRZ sample         .- 15%                            I
Step 1
      An. 1,    Determine PRZ volume           I  References curve      CRITICAL TO
An. 1,
      Step 2    VPRZ)   based on PRZ levell       D-X-40               ACCUFUTELY
Step 2
                md curve D-X-40               1   Determines           DETERhlINE
An. I?
                                                    intersection of 653 EFFECT OF PRZ
Step 3
                                                    WPRZ LIQUID           ON BORON
ELEMENT
                                                    SPACE TEMP           CONC.
--  
                                                    LINE and 45% 011
[mate EPP-002, Attachment  
                                                    INDICATED
1, and Curve Book  
                                                    PRESSURIZER
Cecord PRZ level at the time  
                                                    LEVEL axis ( X )
,f PRZ sample  
                                                    to correspond to
Determine PRZ volume  
                                                    2900 +_lo0gallons
VPRZ)  
                                                    on VOLLTME
based on PRZ levell  
                                    _    I_    _
md curve D-X-40  
  *4 An. I?  Oetermine CVCS volume            aetermines letdown       CKITICAL TO
.-
      Step 3  (VcvCs)based on letdown          iolume of 1068 gallons   ACCURATELY
_I__
              status:                          fue to letdown being in   DETERMINE
Oetermine CVCS volume
              m    If letdown in senice =    tervice                   EFFECT OF CVCS
(VcvCs) based on letdown
                                                                          ON BORON
status:
                                                                          CONC.
m
                                                Leecords RCS loop B
If letdown in senice =
      --I--
Step 4
  5
concentration C?
      Step 4  concentration C?                roron concentration as
.4tt. 1, --I--
-.                                          __ 30Ppm-.-.---
Step 5
  6  .4tt. 1, Record RCS loop C boron          Gords KCS loop c
concentration C,
      Step 5  concentration C,                boron concentralion as
__
                                          - 4-           ._
Record RCS loop C boron
  7          Record PRZ liquid space          [ecords PK7. Liquid
-
              boron concentration CpRl        pace boron
Record PRZ liquid space
                                                oncentration as 961
boron concentration CpRl
                                                pn
STANDARII -
                                                                                        Page 5 of 8
Locates EPP-002.
                                                                            Post Validation Revision
Attachment I, and Curve
Book
Records IRZ level as
15%
I References curve  
D-X-40  
1  
Determines  
intersection of 653  
WPRZ LIQUID  
SPACE TEMP  
INDICATED  
PRESSURIZER  
LEVEL axis ( X )
to correspond to  
2900 +_lo0 gallons
on VOLLTME  
aetermines letdown  
iolume of 1068 gallons  
fue to letdown being in  
tervice  
LINE and 45% 011
Leecords RCS loop B  
roron concentration as  
30 Ppm-.-.---  
Gords KCS loop c  
boron concentralion as  
4-  
._  
[ecords PK7. Liquid  
pace boron  
oncentration as 961  
p n 
NOTES
I
CRITICAL TO
ACCUFUTELY
DETERhlINE
EFFECT OF PRZ
ON BORON
CONC.
CKITICAL TO
ACCURATELY
DETERMINE
EFFECT OF CVCS
ON BORON
CONC.
Page 5 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMHN COM-IB
ADMHN COM-IB  
                                                                                        HARKIS
HARKIS  
                        ELEMENT                                                                 SAT /
ELEMENT  
                                                                                              UNSAT
Calculate average RCS  
                Calculate average RCS
boron concentration (Cav,J  
                boron concentration (Cav,J HCS boron
using the following  
                using the following         concentration to be    AVERAGE RCS
formula (formula on Att. 1,  
                formula (formula on Att. 1, 951.7 +_ 0.5 ppm         BORON CONC
Step 7)
                Step 7)
HCS boron
                                      -.
concentration to be
                LLOWE5 TOLERAVCE BORDERS TOLEMkCE FOR ALLOWED
AVERAGE RCS
                                                                __
951.7 +_ 0.5 ppm  
                                                                    1 Z g E C E .
BORON CONC  
                                                                        .                               vi
__  
      1 ERROR IXREADING CURVE 5-X-40, BlJT WILL NOTBE METIF
Z g E C E .
        APPLICANT FAILS TO ACCOCrNTFOR CVCS LETDOWN OR OTHER
1
        SIiWILAf ERRORS.
SAT /
                                            I                     I                         I         -
UNSAT
            TASK COMPLETE
-..
--           7--  --             _ I_                      I
vi
                                                                  I                        I
LLOWE5 TOLERAVCE BORDERS TOLEMkCE FOR ALLOWED
STOP TIME:
ERROR IXREADING CURVE 5-X-40, BlJT WILL NOTBE METIF  
                                                                                      Page 6 of8
APPLICANT FAILS TO ACCOCrNTFOR CVCS LETDOWN OR OTHER  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
1 SIiWILAf ERRORS.  
I  
I  
I  
-  
_I_
I
TASK COMPLETE  
--
- -   
7--  
I  
I  
STOP TIME:  
Page 6 of8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                              ADMlN COM-1B
ADMlN COM-1B  
                                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                                Attachment 1
1.
                                                Sheet 1 of 1
2.
                      CALCULATION FOR AVERAGE RCS BOR@N CONCENTWI'ION
3 . 
1.  Record PRZ leva1 a t t h e time of PRZ snmplc:                                                 45 x
4.
2.  Determine PRZ volume ( V p ~ z lbascd on PK" l e v e l and
5 . 
      curve D-X-40                                                                         2900 f 100 GAL
6 . 
3.  DeLermtne CVCS voluhle (Vcvcs) bnned an letdown statu^:                                       1068 GAL
1 . 
    o
Attachment 1  
    o
Sheet 1 of 1  
            If Betdown i n s e r v i c e
CALCULATION FOR AVERAGE RCS BOR@N CONCENTWI'ION  
            I f leidown i s o l a t e d
Record PRZ leva1 a t the time of PRZ snmplc:  
                                            -2136 GAL A 2
45 x  
                                                    0 GAL
Determine PRZ volume ( V p ~ z l  bascd on PK" level and  
                                                                    1068 GAL
curve D-X-40  
4.  Record RCS loop B boron f o n c e n t r e t l o n 0 2 :                                   ~~  930 PPM
2900 f 100 GAL  
5.  Record RCS loop C boson c o n c e n t r a t i o n C3:                                         940  PPH
DeLermtne CVCS voluhle (Vcvcs) bnned an letdown statu^:  
6.  Record PRZ I i q u l d space boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n C p ~ z :                         961 PPH
1068 GAL  
1.  C a l c u l a t e average RC9 boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n (Cavp,) using t h e f o l l n r i n g
o  
    formula:
If Betdown i n service - 2136 GAL A 2  
Cavg
1068 GAL  
NOTE 1:     RCS Volume n o t i n c l u d i n g PRZ. Upper Head. Surge Line
o
            o r CVCS = 62.435 GAL.             (Value halved i n c a l c u l a t i o n t o account f o r
If leidown isolated -
            averaging t h e boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n f o r Loops B and C - 31.218 G A L . )
0 GAL  
Now  2:    RCS Yolune not i n c l u d i n g PRZ       01 CVCS   - 66.135 GAL
Record RCS loop B boron foncentretlon 0 2 :
NOTB 3 :    Combined Upper Head and Surge Line Volume                 - 3700 GAL.
Record RCS loop C boson concentration C3:  
            (Upper Head Volume = 3365 GAL and Surge Line Velum@ = 335 G A L . )
Record PRZ I i q u l d space boron concentration C p ~ z :
NOTE 4: CVCS Volume         = 2136 GAL         (Value halved i n Step 3 t o account fot
~~
          averaging t h e boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n f o r KCS l o o p B end C - 1068 GAL.)
930 PPM
NOTE 5 :  The boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n of t h e Upper Head end Surge Line is assumed
940 PPH
            t o be t h a t of t h e PRZ since t h e s e volumes a l s o s t a g n a t e when RCPs are
961 PPH  
            l o s t . CVCS boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s aot;umcd t o be t h a t of the RCS.
Calculate average RC9 boron concentration (Cavp,) using t h e f o l l n r i n g
                                                                                                    Page 7 of 8
formula:  
                                                                                      Post Validation Revision
Cavg  
NOTE 1:  
N o w  2:
NOTB 3:
NOTE 4:
NOTE 5 : 
RCS Volume not including PRZ. Upper Head. Surge Line  
or CVCS = 62.435 GAL.  
(Value halved i n calculation t o account for
averaging the boron concentration f o r Loops B and C - 31.218 GAL.)  
RCS Yolune not including PRZ 01 CVCS - 66.135 GAL  
Combined Upper Head and Surge Line Volume - 3700 GAL.  
(Upper Head Volume = 3365 GAL and Surge Line Velum@ = 335 GAL.)  
CVCS Volume = 2136 GAL  
(Value halved i n Step 3 t o account fot  
averaging the boron concentration f o r KCS loop B end C - 1068 GAL.)  
The boron concentration of the Upper Head end Surge Line is assumed  
t o be t h a t of t h e PRZ since these volumes a l s o stagnate when RCPs are  
l o s t . CVCS boron concentration i s aot;umcd t o be t h a t of the RCS.  
Page 7 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN COM-1B
ADMIN COM-1B  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                          APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
  (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
    Following a loss of offsite power, recovery actions are being taken in accordance with
Following a loss of offsite power, recovery actions are being taken in accordance with  
    EOP-EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required.
EOP-EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required.  
    Plant conditions are as follows:
Plant conditions are as follows:  
        e PRZpressure                         2230 psig
e  
        e WCS Hot Leg temperatures           555 O F
PRZpressure  
        e Core Exit thermocouples             560 F
2230 psig  
      * PRZ Liquid space ttmperature 650 F
e WCS Hot Leg temperatures  
      e PRZ Steam space temperature         650 F
555 O F
            PRZ level                         45 YQ
e Core Exit thermocouples  
      E    Charging and letdown are in service, with letdown flow at 45 gpm
560 F  
    Chemistry has just taken RCS boron samples and reports the following results:
* PRZ Liquid space ttmperature  
      * Loop B Hot Leg             930 ppm
650 F  
          Loop C Hot Leg           940 ppm
e PRZ Steam space temperature  
          PRZ Liquid Space            961 ppm
650 F  
INITIATING CUE@):
E
    Calculate the average KCS boron concentration for these conditions per EOP-EPP-
PRZ level  
    002, Attachment I .
45 YQ  
                                                                                  Page 8 of 8
Charging and letdown are in service, with letdown flow at 45 gpm  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Chemistry has just taken RCS boron samples and reports the following results:  
940 ppm
PRZ Liquid Space
961 ppm
* Loop B Hot Leg  
930 ppm  
Loop C Hot Leg  
INITIATING CUE@):  
Calculate the average KCS boron concentration for these conditions per EOP-EPP-  
002, Attachment I.  
Page 8 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                    Attachment :
Attachment :  
                                                    Sheet 1 of 1
Sheet 1 of 1  
                      CALCULATION FOX AVERAGE RCS BORON CONCENTfiATION
CALCULATION FOX AVERAGE RCS BORON CONCENTfiATION  
1.   Record PRZ l e v e l a t t h e rime o f PRZ                 sample:                                   %
1.  
                                                                              l e v e l and
Record PRZ l e v e l a t t h e rime of PRZ sample:  
3.   D e r ~ r i a i n eCVCS                                ed on letdown s t a t u s :
%  
    u      I f ?%rdowr, i n           set                  GAL          2  = 1068      GAL
3 .
    i)     I f lerduwr:                                   GAL
D e r ~ r i a i n e  CVCS
4.   Record R                                 concentration C2:                                              PFM
u  
5.   Record F.                                 concentration C 3 :                                           PPM
I f ?%rdowr, i n s e t 
6.  RF                    l i q c i d spece b o r o n c o n c e n t r a t i o n CPRZ:                     PPM
i)  
7.   C a l c u l a t e a v e r a g e RCS boron c o n c e r i t r a t l o n (Ca"& ) u s i n g t h e
I f lerduwr:  
    foll              formula :
4 .
                        C),      x (31218   + VCVCS)] + [ C p ~ zx ( ' J p ~ z + 3 7 0 0 ) l
Record R  
                                                                                                    =       FI'X
5 .
cavg
Record F.  
                      olume n o t i n c l u d i n g P R Z , Upper Head, Surge L i n e
l e v e l  and
                      CS = 6 2 , 4 5 5 GAL.         (Value c a l v e d i n calculation t o a c c o u n t foL
ed on letdown s t a t u s : 
                      g i n g t h e boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n f o r Loops B and C = 3 1 , 2 1 8 G A L . )
GAL
                S Volume n o t m c l u d i n g PRZ o r CVCS                   = 6 6 , 1 3 5 GAL
2 = 1068 GAL
NOTE 3 :   Combined Upper Eead end Surge L i n e Volume = 3700 GAL.
GAL
            (Upper Head Vo1::me               5365 GAL an2 Surge L i n e Volume                 335 GAL.)
concentration C2:
NOTE 4 :             Volur,e = 2 1 3 6 GAL (Value h a l v e d i r . S t e p 3 t o a c c o u n t f o r
concentration C 3 :
            a v e r a g i n g t h e boron c o n c e n t r a t i o n f o r RCS l o o p B and C = 1 C 6 8 G A L . )
l i q c i d spece boron concentration CPRZ:  
HOTE 5 :   T'ne boron c o n c e n t r a t i c n of t h e Upper Head and S u r g e L i n e i s assumed
6 . 
            t o h e t h a t o f t h e PRZ s i n c e t h e s e volumes a l s o s t a g n i i r e when R C P s a r e
RF
            l o s t . CVCS boro?. c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s assumed t o be t t i a t o f t h e R C S .
PFM
PPM
PPM  
7.  
C a l c u l a t e average RCS boron conceritratlon (C
) using t h e
a"&
f o l l 
formula :  
C,)  
x (31218 + VCVCS)] + [ C p ~ z  x ('Jp~z + 3 7 0 0 ) l
=  
FI'X  
cav g
olume n o t i n c l u d i n g PRZ, Upper Head, Surge Line
CS = 6 2 , 4 5 5 GAL.  
(Value calved i n calculation t o account foL  
ging t h e boron concentration f o r Loops B and C = 31, 218 GAL.)  
S Volume not m c l u d i n g PRZ o r CVCS = 6 6 , 1 3 5 GAL  
NOTE 3 :
Combined Upper Eead end Surge Line Volume = 3700 GAL.  
(Upper Head Vo1::me  
5365 GAL an2 Surge Line Volume  
335 G A L . )
NOTE 4 :
Volur,e = 2136 GAL  
(Value halved ir. S t e p 3 t o account f o r
averaging t h e boron concentration f o r RCS loop B and C = 1C68 G A L . )
HOTE 5 :
T'ne boron c o n c e n t r a t i c n of t h e Upper Head and Surge Line i s assumed  
t o he t h a t of t h e PRZ s i n c e t h e s e volumes a l s o stagniire when RCPs a r e
l o s t .
CVCS boro?. c o n c e n t r a t i o n is assumed t o be ttiat of t h e RCS.  


                                          ADMmTCOM-2
ADMmT COM-2  
                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION rr
REGION rr  
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JQB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JQB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
              ADMN COM-2
ADMN COM-2  
Determine Clearance Requirements for a CSlP
Determine Clearance Requirements for a CSlP  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
                                              Page I of 9
Page I of 9  
                                  Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        ADMlIU COM-2
ADMlIU COM-2  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION II
REGION II  
                  INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JQB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JQB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
TASK:       Determine Clearance Requirements for a CSIP
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:          None
ALTERNATE PATH:
FACILITY JPM NIJMBER:       98NRC (A.2C)
None
KA:   2.2.13               IMPORTANCE:           SRO       3.8       RO         3.6
Determine Clearance Requirements for a CSIP  
KA STATEMENT:             Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures.
FACILITY JPM NIJMBER:  
TASK STAND.4RD:          Provide complete electrical and mechanical isolation of CSHP
98NRC (A.2C)  
                          1B-SB
KA:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR       -      IN PLANT        _.
2.2.13  
PREFERRED EVALUATION ME%HOD:                   PERFORM         *
IMPORTANCE:  
                                                              -      SIMBJLATE       -
SRO  
                  OPS-NGGC- 1301, Equipment Clearance
3.8  
REFERENCES:
RO  
                  OP-109, Chemical and Volume Control System
3.6  
                  SFD 2165 S-1304 and §-I305
KA STATEMENT:  
VALIDATION TIME:       ~
TASK STAND.4RD:
                          10     MINUTES             TIME CRITICAL:           No
Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures.  
APPLICANT:
Provide complete electrical and mechanical isolation of CSHP  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
1B-SB  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
_.
PERFORMANCE RATING:             SAT                   BJNSAT
IN PLANT
COMMENTS:
-
EXAMINER:
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
                                  Signature                             Date
SIMULATOR  
                                                                              Page 2 of9
PREFERRED EVALUATION ME%HOD:  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
REFERENCES:
-
PERFORM  
*  
SIMBJLATE  
-  
OPS-NGGC- 1301, Equipment Clearance  
OP-109, Chemical and Volume Control System  
SFD 2165 S-1304 and §-I305  
VALIDATION TIME:  
10  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
~
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
BJNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                ADMIN COM-2
ADMIN COM-2  
                                                                                        HARIPIS
HARIPIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
e JPM can he performed in any iocation where the identified references arc available
e  
a    OPS-NGGC-1301, Equipment Clearance
a
e    OP- 107, Chemical and Volume Control System
OPS-NGGC-1301, Equipment Clearance
    SFD 2165 S-I304 and S-1305
e
                                READ TO OPERATOR
JPM can he performed in any iocation where the identified references arc available  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
OP- 107, Chemical and Volume Control System  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to he operated during the
SFD 2165 S-I304 and S-1305  
  performance of this JPM. If perfomled on the simulator, then take all actions as yon
READ TO OPERATOR  
  nomially would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to he operated during the  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
performance of this JPM. If perfomled on the simulator, then take all actions as yon  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, hut not limited to, proper
nomially would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, hut not limited to, proper  
  ask for clarification ifneded.
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail  
  You may use any nonnally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  iJany, are to beperformed from memoty. Describe the actions you are taking and the
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may  
  indications you are looking at during the perfomlance of the JPM; the evaluator will
ask for clarification ifneded.  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
You may use any nonnally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  availabie. Report completion ofthe task as you would in theplant.
iJany, are to beperformed from memoty. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
indications you are looking at during the perfomlance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
availabie. Report completion ofthe task as you would in theplant.  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
                                                                                    Page 3 of 9
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          ADMIN COh4-2
ADMIN COh4-2  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL, CONDITIONS:
INITIAL, CONDITIONS:  
  The plant is defueled. CSIP 1B-SB is required to be placed under a clearance for seal
The plant is defueled. CSIP 1B-SB is required to be placed under a clearance for seal  
  replaccment. Cooling water and lube oil systems are NOT required to be placed under
replaccment. Cooling water and lube oil systems are NOT required to be placed under  
  clearance.
clearance.  
KITIATING CUE(S):
KITIATING CUE(S):  
  You have been directed to determine the clcarance requirements for CSIP 1B-SB
You have been directed to determine the clcarance requirements for CSIP 1B-SB  
  using the CWDs, SFDs, and System Operating Procedures, as necessary. Provide
using the CWDs, SFDs, and System Operating Procedures, as necessary. Provide  
  complete electrical and mechanical protection. Provide the necessary vent and drain
complete electrical and mechanical protection. Provide the necessary vent and drain  
  paths. The SSO has approved using single valve isolation.
paths. The SSO has approved using single valve isolation.  
  NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT YOU ACTUALLY GENERATE A
NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT YOU ACTUALLY GENERATE A  
  CLEARANCE. ONLY PROVIDE THE EVALUATOR WITH A LISTING OF
CLEARANCE. ONLY PROVIDE THE EVALUATOR WITH A LISTING OF  
  THE REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND POSITIONS.
THE REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND POSITIONS.  
                                                                              Page 4 of9
Page 4 of9  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                ADMIN CQM-2
ADMIN CQM-2  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
START TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
__5
__5  
JPM
JPM  
SI'EP
SI'EP  
  1
1  
            I
I  
      NOTE: SEE JPM A T T A C I X ~ E N F TOR A COMPLETE ~ I S T I N G    OF E A ~ F
NOTE: SEE JPM ATTACIX~ENT
      COMPOhTENTA ND REQUIRED POSITION. JPM STEPS ARE
FOR A COMPLETE ~ISTING
            ED TO BE PERFORMED       _
OF E A ~ F
                                      I.
COMPOhTENT A ND REQUIRED POSITION. JPM STEPS ARE  
                                      ..
ED TO BE PERFORMED  
                                          V THE LISTED SEQL
_I...  
            Determine the electrical      Refers to OP-107 (or
Determine the electrical
            supply breaker for CSIP      any other valid source)
supply breaker for CSIP
            1B-SB                        and determines the
1B-SB
                                          electrical supply
Determine the saretion
                                          breaker for CSIF' IB-
valve for CSIP IB-SB
                                          SB to be 6.9 KV
V THE LISTED SEQL  
                                          Emergency Bits 1B-SB,
Refers to OP-107 (or  
                                          Cubicle 4
any other valid source)  
                                          Also determines pump
and determines the  
                                          tias ,VCB switch and
electrical supply  
                                          includes a CTI' on C S P
breaker for CSIF' IB-  
                                          '13' switch
SB to be 6.9 KV  
                                          (BREAKER RrlCKKD
Emergency Bits 1B-SB,  
                                          E !
Cubicle 4  
            Determine the saretion        Refer& S-1305 and       CRITICAL TO
Also determines pump  
            valve for CSIP IB-SB          determine the suction   ISOLATE
tias ,VCB switch and  
                                          ~ a l v for
includes a CTI' on CSP
                                                  e CSIP 1B-SB     SIJCTION VALVE.
'13' switch  
                                          to be 1CS-187, B CSIP
(BREAKER RrlCKKD  
                                          9uction Is01 Vlv
Refer&  
                                                                                    Page 5 of 9
S-1305 and  
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
determine the suction  
~alve
for CSIP 1B-SB  
to be 1CS-187, B CSIP  
9uction Is01 Vlv  
E ! 
CRITICAL TO
ISOLATE
SIJCTION VALVE.
Page 5 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          ADMIX COM-2
ADMIX COM-2  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
-
-  
JPM           ELEMENT
JPM  
                                -.
STEP
                                                                      NOTES
*4 -  
                                                                                _i      -
*5
                                                                                          SAT I
- .-  
-
*6
STEP
-.
*4  &ermine the discharge         Refers to S-1305 and
ELEMENT
                                                              -CRITICAL 'ro            -
&ermine the discharge  
                                                                                        UNSAT
isolation for CSIP IB-SB
    isolation for CSIP IB-SB       determines the valve to     ISOLATE
Determine the normal
                                  isolate CSIP 1B-SB           DISCHARGE
miniflow isolation for CSIP
                                  discharge is 1CS-197, B     FLOW PATH.
IB-SB
                                  CSIP Discharge Is01
)zertnine the alternate
                                  Vlv
niniflow isolation for CSIP  
                                  @,OSE)           ..__
B-SB  
*5  Determine the normal          Refers to S-1305 and       CRITICAL TO
Refers to S-1305 and
    miniflow isolation for CSIP OP-107 and determines         ISOLATE
determines the valve to  
    IB-SB                        the valve to isolate       DISCHARGE
isolate CSIP 1B-SB  
                                  normal miniflow path       FLOW PATH.
discharge is 1CS-197, B  
                                  for CSIP IB-SR is ICs-
CSIP Discharge Is01  
                                  196 SB,                     NOYE: CITNOT
Vlv  
                                  CHARGKNGISI PLMP REQc'rRED TO RE
@,OSE)  
                                  B-SB MINIFLOW               MVLlJDED FOR
..__  
                                  [SOL, and power             SA TLSFACTORY
Refers to S-1305 and  
                                  supply for valve is         CO.WPLETiON OF
OP-107 and determines  
                                  fB35-SB (Breaker 4E)       THIS STEP.
the valve to isolate  
                                  Aiso determines valve
normal miniflow path  
                                  has MCB switch and
for CSIP IB-SR is ICs-  
                                  includes a CIT on ICS-
196 SB,  
                                  196 switch
CHARGKNGISI PLMP  
                                  :VALVE TO BE
B-SB MINIFLOW  
                                  CLOSED WITH
[SOL, and power  
                                  POWER REMOVED -
supply for valve is  
                                  LOCAL
fB35-SB (Breaker 4E)  
                                  HANDWHEEL To BE
Aiso determines valve  
- .-
has MCB switch and  
                                  IN CLOSICD)
includes a CIT on ICS-  
*6  )zertnine the alternate      Refers to S-1304 and     L4m
196 switch  
                                                              2&r          TO
:VALVE TO BE  
    niniflow isolation for CSIP  letermines the valve to ISOLATE
CLOSED WITH  
      B-SB                        solate alternate           DISCHARGE
POWER REMOVED -  
                                  niniflow path for CSIP PLOW PATH.
LOCAL  
                                  LB-SB is 1CS-751, B
IN CLOSICD)  
                                  :SIP Alt Mini Flow
Refers to S-1304 and  
                                  Man Is01
letermines the valve to  
                                                                              Page 6 of 9
solate alternate  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
niniflow path for CSIP  
:SIP Alt Mini Flow
Man Is01
HANDWHEEL To BE
LB-SB is 1CS-751, B  
_i
NOTES
-
CRITICAL 'ro
ISOLATE
DISCHARGE
FLOW PATH.
CRITICAL TO
ISOLATE
DISCHARGE
FLOW PATH.
NOYE: CITNOT
REQc'rRED TO RE
MVLlJDED FOR
SA TLSFACTORY
CO.WPLETiON OF
THIS STEP.
&rm24L
TO
ISOLATE
DISCHARGE
PLOW PATH.
-
SAT I
UNSAT -
Page 6 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN COM-2
ADMIN COM-2  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
-
-  
  JPM             ELEMENT
JPM  
STEP
STEP  
          Determine the vent path     Refers to S-1305 and
-.
                                                              -  CRITICAL TO
*8
          For CSIP 1B-SB              letermines the valve to   PROVIDE VENT
ELEMENT
                                      ient CSIP IR-SB is       PATH TO
Determine the vent path  
                                      ICs-188, B CSIP           DEPRESSURIZE
For CSIP 1B-SB
                                                                PIPING.
jetermine the drain path
                                      Suction Px Isol VI\,
'or CSIP IB-SB
                                                                NOTE: HTHER
._
                                      OPEN WITH CAP           srw 70    3  STEP 8
COMPLETE
                                      lEMOVED)                 IS CRITICAL. ONE
I
                                                                OB THE OTHER
-
                                                                MUST BE
Refers to S-1305 and  
                                                                PERFORMED. Bur
letermines the valve to  
                                                                NOT BOTH.
ient CSIP IR-SB is  
                                                                HOWEVER. IF
ICs-188, B CSIP  
                                                                BOTH ARE
Suction Px Isol VI\\,  
                                                                PERFORMED, PHIS
OPEN WITH CAP  
                                                                IS ALSO
lEMOVED)  
-.                                                            &GlXP.TABL.       __
lefcrs to-S-1305 and
  *8      jetermine the drain path    lefcrs to-S-1305 and    CRITICAL TO
letermines the valves
          'or CSIP IB-SB              letermines the valves    PROVIDE DRAIN
D drain CSIP 1B-SB
                                      D drain CSIP 1B-SB      PATH TO
lischarge piping to be
                                      lischarge piping to be  DEPRESSURIZE
CS-189, B CSIP
                                                                PIPING.
:asing Leak Off Drain
                                      CS-189, B CSIP
'Iv, and ICs-190, B
                                      :asing Leak Off Drain    NOTE EITHER
:SIP Casing Leak Off
                                      'Iv, and ICs-190, B      s w 7 OR STEP 8
brain Isol Vlv
                                      :SIP Casing Leak Off    IS CRITICAL. ON
BOTH OPEN)
                                      brain Isol Vlv              THE OTHER
STOP TIME:
                                                                MUST BE
CRITICAL TO
                                      BOTH OPEN)              PERFORMED, BUT
PROVIDE VENT
                                                                VOT BOTH.
PATH TO
                                                                YOWEVfR, IF
DEPRESSURIZE
                                                                BOTH A M
PIPING.
                                                                WfRFORMEB, THiS
NOTE: HTHER
                                                                'SALSO
IS CRITICAL. ONE  
                                                                4CCEPTABl.E         -.
MUST BE
                                    ._
srw 7 03
          COMPLETE
STEP 8
          I
OB  
STOP TIME:
THE OTHER  
                                                                                Page 7 of 9
PERFORMED. Bur  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
NOT BOTH.  
HOWEVER. IF  
BOTH ARE  
PERFORMED, PHIS  
IS ALSO  
&GlXP.TABL. __  
CRITICAL TO  
PROVIDE DRAIN  
PATH TO  
DEPRESSURIZE  
PIPING.  
NOTE EITHER  
IS CRITICAL. ON  
THE OTHER  
MUST BE  
PERFORMED, BUT  
VOT BOTH.  
YOWEVfR, IF  
BOTH A M
WfRFORMEB, THiS  
'S ALSO
4CCEPTABl.E  
-.  
s
w
7 OR STEP 8
Page 7 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMIA' COM-2
ADMIA' COM-2  
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  JF'M ATTACHMENT
JF'M ATTACHMENT  
                  COMPONENT LISTING AND REQUIRED POSITIONS
COMPONENT LISTING AND REQUIRED POSITIONS  
        COMPONENT                                                   POSITION
COMPONENT  
1) CSlP IB-SB P.S. 6.9 KV Emergency Bus 1B-SB, Cubicle 4
1) CSlP IB-SB P.S. ~ 6.9 KV Emergency Bus 1B-SB, Cubicle 4  
                      ~
2) IC§-187, E! CSlP Suction Is01 Vlv.  
                                                                    Racked Out
3) 1CS-197, B CSlP Discharge Is01 Vlv.  
2)   IC§-187, E! CSlP Suction Is01 Vlv.                             Shut
4) 1CS-196 SB, CHARGlNGlSl PUMP 8-SB MINIFLOW ISOL  
3) 1CS-197, B CSlP Discharge Is01 Vlv.                           Shut
5) 1CS-196 SB P.S.  
4)   1CS-196 SB,CHARGlNGlSl PUMP 8-SB MINIFLOW ISOL                 Closed
- 1835-58, Breaker 4E  
5)   1CS-196 SB P.S.- 1835-58, Breaker 4E                           Off
6) ICs-751, B CSlP Alt Mini Flow Man lssl.  
6) ICs-751, B CSlP Alt Mini Flow Man lssl.                         Shut
7) EITHER OR BOTH OF THE FOLLOWING:  
7) EITHER OR BOTH OF THE FOLLOWING:
a) ICs-188, B CSlP Suction Px Is01 Vlv  
        a) ICs-188, B CSlP Suction Px Is01 Vlv                     UncappediOpen
b) ICs-189, B CSlP Casing beak Off Drain Vlv  
                        -0R-
1CS-190, 5 CSlP Casing beak Off Drain Is01 Vlv  
        b) ICs-189, B CSlP Casing beak Off Drain Vlv               Open
- 0 R - 
                        -AND  ~
-AND
            1CS-190, 5 CSlP Casing beak Off Drain Is01 Vlv         Open
~
8 ) CIT on 1CS-196 Switch                                           Neutral after Closed
8 ) CIT on 1CS-196 Switch  
    (NOTE 1)
(NOTE 1)  
9) 61T on CSIP 'B Switch                                           Neutral after StoD
9) 61T on CSIP 'B Switch  
    (NOTE 1)
(NOTE 1)  
          -
POSITION
(NOTE 1) ClTs on MCB switches NOT required for satisfactory completion of JPM
Racked Out
[EXAMINER KEY7                                                                            I
Shut
                            .....     ..   .           .     ...       .....
Shut
                                                                                  Page 8 of9
Closed
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Off
Shut
UncappediOpen
Open
Open
Neutral after Closed
Neutral after StoD
(NOTE 1) - ClTs on MCB switches NOT required for satisfactory completion of JPM  
[EXAMINER KEY 7
I  
.....  
..  
.  
..  
...  
.....  
Page 8 of9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          ADMIN COM-2
ADMIN COM-2  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINEK UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINEK UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CQNDITIONS:
INITIAL CQNDITIONS:  
  The plant is defueled. CSIP IR-SB is required to he placed under a clearance for seal
The plant is defueled. CSIP IR-SB is required to he placed under a clearance for seal  
  replacanent. Cooling water and lube oil systems are NOT required to be placed under
replacanent. Cooling water and lube oil systems are NOT required to be placed under  
  clearance.
clearance.  
INITIATmTGCUE@):
INITIATmTG CUE@):  
  You have been directed to detemiine the clearance requirements for CSIP 1B-SB
You have been directed to detemiine the clearance requirements for CSIP 1B-SB  
  using the CWDs, SFDs, and System Operating Procedures, as necessary. Provide
using the CWDs, SFDs, and System Operating Procedures, as necessary. Provide  
  complete electrical and mechanical protection. Provide the neccssary vent and drain
complete electrical and mechanical protection. Provide the neccssary vent and drain  
  paths. The SSO has approved using single valve isolation.
paths. The SSO has approved using single valve isolation.  
  NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT YOU ACTUALLY GENERATE A
NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT YOU ACTUALLY GENERATE A  
  CLEARANCE. ONLY PROVIDE THE EVALUATOR WITH A LISTING OF
CLEARANCE. ONLY PROVIDE THE EVALUATOR WITH A LISTING OF  
  THE REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND POSITIONS.
THE REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND POSITIONS.  
                                                                              Page 9 of I)
Page 9 of I)  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                            ADMBN COM-3
ADMBN COM-3  
                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION I1
REGION I1  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
              ABMIN COM-3
ABMIN COM-3  
    Determine Entry Conditions for a High
Determine Entry Conditions for a High  
                Radiation Area
Radiation Area  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                                Page 1 of 12
Page 1 of 12  
                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          ADMIN COM-3
ADMIN COM-3  
                                                                                  -1s
-1s  
                                  REGION 11
REGION 11  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
TASK:     Determine Entry Conditions for a High Radiation Area
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:         None
ALTERNATE PATH:  
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:       New
None  
KA:   2.3.4             IMPORTANCE:           SRO       3.1         RQ         2.5
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
KA STATEMENT:           Knowledge of radiation exposure limits and contamination
New  
                        control, including permissible levels in excess ofthose
KA:  
                        authorized.
2.3.4  
TASK STANDARD:          Determination made of appropriate requirements for entry to
IMPORTANCE:  
                        the Filter Backwash Transfer Tank and Pump Room.
SRO  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR       -      INPLANT        9
3.1  
                                                                                      s
RQ  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                 PERFORM         -       SIMULATE        -
2.5  
REFERENCES:      NGGM-PM-0002, Radiation Control and Protection Manual
KA STATEMENT:  
                  AP-535, Performing Work in Radiation Control Areas
Determine Entry Conditions for a High Radiation Area
VALIDATION TIME:       I
Knowledge of radiation exposure limits and contamination  
                        15     MINUTES             TIME CRITICAL:             No
control, including permissible levels in excess ofthose  
APPLICANT:
authorized.  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
Determination made of appropriate requirements for entry to  
PEIZFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
the Filter Backwash Transfer Tank and Pump Room.  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   UNSAT
INPLANT
COMMENTS:
9
EXAMINER:
SIMULATE
                                  Signature                               Date
TASK STANDARD:
                                                                            Page 2 of 12
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
SIMULATOR  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:  
PERFORM  
REFERENCES:
-
s
-  
-  
NGGM-PM-0002, Radiation Control and Protection Manual  
AP-535, Performing Work in Radiation Control Areas  
VALIDATION TIME:  
15  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
I
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PEIZFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
UNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                ADMIN COM-1
ADMIN COM-1  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS /EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOLS /EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
e Perform after completion of In Plant JPM COM-IP(i) while still in RCA
e  
e   NGGM-PM-OO(I2, Radiation Control and Protection Manual
Perform after completion of In Plant JPM COM-IP(i) while still in RCA  
    AP-535, Performing Work in Radiation Control Areas
e  
*  RWP 00001771
* RWP 00001771
                                READ TO OPERATOR
NGGM-PM-OO(I2, Radiation Control and Protection Manual  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
AP-535, Performing Work in Radiation Control Areas  
  If simulated, no actuai plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
READ TO OPERATOR  
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
If simulated, no actuai plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including. but not limited to, proper
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  communication, place-keeping, A L M A and use of personal protective equipment. All
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and \~erbalizedto the evaluator.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including. but not limited to, proper  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
communication, place-keeping, ALMA and use of personal protective equipment. All  
  ask for clarification if needed.
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and \\~erbalized to the evaluator.  
  You may use any ncnnaily available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may  
  ifany, are io beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the
ask for clarification if needed.  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
You may use any ncnnaily available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  then prcvide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
ifany, are io beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  available. Report completion of the task asyou would in theplant.
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
then prcvide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate m e t h d directed
available. Report completion of the task asyou would in theplant.  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate methd directed  
                                                                                    Page 3 of 12
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


INITIAL CONDITIQNS:
INITIAL CONDITIQNS:  
  The Control Room has directed yuu to determine the position of a valve in the Filter
The Control Room has directed yuu to determine the position of a valve in the Filter  
  Backwash Transfer Tank and Pump room.
Backwash Transfer Tank and Pump room.  
INITIATING CUE@):
INITIATING CUE@):  
  Discuss the actions you must take, specifically Radiologicd Control requircments, to
Discuss the actions you must take, specifically Radiologicd Control requircments, to  
  allow entering the area.
allow entering the area.  
                                                                            Page 4 of 12
Page 4 of 12  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMIN COM-3
ADMIN COM-3  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
START TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
                                                                  P
*3
                                                                        NOTES
Proceed to i contact MP to
                                                                                          - SAT I
discuss entry with HP
                                              STAhTMRI3
Using computer, calls up
                                                                                          mwr
Radiation Mork Permit
                                        Locates Filter
STAhTMRI3  
                                        Backwash Transfer
Locates Filter  
                                        ra& and Pump room
Backwash Transfer  
                                        md detemiines area is a
ra& and Pump room  
                                        h k e d High Radiation
md detemiines area is a  
                                        rea
h k e d High Radiation  
            Proceed to i contact MP to roceeds to / contacts
rea  
            discuss entry with HP      IP to discuss entry with
roceeds to / contacts  
  *3        Using computer, calls up  3aIls up RWJ             CRITICAL TO
IP to discuss entry with  
            Radiation Mork Permit    IO001771 for              ALI,OW REVIEW
3aIls up RWJ  
                                        3perations                OF ENTRY
IO001771 for
                                                                  REQUIREMENTS
3perations
                                                                  VOTE: At
P
                                                                  Evaluators
NOTES
                                                                  discretion,
CRITICAL TO  
                                                                  Applicant
ALI,OW REVIEW  
                                                                  demonstrated
OF ENTRY  
                                                                  proper use of
REQUIREMENTS  
                                                                  computer to call up
VOTE: At  
                                                                  RWP when entry
Evaluators  
                                                                  wasfirst made to
discretion,  
                                                                  RCA, this step may
Applicant  
                                                                  be marked %A.
demonstrated  
                                                                  IF APPLICANT
proper use of  
                                                                  HAS NOT
computer to call up  
                                                                  DEMONSTRATED
RWP when entry  
                                                                  ABILITY TO CALL
wasfirst made to  
                                                                  UP R WP
RCA, this step may  
                                                                  PRE VIOUSLY,
be marked %A.  
                                                                  PROMPT A S
IF APPLICANT  
                                                                  NECESSARY TO
HAS NOT  
                                                                  DETERMIATE
DEMONSTRATED  
                                                                  A PPPICAXTS
ABILITY TO CALL  
                                                                  ABILITY TO CALL
UP R WP  
                                                                  -UP R WP.
PRE VIOUSL Y,  
                                                                                  Page 5 of 12
PROMPT AS
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
NECESSARY TO  
DETERMIATE  
A PPPICAXTS  
ABILITY TO CALL  
UP R WP.  
-
-
SAT I
mwr
Page 5 of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                    ADMIN COM-3
ADMIN COM-3  
                                                                                          HARRIS
HARRIS  
      -     2 I                       I                     I           .
-2  
      CUE: ONCE R W P Q Q Q O l 7 7 ~CALLED
I  
                                          1s        UP9PROVIDE ATTACHED HARD
I I.  
      COPY OF RIVP (PAGES _.     a - 11 OF..
CUE: ONCE R WPQQQOl77~1s
      .___.
CALLED UP9 PROVIDE ATTACHED HARD  
                I       .
COPY OF RIVP (PAGES _.  
                        -
a - 11 OF ..  
                                              Heviews RWP            CRITICAL TO
I.  
                  entry requirements into     00001771 and            ENSURE ALL
-  
                  Locked High Radiation       determines entry       RADIOLOGICAL
.___.
                                              requirements for       REQUKREMENTS
entry requirements into  
                                              Locked High Radiation   Mur.
Locked High Radiation  
                                              area are:
Heviews RWP
                                              1. Pre-Job briefing     NOTE: Item 4 (RP
00001771 and
                                                  required            personnel not
determines entry  
                                              2. RC Supervisor        performing
requirements for  
                                                  approval required  activities) is a
Locked High Radiation  
                                                  prior to entry      requiremenifor the
area are:  
                                              3. Continuous          Wpersonnei and is
1. Pre-Job briefing  
                                                  Radiation Control  not an operator
2. RC Supervisor
                                                  coverage required  requirement. Dress
required
                                              4. W personnel an:      requirements are
approval required
                                                  NOT to engage in    determined by RP
prior to entry
                                                  actrvitres which    nersunnel arid are
Radiation Control
                                                  might distract them disseminnted during
coverage required
                                                  from coverage      %'ob b r i q f i n z
NOT to engage in
              I        .
actrvitres which
      V O T E SURVEYMAP IS PROVIDED AS PAGE 7 OF JPh KPPLICANT
might distract them
          ~
from coverage
      FEEQUESTS IT, %UT IT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE RE VIEWED BY
3. Continuous
      4 ~ ~ L I ~ A I V T I N ~ I V I D ~ 4 L E IT
4. W personnel an:
                                                Y SWILL
I.
                                                    IN~E   RE RE WEWED IN PRE-JOB
VOTE SURVEYMAP IS PROVIDED AS PAGE 7 OF JPh
      YRIEFING.                                           -~
CRITICAL TO
STOP TIME:
ENSURE ALL
                                                                                        Page 6 of 12
RADIOLOGICAL
                                                                          Post Validation Revision
REQUKREMENTS
Mur.
NOTE: Item 4 (RP  
personnel not  
performing  
activities) is a  
requiremenifor the  
Wpersonnei and is  
not an operator  
requirement. Dress  
requirements are  
determined by RP  
nersunnel arid are  
disseminnted during  
%'ob  
b r i q f i n z
KPPLICANT  
~  
FEEQUESTS IT, %UT IT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE RE VIE WED BY  
4 ~ ~ L I ~ A I V T I N ~ I V I D ~ 4 L E Y S I N ~ E
IT WILL RE RE WEWED IN PRE-JOB  
YRIEFING.  
-~  
STOP TIME:  
Page 6 of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


I .. ,
..  
      .j
I
I
,  
I
.j  


tepert ID : TIPH900           RWP N h e r : 00001991 00               ALARA Task
tepert ID : TIPH900  
?age:     1                   Facility : HNP                   00490854             01 01
RWP N h e r : 00001991 00  
W P Title : ROUTINE OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES
ALARA Task  
rype       : LR Status: ACTIVE           Date     : 12/11/03 12:55
?age :  
Lrea       : GENERAL FACILITY             Location :
1  
Jork Eegin Date: 12/15/03 08:OO         Work End Date: 12/31/10 23:59
Facility : HNP  
Zxtension Date :                       By:
00490854  
:nitiated Bate : 12/11/03 1 2 ~ 5 5     By: SEABBM     SEABOCK                       MICHA 1
01 01  
rpprwved       : 12/11/03 1 2 ~ 5 5   By: KIVETP     KIVETT                       PER   I
W P Title : ROUTINE OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES  
                                    A U R A Task
rype  
.LARA Task   : 00490854 01 01     Status: READY
: LR Status: ACTIVE  
,LAW+ Desc   : OPS ACTIVITIES
Date  
                            Rad'iological Conditions
: 12/11/03 12:55  
                          ED Time Alarm       900
Lrea  
                            (in minutes)
: GENERAL FACILITY  
                                      I
Location :  
                  Adminstrative Dose Limit     :   40 (mrem)
Jork Eegin Date: 12/15/03 08:OO  
        ED Dose Alarm:   32 (mr@m)         ED Dose Rate Alarm:   200 (mrem/hr)
Work End Date: 12/31/10 23:59  
adiological Hazard
Zxtension Date :  
EE HOLD POINT INST
By:  
                                                                            Page8of12
:nitiated Bate : 12/11/03 1 2 ~ 5 5 By: SEABBM  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
SEABOCK  
MICHA 1  
rpprwved  
: 12/11/03 1 2 ~ 5 5 By: KIVETP  
KIVETT  
PER  
I  
A U R A Task  
.LARA Task : 00490854 01 01  
Status: READY  
,LAW+ Desc : OPS ACTIVITIES  
Rad'iological Conditions  
(in minutes)
ED Time Alarm  
900  
I  
Adminstrative Dose Limit :  
40 (mrem)  
ED Dose Alarm:  
32 (mr@m)  
ED Dose Rate Alarm: 200 (mrem/hr)  
adiological Hazard  
EE HOLD POINT INST  
Page8of12  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              ADMm COA4-3
ADMm COA4-3  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                RADIATION WORK PERMIT
RADIATION WORK PERMIT  
IReport ID
I
  page :
Report ID : TIPH900
            :
RWP Number: 00001771 O B
            2
ALARA Tsk
                TIPH900                RWP Number: 00001771 O B
I page :
                                        Facility : "P
2
                                                                              ALARA Tsk
Facility : "P  
                                                                      004,90854             01 01 I
004,90854  
                                Radiation Protection Requirements
01 01  
    Dosimetry Type       : S STANDARD (DRD/TLD)           Multi-Pack Type:
Radiation Protection Requirements  
    Type Code               Description           Type  Coat9       Description
Dosimetry Type : S STANDARD (DRD/TLD)  
    SPCL   SPCL     SEE SPECEAL INSTRUCTION
Multi-Pack Type:  
                                Svocial lns&uctions and Hold Points
Type  
        Nbr
Code  
          10
Description  
          30
T y p e 
          10
Coat9  
          10
Description  
          10   I. REVIEW AREA SURVEY MAPS .vm/oR CONTACT RADIATION
SPCL SPCL SEE SPECEAL INSTRUCTION  
          10          CONTROL FOR SPECIFIC WORK AREA RADIOLOGICAL
Nbr  
          10          CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
10  
          10  2 . IF RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS ARE SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER
30  
          10          THAN CURRENT SURVEYS OR HISTORICAL SURVEY DATA
10  
          10          THEN WORK IS NOT ALLOWED TO CONTINUE ON THIS RWP
10  
          10          WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM RC SUPERVISION.
10  
          10  3. NOTIFY RADIATION CONTROL PRIOR TO CLINBING IN
10
          10        THE OVERHEAD.
10
          10  4. FOR HIGH NOISE AREAS EVALUATE THE USE OF THE
10
          10          FOLLOWING:
10
          10      - LED LIGHT
10
          10      - VIBRATING DOSIMETRY
10
          10      - TELEMETRY
10
          I0      - STAY TIMES
10
          10  5. I F ACCUMULATED DOSE ALARM OR UNANTICIPATED DOSE
10
          10        RATE ALARM SOUNDS, LEAVE THE AREA AND COPJJACT
10
          1c        RADIATION CONTROL.
10
          10
10
          10  *****'**LOCKED HIGH RADIATION AREA ERTRIES*'***
10
          iG  l_______-_-s_--_s---_________s_______l__--s------------
I 0
          10  1 . PRE-JOB BRIEFING REQUIRED.
10
          10  2. RC SUPERVISOR APPROVAL REQUIRED PRlBR TO ENTRY
1 0 
          10  3. CONTINUOUS RADIATlON CONTROL COVERAGE REQ'JIRED
1 c 
          10  4.     WHEN PROVIDING CONTINUOUS COVERAGE, RP PERSONNEL
10
          20            SHALL NOT ENGAGE IN ANY ACTIVITIES WHICH COULD
10
          20            DISTRACT THEM FROM MONITORING THE WORKERS AND THE
iG
          20            WORK ENVIRONMENT
10
          20
10
          25  * * * * CONTAMINATED SYSTEM BREACH (LINES > 1 INCH)
10
          25  _____s--_l___-_l__--_____ll_________l__l--------
10
          25  1. CONTIRTUOUS RC COVERAGE REQUIRED FOR INITIAL
20
          25          SYSTEM BREACH.
20
                                                                                Page 9 of 12
2 0 
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
2 0 
2 5 
25
2 5 
25
Svocial lns&uctions and Hold Points
I. REVIEW AREA SURVEY MAPS .vm/oR CONTACT RADIATION  
CONTROL FOR SPECIFIC WORK AREA RADIOLOGICAL  
CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK.  
2 . IF RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS ARE SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER  
THAN CURRENT SURVEYS OR HISTORICAL SURVEY DATA  
THEN WORK IS NOT ALLOWED TO CONTINUE ON THIS RWP  
WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM RC SUPERVISION.  
3. NOTIFY RADIATION CONTROL PRIOR TO CLINBING IN  
4. FOR HIGH NOISE AREAS EVALUATE THE USE OF THE  
THE OVERHEAD.
FOLLOWING :  
- LED LIGHT  
- VIBRATING DOSIMETRY  
- TELEMETRY  
- STAY TIMES  
5. I F ACCUMULATED DOSE ALARM OR UNANTICIPATED DOSE  
RATE ALARM SOUNDS, LEAVE THE AREA AND COPJJACT  
RADIATION CONTROL.  
*****'**LOCKED HIGH RADIATION AREA ERTRIES*'***  
1. PRE-JOB BRIEFING REQUIRED.  
2. RC SUPERVISOR APPROVAL REQUIRED PRlBR TO ENTRY  
3. CONTINUOUS RADIATlON CONTROL COVERAGE REQ'JIRED  
4 .
WHEN PROVIDING CONTINUOUS COVERAGE, RP PERSONNEL  
l_______-_-s_--_s---_________s_______l__--s------------
SHALL NOT ENGAGE IN ANY ACTIVITIES WHICH COULD  
DISTRACT THEM FROM MONITORING THE WORKERS AND THE  
WORK ENVIRONMENT  
* * * * CONTAMINATED SYSTEM BREACH (LINES > 1 INCH)  
1. CONTIRTUOUS RC COVERAGE REQUIRED FOR INITIAL
_____s--_l___-_l__--_____ll_________l__l--------  
SYSTEM BREACH.  
Page 9 of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                        ADMIN COM-3
ADMIN COM-3  
                                                                                                  IIAKKIS
IIAKKIS  
      RADIATION WORK PERMIT
RADIATION WORK PERMIT  
                        SDecial Instructions and Hold Points
SDecial Instructions and Hold Points  
a r                           Spacial Instructions
a r
  25  2. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/UOOD, WATER RESISTANT
25
  25          DRESS REQUIRED FOR WET WORK, &ND ADDITIONAL DRESS
2.
  25          CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON RC INSTRUCTIONS
25
  25  3 . GLOVES AND A CONTAINMENT DEVICE ARE REQUIRED AS A
25
25          MINIMUM IN CLEAN AREAS.
25  
30  4. ENGINEERING CONTROLS AS PER RADIATION CONTROL.
3 .  
30  5. PROVIDE PATH OR CONTAINMENT FOR SYSTEM DRAINAGE,
25
30          IF NEEDED TO CONTAIN LIQUIDS.
30 4.
30 -.
30 5.  
30   *****ABRASIVEWORK ON CONTAMINATED COMPONENTS*****
30
30   _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ s s s s _ _ _ _ _ _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - _ -
Spacial Instructions
30   1. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/HOOD AND FACESHIELD
FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/UOOD, WATER RESISTANT  
30           REQUIRED.
DRESS REQUIRED FOR WET WORK, &ND ADDITIONAL DRESS  
  30  2 . INTERMITTENT RC COVERAGE.
CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON RC INSTRUCTIONS  
30  3 . SPECIFIC
MINIMUM IN CLEAN AREAS.  
            -        ~  LOCATION TO BE IDENTIFIED TO RADIATION
GLOVES AND A CONTAINMENT DEVICE ARE REQUIRED AS A  
30          CONTROL PRIOR TO START OF ABRASIVE WORK.
ENGINEERING CONTROLS AS PER RADIATION CONTROL.  
30  4. ENGINEERING CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON
PROVIDE PATH OR CONTAINMENT FOR SYSTEM DRAINAGE,  
30          RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.
IF NEEDED TO CONTAIN LIQUIDS.  
30  5 . FIRE RETARDAMT CLOTKING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED FOR
30 -.  
33          FOR HOT WORK (IE:WELDING,GRINDING,ETC.)
30 *****ABRASIVE WORK ON CONTAMINATED COMPONENTS*****  
33
30  
33  **t********eONTAMINATEDAREA ENTRIES********'****
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ s s s s _ _ _ _ _ _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - _ -
33  ___s____s_ss______________-______--___---------------_------
30  
33  1. GLOVES AND         SHOECOVEAS         REQUIRED AS A MINIMUM
1. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/HOOD AND FACESHIELD  
35          FOR INSPECTIONS ACTIVITIES.
30  
35  2 . FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTUING AND HOOD REQUIRED FOR
REQUIRED.  
35          CLIMBING IN OVERHEAD ABOVE 8 FEET AND/OR CRAWLING
30
  35  3 . FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIRED FOR HANDS ON WORK
30
35  4.   DOUBLE SURGEONS GLOVES MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RUBBER
30
35          GLOVES WITH RADIATION CONTROL APPROVAL
30
35  5. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, WATER RESISTANT DRESS
30
35          REQUIRED FOR WET WORK, AND ADDITIONAL DRESS
30
35         CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIREI) BASED ON RC INSTKUCTIOKS
33
  33  G . INTERMITTENT RC COVEHAGE. UNLESS OTliERI'?ISE
33
  35          INSTRUCTED.
33
  35
33
  4)  * * * * * * * * INSULATION WORK IN CONTAMINATED AREAS'*'"**
33
43  s___s______________________s______smss__------------
35
43  1. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WITH HOOD REQUIRED.
35
43  2 . ENGINEERING CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON
35
4)        RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.
35
41 3 . INTERMITTENT WC COVERAGE, UNLESS OTHERWISE
3 5 
43          INSTRUCTED.
35
43  4. ADDITIONAL CONTROLS REQUIRED FOR ASBESTOS REMOVAL
35
4)
3 5  
4)  t**************ttt$PENT                 FUEL POOL WORK***
2 . INTERMITTENT RC COVERAGE.  
                                                                                          Page 10 of 12
3 . SPECIFIC LOCATION TO BE IDENTIFIED TO RADIATION  
                                                                                Post Validation Revision
-
~
CONTROL PRIOR TO START OF ABRASIVE WORK.  
4. ENGINEERING CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON  
RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.  
5 . FIRE RETARDAMT CLOTKING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED FOR  
FOR HOT WORK (IE:WELDING,GRINDING, ETC.)  
**t********eONTAMINATED
AREA ENTRIES********'****  
_ _ _ s _ _ _ _ s _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - - - - -
1. GLOVES AND SHOECOVEAS REQUIRED AS A MINIMUM  
FOR INSPECTIONS ACTIVITIES.  
CLIMBING IN OVERHEAD ABOVE 8 FEET AND/OR CRAWLING  
2 . FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTUING AND HOOD REQUIRED FOR
3 . FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIRED FOR HANDS ON WORK  
4 . DOUBLE SURGEONS GLOVES MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RUBBER  
GLOVES WITH RADIATION CONTROL APPROVAL  
5. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, WATER RESISTANT DRESS  
REQUIRED FOR WET WORK, AND ADDITIONAL DRESS  
35  
CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIREI) BASED ON RC INSTKUCTIOKS  
3 3  
G . INTERMITTENT RC COVEHAGE. UNLESS OTliERI'?ISE  
35
3 5 
4)
43
43
4 3 
4 ) 
4 1  
4 3  
43
4 )  
4 )   
INSTRUCTED.
* * * * * * * * INSULATION WORK IN CONTAMINATED AREAS'*'"**  
1. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WITH HOOD REQUIRED.  
2 . ENGINEERING CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON  
3 .  INTERMITTENT WC COVERAGE, UNLESS OTHERWISE  
4. ADDITIONAL CONTROLS REQUIRED FOR ASBESTOS REMOVAL  
s _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ _ s m s s _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - 
RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.
INSTRUCTED.
t**************ttt$PENT  
FUEL POOL WORK***  
Page 10 of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                                                              ADMIN COM-3
ADMIN COM-3  
                                                                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
  . -     PASSPORT         -   M T A L EXPOSURE SYSTEM
. -
              RADIATION WORK PEIUMIT
teport ID : TIPH900                               RIWP Number: 00001771 00                                                   ALAHA Task
PASSPORT - M T A L EXPOSURE SYSTEM  
?age:     4                                     Facility : Elm                                                       00490854             01 01
RADIATION WORK PEIUMIT  
      Nbr                                   special Instructions
teport ID : TIPH900  
        40    ~ _ _   s _ _ _ _ _ ~ _ ~ ~ _ ~   _   _   _ _ ~   s s s   _   _ _   _   s   s   _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ ~ _ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
RIWP Number: 00001771 00  
        40    1. SCRUBS, GLOVES, AND SHOECOVERS REQUIRED AS A
ALAHA Task  
        40            MINIMUM FOR FUEL MOVEMENT.
?age :  
        40  2. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/HOOD, WATER RESISTANT
4  
        40            DRESS REQIJIREB FOR WET WORK, AND ADDITIONAL DRESS
Facility : Elm  
        40            CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON RC INSTRUCTIONS.
00490854  
        45  3 . CONTINUOUS RADIATION CONTROL COVERAGE REPUTRED
01 01  
        45            FOR REMOVAL OF ANY ITEMS FROM THE POOL.
Nbr  
        45  4 .NOTIFY THE CONTROL ROOM PRIOR TO ADDING WATER
40
        45            TO POOL.
40
        45  5. WIPE/WAS# DOVlJ' MATERIAL WHEN REMOVING FROM POOL
40
        45            PER RADIATION CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS.
40
        45  6. NOTIFY EiABIATION CONTROL PRIOR TO SUSPENDING ANY
40
        45            MATERIU FROM A POINT OF ATTACHMENT AEOVE THE
40
        45            WATER SURFACE.
45
        45  7. WHEN USING POLES FOR MOVEMENT OF MATERIALS IN THE
45
        45              SFP ENSURE POLES ARE HOLLOW AND FILLED WITH WATER.
45
        45  8.       WHEN PERSONNEL ARE WORKING ON THE BRIDGE CRANE,
45
        45              AN ALARMlNG RADIATION MONITOR SHALL BE IN
45
        45              OPERATION ON THE CRANE OR AN ALARMING
45
        45              DOSIMETER SHALL BE                               PRESCRIBED. THIS
45
        45              DOSIMETER IS IN ADDITION TO THE DRD THAT IS USED
45
        45              FOR WHOLE BODY MONITORING AND WILL 5E WORN
45
        45              BETWEEN THE KNEE AND ANKLE..
45
        45
45
        45  ****t****t**SOER2001-1 REQVIREMENTS****"********
45
        45  _ _ _ I _ _ _ _ _ s _ s _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - - s _ _ - s _ _ _ - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - _ -
45
        45  1. BOTH RC AND WORK SUPERVISION TO PARTICIPATE IN
45
        45            PRE-JOE BRIEFING.
45
        45  2. STAYTIKE AND TIME KEEPING REQUIRED WITH GENERAL
45
        45            AREA DOSE RATES GREATER THAN 1000 MREM/HR.
45
        45  3 . CONTINUOUS RADIATION CONTROL COVERAGE REQUIRZD WHEN
45
        45            THE POTENTIAL GENERAL AREA DOSE RATES OF GREATER
45
        45            THAN 1000 MREM/HR EXIST.
45
        45
45
      Nbr                                tiold Point Description
45
        10   ENTRY ALLOWED TO ALL AREAS EXCEPT AREAS POSTED:
45
        10   VERY HIGH RADIATION AREAS IVHRA)
45
        20   AZRBORNE RADIATION AREAS (ARA),
45
        30   HOT PARTICLE AREAS (HPA),
45
        30   CONTAINMENT WHEN REACTOR CRITICAL
45
                                                                                                                                Page i l of 12
45
                                                                                                                    Post Validation Revision
45
special Instructions  
~ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ ~ _ ~ ~ _ ~ _ _ _ _ ~ s s s _ _ _ _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ ~ _ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
1. SCRUBS, GLOVES, AND SHOECOVERS REQUIRED AS A  
2. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/HOOD, WATER RESISTANT  
MINIMUM FOR FUEL MOVEMENT.
DRESS REQIJIREB FOR WET WORK, AND ADDITIONAL DRESS  
CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON RC INSTRUCTIONS.  
FOR REMOVAL OF ANY ITEMS FROM THE POOL.  
TO POOL.  
PER RADIATION CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS.  
MATERIU FROM A POINT OF ATTACHMENT AEOVE THE  
WATER SURFACE.  
7. WHEN USING POLES FOR MOVEMENT OF MATERIALS IN THE  
SFP ENSURE POLES ARE HOLLOW AND FILLED WITH WATER.  
8 .
WHEN PERSONNEL ARE WORKING ON THE BRIDGE CRANE,  
AN ALARMlNG RADIATION MONITOR SHALL BE IN  
OPERATION ON THE CRANE OR AN ALARMING  
DOSIMETER SHALL BE  
PRESCRIBED. THIS  
DOSIMETER IS IN ADDITION TO THE DRD THAT IS USED  
FOR WHOLE BODY MONITORING AND WILL 5E WORN  
BETWEEN THE KNEE AND ANKLE..  
3 .  CONTINUOUS RADIATION CONTROL COVERAGE REPUTRED
4 .NOTIFY THE CONTROL ROOM PRIOR TO ADDING WATER
5. WIPE/WAS# DOVlJ' MATERIAL WHEN REMOVING FROM POOL
6. NOTIFY EiABIATION CONTROL PRIOR TO SUSPENDING ANY
****t****t**SOER 2001-1 REQVIREMENTS****"********  
_ _ _ I _ _ _ _ _ s _ s _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - - s _ _ - s _ _ _ - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - _ -
1. BOTH RC AND WORK SUPERVISION TO PARTICIPATE IN  
PRE-JOE BRIEFING.  
2. STAYTIKE AND TIME KEEPING REQUIRED WITH GENERAL  
AREA DOSE RATES GREATER THAN 1000 MREM/HR.  
3 . CONTINUOUS RADIATION CONTROL COVERAGE REQUIRZD WHEN  
THE POTENTIAL GENERAL AREA DOSE RATES OF GREATER  
THAN 1000 MREM/HR EXIST.  
Nbr
tiold Point Description  
10 ENTRY ALLOWED TO ALL AREAS EXCEPT AREAS POSTED:  
10 VERY HIGH RADIATION AREAS IVHRA)  
20  
AZRBORNE RADIATION AREAS (ARA),  
30 HOT PARTICLE AREAS (HPA),  
30 CONTAINMENT WHEN REACTOR CRITICAL  
Page i l of 12  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN COM-3
ADMIN COM-3  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                          APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TA§K)
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TA§K)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup is being performed. The position of
Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup is being performed. The position of  
  ICs-670, RMW to Letdown Reheat Hx, is being determined.
ICs-670, RMW to Letdown Reheat Hx, is being determined.  
ILITIATINCJ CUE@):
ILITIATINCJ CUE@):  
  Discuss the Radiological Control requirements to allow entering the area to determine
Discuss the Radiological Control requirements to allow entering the area to determine  
  the position of I CS-690.
the position of I CS-690.  
                                                                              Page 12 of 12
Page 12 of 12  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


.~ ...............................       --
--
                                                                    ADMIN SRO-4
.~  
                                                                            HARRIS
...............................  
                                              REGION II
ADMIN SRO-4  
                                  INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
HARRIS  
                                    JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
REGION II  
                                            ADMIN SRQ-4
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                          Determine Protective Action Recommendations
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
                        APPLICANT:
ADMIN SRQ-4  
                        EXAMINER:
Determine Protective Action Recommendations  
                                                                        Page 1 of 7
APPLICANT:  
                                                            Post Validation Revision
EXAMINER:  
Page 1 of 7  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        ADMIN SKO-4
ADMIN SKO-4  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION I1
REGION I1  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
TASK:       Determine Protective Action Recommendations
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:         None
Determine Protective Action Recommendations  
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:         CW-I27 (M)
ALTERNATE PATH:  
KA: 2.4.44               IMPORTANCE:         SRO       4.0         RO         NA
None  
KA STATEMENT:           2.4.44 - Knowledge of emergency plan protective action
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
                        recommendations
CW-I27 (M)  
TASK STANDARD:          Determines evacuation subzones to be A.B,C,D,E,F,K,L
KA:  
                        Determines shelter subzones to be G,H,I,J,M,N
2.4.44  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                SIMULATOR      -       IN PLANT       -
IMPORTANCE:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                  PERFORM       -      SIMULATE -
SRO  
REFERENCES:      PEP-1 10, Emergency Classification and Protective Action
4.0  
                  Recommendations
RO  
VALIDATION TIME:      - 10     MINUTES             TIME CRITICAL:           No
NA  
APPLICANT:
KA STATEMENT:  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
TASK STANDARD:
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                 UNSAT
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:
COMMENTS:
REFERENCES:
EXAMINER:
VALIDATION TIME:
                                  Signature                               Date
2.4.44 - Knowledge of emergency plan protective action  
                                                                            Page 2 of 7
recommendations  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
Determines evacuation subzones to be A.B,C,D,E,F,K,L  
Determines shelter subzones to be G,H,I,J,M,N  
-  
IN PLANT  
SIMULATOR -
-  
PERFORM  
SIMULATE  
-  
PEP-1 10, Emergency Classification and Protective Action  
Recommendations  
10  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
-
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
UNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 7  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  ADMIN SRO-4
ADMIN SRO-4  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOI,S / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOI,S / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
m   JPM can be performed in any location where the identified references are available
m  
PEP- 1 10. Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations
e
                                READ TO OPERATOR
JPM can be performed in any location where the identified references are available  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
PEP- 1 10. Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations  
  If simulated. no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
READ TO OPERATOR  
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
If simulated. no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you  
  required for annunciaton unreiated to your task.
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
required for annunciaton unreiated to your task.  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper  
  Before starting. initial conditions and initiating cues will be described arid you may
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All  
  ask for clarification if needed.
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  You may use any nornially available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
Before starting. initial conditions and initiating cues will be described arid you may  
  ifany, are to beperformedfrom memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the
ask for clarification if needed.  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
You may use any nornially available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
ifany, are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  available. Report cot?6pktioon of the task as you would ita theplatat.
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
available. Report cot?6pktioon of the task as you would ita theplatat.  
  by plant procedures in order to compiete the assigned task. You arc expected to make
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                                    Page 3 Of 7
by plant procedures in order to compiete the assigned task. You arc expected to make  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 Of 7  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN SRO-4
ADMIN SRO-4  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared following a large break loss of
A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared following a large break loss of  
  coolant accident.
coolant accident.  
  The following conditions are noted:
The following conditions are noted:  
  e Core Exit Thmocouple tmnperatures are all between 1900°F and 2000'F.
e  
  e   Radiochemistry analysis indicates that approximately 2.6% of the fuel volume has
Core Exit Thmocouple tmnperatures are all between 1900°F and 2000'F.  
      melted.
e  
  e   RHR is injecting through the WCS cold legs.
Radiochemistry analysis indicates that approximately 2.6% of the fuel volume has  
  e   Containment Spray is operating with Containment Pressure at I8 psig.
melted.  
  e   Containment hydrogen concentration is 5.5%.
e RHR is injecting through the WCS cold legs.  
  m   Wind Direction is 220".
e  
  e   Wind S p e d is 18 mph.
Containment Spray is operating with Containment Pressure at I8 psig.  
INITIATING CUE(S):
e  
  Determine the Protective Action Recommendations for these conditions.
Containment hydrogen concentration is 5.5%.  
                                                                              Page 4 Of 7
m Wind Direction is 220".  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
e  
Wind Sped is 18 mph.  
INITIATING CUE(S):  
Determine the Protective Action Recommendations for these conditions.  
Page 4 Of 7  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                ADMIN SRO-4
ADMIN SRO-4  
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
START TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
                      ELEMENT                   STANDARD                NOTES
ELEMENT -
            Obtain PEP-I 10 and
Obtain PEP-I 10 and  
                                  -        Obtains PEP-I 10,
required information for
            required information for      Attachment 3. Protectiv
determining PAR
            determining PAR                Action Reconmendatio
General Emergency
                                          I
Declared?
                                          Process
._
                                                _                -.
__
            General Emergency              <YES> Determines a     CRITICAL TO
Substantial core damage is
            Declared?                      General Emergency       DETERMINE
imminent or has occurred
                                          has occurred based on PROPER PAR.
_ _ ~ . _ I _ 
            ._                      __ &en conditions             -..              -
Asignificant loss of reactor
            Substantial core damage is <YES> Determines           CRITICAL TO
coolant is ininiinent or has
            imminent or has occurred substantial sore             DETERMINE
occurred
                                          damage is imminent 01 PROPER PAR.
Containment failure
                                          has occurred due to
(Primary or SIG) is
                                          core damage having
imminent or Itas occnrred
                          _  _  ~  .  _ I
Determine wind direction
                                          exceeded 1%melting
STANDARD
                                          ~. _                    __
Obtains PEP-I 10,  
            Asignificant loss of reactor <YES> Determines         CRITICAL TO-
Attachment 3. Protectiv  
            coolant is ininiinent or has significant loss of       DETERMINE
Action Reconmendatio  
            occurred                      reactor coolant is       PROPER PAR.
Process  
                                          imminent or has
<YES> Determines a  
                                          occurred due to
General Emergency  
                                          Containment
has occurred based on  
                                          Hydrogen exceeding
I_
                                          1% or a LOCA --
&en conditions  
                                                      ,
<YES> Determines  
            Containment failure          <YES> Determintes       CRI'I'ICk TO
substantial sore  
            (Primary or SIG) is          containment failure     DETERMINE
damage is imminent 01  
            imminent or Itas occnrred (S/G)is imminent or         PROPER PAR.
has occurred due to  
                                          has oernrred due to
core damage having  
                                          Containment
exceeded 1% melting  
                                          Hydrogen exceeding
<YES> Determines  
                                          4%
significant loss of  
                                          -..___~..               -
reactor coolant is  
            Determine wind direction      Determines wind          CRITICAL TO
imminent or has  
                                          direction from 220"      DETERMINE
occurred due to  
                                                                  PROPER
Containment  
                                                                  EVACUATION
Hydrogen exceeding  
                                                                  AND
1% or a LOCA  
                                                                  SIIE1,'I'ERING
<YES> Determintes  
                                                                  SUBZONES.
containment failure  
                                                                  P
(S/G) is imminent or  
                                                                                  Page ti of 7
has oernrred due to  
                                                                      Post Validaticn Revision
Containment  
Hydrogen exceeding  
4%  
Determines wind
direction from 220"
~.
,
--
- . . _ _ _ ~ . .
NOTES
-.
CRITICAL TO
DETERMINE
PROPER PAR.
CRITICAL TO
DETERMINE
PROPER PAR.
-
..
-
__
CRITICAL TO-
DETERMINE
PROPER PAR.
CRI'I'ICk TO
DETERMINE
PROPER PAR.
-  
CRITICAL TO  
DETERMINE  
PROPER  
EVACUATION  
AND  
SIIE1,'I'ERING  
SUBZONES.  
P  
Page ti of 7  
Post Validaticn Revision  


                                                                            ADMIN SRO-4
ADMIN SRO-4  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                    ELEMENT                 STANDARD
STOP TIME:
          Determine evaeuata'on       Determines evacuation
ELEMENT  
          areas                      subzones to be           DETERMINE
Determine evaeuata'on  
                                      A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L   biased PROPER
areas
                                      on 5 mile radius and     EVACUATION
Germine shelter areas
                                      wind direction using 5 SZTBZONES.
STANDARD
                                      miles radius /10 mile
Determines evacuation  
                                      downwind____
subzones to be  
                                                  table   --
A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L  
          G e r m i n e shelter areas Determines shelter       CRITICAL TO
biased  
                                      subzones to be           DETERMINE
on 5 mile radius and  
                                      G,H,I,J,M,N based on     PROPER
wind direction using 5  
                                      5 mile radius and wind SHELTERING
miles radius /10 mile  
                                      direction using 5 miles SIJBZDNES.
downwind table  
                                      radius /10 mile
Determines shelter  
                                      __-
subzones to be  
                                      downwind   table       _.
G,H,I,J,M,N based on  
STOP TIME:
5 mile radius and wind  
                                                                              Page 6 of7
direction using 5 miles  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
radius /10 mile  
____ -  
downwind  
_ _- 
table  
_.  
DETERMINE
EVACUATION
PROPER
SZTBZONES.
CRITICAL TO
DETERMINE
SHELTERING
PROPER
SIJBZDNES.
-
Page 6 of7  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          ADMIN SKO-4
ADMIN SKO-4  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMP1,ETION OF TASK)
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMP1,ETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared following a large break loss of
A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared following a large break loss of  
  coolant accident.
coolant accident.  
  The foIlowing conditions are noted:
The foIlowing conditions are noted:  
  m Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures are all between 1900&deg;F and 2000&deg;F.
m  
  m  Radiochemistry anaIysis indicates that approximately 2.6% of the fuel voIume has
m
      melted.
Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures are all between 1900&deg;F and 2000&deg;F.  
  m RHR is injecting through the RCS cold legs.
Radiochemistry anaIysis indicates that approximately 2.6% of the fuel voIume has  
  E Containment Spray is operating with Containment Pressure at 18 psig.
melted.  
  a Containment hydrogen concentration is 5.5%.
m  
  E Wind Direction is 220'.
RHR is injecting through the RCS cold legs.  
  m Wind Speed is i 8 mph.
E  
INITIATING CUE@):
Containment Spray is operating with Containment Pressure at 18 psig.  
  Determine the Protective Action Recomrnendations for these conditions.
a Containment hydrogen concentration is 5.5%.  
                                                                                Page 7 of 4
E  
                                                                Post Valitlation Revision
Wind Direction is 220'.  
m  
Wind Speed is i 8 mph.  
INITIATING CUE@):  
Determine the Protective Action Recomrnendations for these conditions.  
Page 7 of 4  
Post Valitlation Revision  


      xamination Level:                                              Operating Test Number:
Operating Test Number:  
                                                                                                    Safety
xamination Level:
                                SystedJPM T i e                                                     Function
SystedJPM T i e
                                                                                                MA#-W O Imp)
'.  
      '. Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxitiary Transformers to the                                 6
Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxitiary Transformers to the  
          startup Auxi[kav Transformers per OP-256.02                                         (062A4.07  - 3.9)
startup Auxi[kav Transformers per OP-256.02  
      '.  perform Containment Coding System Operability Test per                                     5
perform Containment Coding System Operability Test per  
          OST-10?0                                                                             (022A4.01  - 3.6)
OST-1 0? 0  
    ,.                                                                                                3
Perform an Emergency Boration per AOP-002  
          Perform an Emergency Boration per AOP-002                                         (000024AA2.(92 3.8)
Transfer SG ~ e v e l 
                                                                                                              s
Control to the Main Feedwater Regulating  
    'L    Transfer SG ~ e v eControl
~ y p a s
                                l      to the Main Feedwater Regulating                               4s
Valves per OP-434.02  
          ~ y p a s sValves per OP-434.02                                                     (059A4.03  - 2.9)
'.  
  8.                                                                                                 2
,.  
          Transfer to cold Leg Recirculatlon per EOP-EPP-010                                   (006A4.05  - 3.9)
'L
  f.    performControl Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise per                                   1
8.  
          OST-I005                                                                             (001A2.? 1 4.4)
Transfer to cold Leg Recirculatlon per EOP-EPP-010  
  9.                                                                                                 9
perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise per  
          piaceAudio Count Rate Drawer in Service pes OP-105                                   (015A4.02  - 3.9)
f.
  h.                                                                                                 8
OST-I005  
          n1innccw to support RHR System Operations per OP-145                                 (008A4.01   - 3.3)
9.  
    '     PerformMo
piace Audio Count Rate Drawer in Service pes OP-105  
          OP-107
h.  
  j'     Perform local actions for placing an OTAT channel in Test per
n1inn ccw to support RHR System Operations per OP-145  
          ow-RP-01
Safety
  k.
Function
          i ~ c ~ loperate
MA#- W O  Imp)
                    ly    a SG PORV per EOP-EPP-012 and OP-126
6
                                                        -
(062A4.07 - 3.9)
                                                        .
5
                                                        -.
(022A4.01 - 3.6)
                                                        _
3
e                                                                                    NUREG-1021,
(000024AA2.(92 s 3.8)
                                                                                  Development Rev.Draft
4 s 
                                                                                                    Date Revision 9
(059A4.03 - 2.9)
                                                                                                          12/08/03
2
(006A4.05 - 3.9)
1
(001A2.? 1 4.4)
9
(015A4.02 - 3.9)
8
(008A4.01 - 3.3)  
'  
PerformMo  
OP-107  
j'  
Perform local actions for placing an OTAT channel in Test per  
ow-RP-01  
i ~ c ~ l l y 
operate a SG PORV per EOP-EPP-012 and OP-126  
k.
-.-._  
NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9
e
Development Rev. Date 12/08/03  


ES-301                               Control Room I In-Plant Systems Outline                       FORM ES-301-2
ES-301  
  Facility:                   HARRIS                                 Date of Examination:
Control Room I In-Plant Systems Outline  
  Examination Level:                 SRO-U                       Operating Test Number.         /
FORM ES-301-2  
  Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SKO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-V)
Facility:  
                            SystedJPM Title
HARRIS  
  a.
Date of Examination:  
        Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary Transformers to the
Examination Level:  
          startup Auxiliary Transformers per OP-156.02
SRO-U  
  b.
Operating Test Number.  
        NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U
/  
  C
Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SKO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-V)  
        Perfoim an Emergency Boration per AOP-002
SystedJPM Title  
d.
Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary Transformers to the  
        NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U
startup Auxiliary Transformers per OP-156.02  
e.
a.
        NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U
b.  
f.
NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U  
        NOT APPLICABLE FOR SWO-U
C  
9.
Perfoim an Emergency Boration per AOP-002  
        NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U
d.  
h.
NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U  
        NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U
e.  
In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U  
                                                                      I
f.  
"
NOT APPLICABLE FOR SWO-U  
        Petform Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup per                                     1
9.  
                                                                            MIAIR
NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U  
        OP-107                                                                               (00482.06 4.3)
h.  
                                                                                                      ~
NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U  
J'
In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)  
k.
M I A I R 
        perform local actions for placing an OTAT channel in Test per
I  
        OWP-RP-04
"  
        Locally operate a SG PORV per EOP-EPP-012 and OP-126
Petform Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup per  
                                                                      N                              7
OP-107  
                                                                                                      -
N
                                                                                              (012A4.04 3.3)
J'  
                                                                                                    4s
perform local actions for placing an OTAT channel in Test per  
                                                                                            (000674E81.04 4.1)
OWP-RP-04  
                                                                                                        ~
k.
"Type Codes: (B)irect from bank, (M)odified from bank, (N)ew, (A)lternate path, (C)ontrol Room, (S)imulator,
Locally operate a SG PORV per EOP-EPP-012 and OP-126  
&)ow-Power. ( W P A
1
                                                                                  NUWEG-1021, DrefiRevision 9
(00482.06
                                                                                Development Rev. Date 42/08/03
~ 4.3)
7  
(012A4.04 - 3.3)  
4s  
(000674E81.04  
~ 4.1)  
"Type Codes: (B)irect from bank, (M)odified from bank, (N)ew, (A)lternate path, (C)ontrol Room, (S)imulator,  
&)ow-Power. (WPA
NUWEG-1021, DrefiRevision 9  
Development Rev. Date 42/08/03  


      Harris
Harris  
      Draft
Draft  
      JPM
JPM  
      SRO
SRO  
Walk-through Exam
Walk-through Exam  
      2004
2004  


      Harris
Harris  
        Draft
Draft  
        JPM
JPM  
        RO
RO  
Wal k-thaough Exam
Wal k-th aoug h Exam  
        2004
2004  


                                          JPM COM-SIhl(a)
JPM COM-SIhl(a)  
                                                    HARRS
HARRS  
                  REGION II
REGION II  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB P E W 0 ANCE MEASURE
JOB P E W 0
  Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary
ANCE MEASURE  
      Transformers to the Startup Auxiliary
Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary  
                Transformers
Transformers to the Startup Auxiliary  
APPLICANT:
Transformers  
EXAMINER:
APPLICANT:  
                                                Page 1 of 9
EXAMINER:  
                                    Post Validation Revision
Page 1 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                  REGION TI
REGION TI  
                INITIAL LlCENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LlCENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUaE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUaE  
TASK       Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary Transformers to the Startup
TASK  
            Auxiliary Transformers
Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary Transformers to the Startup  
ALTERNATE PATH:         Breaker 102, UNIT AUX XFMR A TO AUX BUS D, fails
Auxiliary Transformers  
                        to open when required
ALTERNATE PATH:  
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:         NEW
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
KA:   062A4.07           IMPORTANCE:           SRO       3.1         RO         4.1
NEW  
KA STATEMENT:           Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
KA:  
                        room: Synchronizing and paralleling of different ac supplies
062A4.07  
TASK STANDARD:           Aux Buses A &. D are both powered from SUT 1A rand
IMPORTANCE:  
                        Breaker IO2 has been manually opened
SRO  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR     - J   INPLANT         -
3.1  
PREFERRED ?VALUATIONMETHOD:                  PERFORM        - J     SIMULATE       -
RO  
REFERENCES:      AOP-038, Rapid Downpower, Rev 7
4.1  
                  OP-156.02, AC Electrical Distribution, Rev 40
KA STATEMENT:  
V.4LIDATION TIME:       -IO    MWUTES              TIME CRITICAL:          No
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control  
APPLICANT:
room: Synchronizing and paralleling of different ac supplies  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
TASK STANDARD:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
Aux Buses A &. D are both powered from SUT 1 A rand  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   UNSAT
Breaker IO2 has been manually opened  
COMMENTS:
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
EXAMINER:
PREFERRED ?VALUATION METHOD:
                                  Signature                             Date
PERFORM
                                                                            Page 2 of 9
REFERENCES:
                                                                Post Validation Revision
Breaker 102, UNIT AUX XFMR A TO AUX BUS D, fails
to open when required
-
SIMULATOR  
J  
INPLANT  
-  
-  
J  
SIMULATE  
-  
AOP-038, Rapid Downpower, Rev 7  
OP-156.02, AC Electrical Distribution, Rev 40  
I O 
MWUTES
TIME CRITICAL:
No
-
V.4LIDATION TIME:  
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
UNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              JPM COM-SIM(a)
JPM COM-SIM(a)  
                                                                                        HARIPIS
HARIPIS  
'rooI,s   EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES NEEDED:
'rooI,s EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
e   Initialize to IC-19 (100% power).
e  
e  FREEZE the simulator.
e
Enter malfunction to prevent breaker 102 from automatically opening upon C ~ O S U Fof      ~:
FREEZE the simulator.
    breaker 101 -breaker 102 can be manually opened <EPS09B>.
a
&'hen Applic'ant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
e
e  AOP-038, Rapid Downpower
e
e  OP-156.02, AC Electrical Distribution
AOP-038, Rapid Downpower
                                READ TO OPERATOR
e
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
OP-156.02, AC Electrical Distribution
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
Initialize to IC-19 (100% power).  
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator. then take all actions as you
Enter malfunction to prevent breaker 102 from automatically opening upon C~OSUF~:  
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
of
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
breaker 101 -breaker 102 can be manually opened <EPS09B>.  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
&'hen Applic'ant is ready, place simulator in RUN.  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
READ TO OPERATOR  
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and iise of personal protective equipment. All
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator. then take all actions as you  
  ask for clarification if needed.
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  ifatgypare to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the IPM; the evaluator will
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and iise of personal protective equipment. All  
  available. Report completion og'the task as you would in the plant.
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  During the course ofthe walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
ask for clarification if needed.  
  by plant procedures in order to compiete the assigned task. You are expected to make
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
ifatgyp are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
                                                                                      Page 3 of 9
indications you are looking at during the performance of the IPM; the evaluator will  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
available. Report completion og'the task as you would in the plant.  
During the course ofthe walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
by plant procedures in order to compiete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        JPM COM-SIM(a)
JPM COM-SIM(a)  
                                                                                  HARRE
HARRE  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  The plant is being shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower.
The plant is being shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower.  
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):  
  You have been directed to perform Step 25 of AOP-038 to transfer 6.9KV Ruses from
You have been directed to perform Step 25 of AOP-038 to transfer 6.9KV Ruses from  
  the Unit Auxiliary Transformer to the Startup Auxiliary Transformer per OP- 156.02,
the Unit Auxiliary Transformer to the Startup Auxiliary Transformer per OP- 156.02,  
  Section 7.I, Transferring 6.9KV Auxiliary Buses 1A and ID from UAT 1A to &sect;UT
Section 7.I, Transferring 6.9KV Auxiliary Buses 1A and ID from UAT 1A to &sect;UT  
  IA.
IA.  
  The prerequisites of Section 3.0 in OP-156.02 have heen completed
The prerequisites of Section 3.0 in OP-156.02 have heen completed  
                                                                              Page 4 of 9
Page 4 of 9  
                                                                  Post Validation Keviyion
Post Validation Keviyion  


                                                                                JFM COM-SIM(a)
JFM COM-SIM(a)  
                                                                                          HARRIS
HARRIS  
  START TIME:
START TIME:  
  * DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
                                                1       STANDARD       1     NOTES           I   SA?'/
1  
      I____
STANDARD  
        7.1.1     Initial Conditions_             Verifies Initial
1  
                  I . AI1 prerequisites in       Conditions as being
NOTES  
                      Section 3.0 arc met.       complete:
I SA?'/  
                  2. Aux Buses IA and 1D         1. Prerequisites met
~
                      are powered from UAI       2. Buses 1A and ID
3
                      IA per Section 5.1 I of       powered from UAT
I ____
                      this procedure.                 1A
7.1.1  
                3. Network grid breakcrs         3. SUT 1A energized
Initial Conditions_  
                      are closed and providing
I. AI1 prerequisites in  
                      power to SUT 1A
Section 3.0 arc met.  
                      (Switchyard Breakers
2.  
                      52-2 and/or 52-39,
3.
                4.  If Switchyard Grid
4.
                      Breakers 52-2 and/or 52-
Aux Buses IA and 1D  
                      3 arc not closed, close
are powered from UAI  
                      the breakers oer Section
IA per Section 5.1 I of  
~
this procedure.  
    3   Note
Network grid breakcrs  
        before  1-    8.29 if de&d.
are closed and providing  
                NOTE: Steps 7.1.2.01
power to SUT 1A  
                through 7.1.2.010 arr:
(Switchyard Breakers  
                following voltmeters reading   and 7.25 KV
52-2 and/or 52-39,  
                between 6.55 and 7.25KV.
If Switchyard Grid  
                a. EI-503, X WIhDNG
Breakers 52-2 and/or 52-  
                      VOLTS.
3 arc not closed, close  
                b. EI-504, Y WINUNG
the breakers oer Section  
                _I.. VOLTS.                 ._ - ~ - _ _ _
Verifies Initial
        4.1.2.2  Place the START UP AUX        Places Synchronizer     CRITICAL TO
Conditions as being
                XFMR A ro AUX BUSES            switch to BKR-107       ALLOW
complete:
                A & D SYNCHRONIZER            position                BREAKER 107 TO
1. Prerequisites met
                switch in the BKR-107                                  CLOSE.
2. Buses 1A and ID
                                                                                      Page 5 of 9
powered from UAT
                                                                          Post Validation Revision
1A
3. SUT 1A energized
8.29 if de&d.  
NOTE: Steps 7.1.2.01  
before
through 7.1.2.010 arr:  
Note 1-
4.1.2.2
following voltmeters reading  
between 6.55 and 7.25KV.  
a. EI-503, X WIhDNG  
b. EI-504, Y WINUNG  
Place the START UP AUX
A & D SYNCHRONIZER
switch in the BKR-107
VOLTS.  
VOLTS.  
._  
_I..
XFMR A ro AUX BUSES
and 7.25 KV
- ~ - _ _ _
Places Synchronizer  
switch to BKR-107  
position
CRITICAL TO
ALLOW  
BREAKER 107 TO  
CLOSE.  
Page 5 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  JPM COM-SEM(a)
JPM COM-SEM(a)  
                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
-
PROC
STEP
Note
before
7. I .2.4
Caution
before
7.1.2.4
7.1.2.4
--
7.1.2.5
_ _ 
7.1.2.6
7.1.2.7
Note
before
7.1.2.8
_I-
Caution
before
7.1.2.8
7.1.2.8
ELEMENT
NL)B
When breaker 107 is placed
in the CLOSE position and
subsequently
reieased, breaker 108 will
9%.
CAUTION
If Breaker 108 fails to open,
observe Precaution and
Limitation 4.0.0.0 16.
Place BREAKER 107.
START UP XFMR Ai'O
AUX BUS A, to the
CLOSE
position. _-
Verify the following:
a. Auxiliary Bus A voltage
remains between 6.55
and 7.25KV as indicated
on EI-560.
b. BREAKER 108, UNIT
AUX XI'MR A 'ro
AUX BUS A, is open.
Place the START UP
XFMR A TO AUX BUSES
A & D SYNCHRONIZER
switch to the BKR-101
FosJtion. -~
Verify synciuoscope is at t h e 
12 O'CLOCK position.
NOKI
When breaker 101 is placed
in the CLOSE position and
subsequently
reieased, breaker 102 will
.-__I
0
-
-
  PROC                ELEMENT                            STANDARD
  STEP
CAUTION  
Note        NL)B                                  Reviews note
If Breaker 102 fails to open,  
before      When breaker 107 is placed
observe Precaution and  
7. I .2.4  in the CLOSE position and
l,inii[a:ioz 4.0.0.0Ib.  
            subsequently
Place BRKAKER 101,
            reieased, breaker 108 will
~
          9%.
START UP XFMR A?'O  
Caution    CAUTION                               Reviews caution
AUX BUS D, to the  
before      If Breaker 108 fails to open,
CLOSE position.
7.1.2.4    observe Precaution and
STANDARD
          Limitation 4.0.0.0 16.           ^- I -                      I
Reviews note
7.1.2.4    Place BREAKER 107.                    Rotates handswitch for Cff ITICAL 1  '0
Reviews caution
          START UP XFMR Ai'O                     BKR 107 to CLOSE      PROVIDE
-
          AUX BUS A, to the                     position               POWER FOR
I
          CLOSE                                                        AUX BUS A
-
--         position. - _                                                FROM SWT 1A.
^
7.1.2.5    Verify the following:                Verifies
          a. Auxiliary Bus A voltage            a. Aux Bus A voltage
Rotates handswitch for
                remains between 6.55                  indicates between
BKR 107 to CLOSE
                and 7.25KV as indicated                6.55 and7.25 KV
position  
                on EI-560.                        b. Verifies HKR 108
Verifies  
          b. BREAKER 108, UNIT                        opens by green
a.  
                AUX XI'MR A 'ro                        light indication
Aux Bus A voltage  
__              AUX BUS A, is open.
indicates between  
7.1.2.6    Place the START UP                    Places Synchronizer
6.55 and7.25 KV  
          XFMR A TO AUX BUSES                  switch to BKM-IO1
b.  
          A & D SYNCHRONIZER                    position                BREAKER 101 TO
Verifies HKR 108  
          switch to the BKR-101                                        CLOSE.
opens by green  
                -~
light indication  
          FosJtion.
Places Synchronizer  
                                                                                            i
position
7.1.2.7    Verify synciuoscope is at t h e      Verities syn&oscope
switch to BKM-IO1  
            12 O'CLOCK position.                pointing to 12 o'clock
Verities syn&oscope  
                                                position
pointing to 12 o'clock  
Note      NOKI                                  Reviews note
position  
before    When breaker 101 is placed
Reviews note  
7.1.2.8    in the CLOSE position and
Reviews caution
          subsequently
_l._l
          reieased, breaker 102 will
Rotates handswitch for
_    I -
5KR 101 to CLOSE
          -0                         .-__I
wsition
Caution CAUTION                                  Reviews caution
Cff ITICAL 1'0  
before    If Breaker  102  fails to open,
FROM SWT 1A.  
7.1.2.8    observe Precaution and
PROVIDE
                                                                                          I-
POWER FOR
          l,inii[a:ioz 4.0.0.0Ib.
AUX BUS A
                          ~                                    _.l_l
I  
7.1.2.8    Place BRKAKER 101,                    Rotates handswitch for  CRITICAL T o
BREAKER 101 TO
          START UP XFMR A?'O                    5KR 101 to CLOSE        PROVIDE
CLOSE. i
          AUX BUS D, to the                    wsition                POWER FOR
CRITICAL T o
          CLOSE position.                                              4UX BUS D
PROVIDE  
                                                                                          Page 6 of 9
POWER FOR  
                                                                            Post Validation Revision
4UX BUS D I-
Page 6 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        JPM COM-SIM(a)
JPM COM-SIM(a)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
-PKOOC             ELEMENT                  SIANDNU)                  NOTES
-  
- STEP
PKOOC  
7.1.2.9   Verify the following:       Verifies
STEP  
                                                                P
7.1.2.9 -
          a. Auxiliary Bus D voltage  a. Aux Bus D voltage
?&L
              remains between 6.55         indicates between
1.0.0.16
              and 7.25KV as indicated     6.55 and 7.25 KV
XE: Sh
              on EI-56 1.             3.  Vaifies RKR 102
ELEMENT
          b. BREAKER 102, UNIT             FAILED TO
Verify the following:  
              AUX XFMR A TO               O m by red light
a. Auxiliary Bus D voltage  
              AUX BUS 11,is open.         remaining ON and
remains between 6.55  
                                          ALB-022-3-Z6.9
and 7.25KV as indicated  
                                          KV AUX BUS D
on EI-56 1.  
                                          SWFLY
b. BREAKER 102, UNIT  
                                          PAEWLLEIED,
AUX XFMR A TO  
        . l _  _  l            .-       alarmin
AUX BUS 11, is open.  
?&L      Observe Precaution and       Informs        of failure L'RITICAL TO
.  
1.0.0.16 Limitation 4.0.0.016.       af breaker to open        INFOFW SKO OF
l__l
        Inadvertent parallel                                   FAILUKE OF
.-  
        operations through the                                 BKR 102 TO
Observe Precaution and  
        SUT and UAT should be                                 3PEN TO
Limitation 4.0.0.016.  
        limited to no longer than
Inadvertent parallel  
        24 hours. Parallel                                     SXCESSWE
operations through the  
        operations becomes a                                   'ARALLEL
SUT and UAT should be  
        concern mainly on an                                   >PERATION.
limited to no longer than  
        electrical fault. With the
24 hours. Parallel  
        SUT and UAT in parallel,
operations becomes a  
        the available fault current
concern mainly on an  
        may exceed the
electrical fault. With the  
        interrupting capability of
SUT and UAT in parallel,  
        the 6.9 KV breakers.
the available fault current  
        Circulating current can
may exceed the  
        mu5e excessive heating of
interrupting capability of  
        the compoaaents and
the 6.9 KV breakers.  
        conductors, or exceed the
Circulating current can  
        rating of those
mu5e excessive heating of  
        components. The Startup
the compoaaents and  
        and Auxiliary
conductors, or exceed the  
        rransformer limiting
rating of those  
        --
components. The Startup  
        rating is 2,800 amps.
and Auxiliary  
                                                                            -.       .
rransformer limiting  
XE: Sh b2CKNO W L E l k E S REPOJ AXD D I R E ~ T SYOU I       OPEN BREAKER
rating
02.                                           .__I
-- is 2,800 amps.  
                                                                              Page 7 of 9
b2CKNO WLElkES REPOJ
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
SIANDNU)
Verifies
a.
Aux Bus D voltage
indicates between
6.55 and 7.25 KV
3.
Vaifies RKR 102
FAILED TO
O
m
by red light
remaining ON and
KV AUX BUS D
SWFLY
PAEWLLEIED,
alarmin
Informs
of failure
af breaker to open
ALB-022-3-Z6.9
AXD D I R E ~ T
YOU I  
NOTES
P
L'RITICAL TO
INFOFW SKO OF
FAILUKE OF
BKR 102 TO
3PEN TO
SXCESSWE
'ARALLEL
>PERATION.
-.
.
OPEN BREAKER  
.__I
02.  
Page 7 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                              JPM COM-SIM(a)
JPM COM-SIM(a)  
                                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
-
-  
JPM                         ELEMENT                         STANDARLI                    NOTES
JPM  
  -
STEP
STEP
*l8 -
  *l8                                                        Opens breaker by       CRITICAL TO
ELEMENT  
                  Idiked                                    holding THINK           OPEN BKR 102
I d i k e d  
                                                            SEVITCII in             TO PREVENT
STANDARLI
                                                            THINK position         EXCESSIVE
Opens breaker by  
                                                            while placing          PARALLEL
holding THINK  
                                                            handswitch for         OPEIL4TION.
SEVITCII in  
                                                            BREAKER 102,
THINK position  
                                                            CTIT AUX XFMR
handswitch for  
                                                            A TO AUX BUS D,
BREAKER 102,  
                                                            in OPEN position.
CTIT AUX XFMR  
                                                            Verifies BKK 102
A TO AUX BUS D,  
                                                            open by green light
in OPEN position.  
                                                            ON and red light
Verifies BKK 102  
                                                          _
while placing
                                                            OFF _  _  _    I  _  _
open by green light  
                                                                Synchronizer
ON and red light  
                    XKMR A TO AUX                               to OFF position
OFF
                  ' A & D SYNCHRONILER
____I__
  20    :.I.2.1 I
Synchronizer  
                  3 switch t o thc OFF position.
to OFF position
                        -               ~
XKMR A TO AUX  
                    PertormAtt:it:hent I ,
A & D SYNCHRONILER  
                                              ....
. . . .-  
                                                      t  ....- . -....-
. -
                                                      Ii~timnsSRO that
. . . .-  
                                                                                ....
. . . .  
      I..-..._I
t
                  1 Transfonner Electrical
Ii~timns SRO that
                    Lineup Chesklist.
' switch to thc OFF position.  
                          .~                 1
3 -  
                                                  ~~
~  
                                                      Attachment I requires
....  
                                                                                    T 1.           -.
20
STOP TIME:
:.I.2.1 I
                                                                                                      Pdge 8 Of 3
PertormAtt:it:hent I , 
                                                                                        Post Validation Revision
Transfonner Electrical  
Attachment I requires
~~
I
1 Lineup Chesklist.  
..-..._I
.~  
1  
STOP TIME:
NOTES
CRITICAL TO
OPEN BKR 102
TO PREVENT
EXCESSIVE
PARALLEL
OPEIL4TION.
T 1.  
.-  
Pdge 8 Of 3  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        JPM COM-SIM(a)
JPM COM-SIM(a)  
                                                                                  IIARRIS
IIARRIS  
                          APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TQ BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TQ BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  The plant is being shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower.
The plant is being shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower.  
INITIATING CUE@):
INITIATING CUE@):  
  You have been directed to perform Step 25 of AOP-038 to transfer 6.9KV Buses fmm
You have been directed to perform Step 25 of AOP-038 to transfer 6.9KV Buses fmm  
  the Unit Auxiliary Transfomier to the Startup Auxiliary Transformer per OP-156.02,
the Unit Auxiliary Transfomier to the Startup Auxiliary Transformer per OP-156.02,  
  Section 7.1, Transferring 6.9KV Auxiliary Buses 1A and ID from UAT 1A to SUT
Section 7.1, Transferring 6.9KV Auxiliary Buses 1A and ID from UAT 1A to SUT  
  IA.
IA.  
  The prcrequisite.u of Section 3.0 in 0P-156.02 have been completed.
The prcrequisite.u of Section 3.0 in 0P-156.02 have been completed.  
                                                                              Page 9 of 9
Page 9 of 9  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                            JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
                                                  mAms
m A m s 
                  REGION I1
REGION I1  
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PEWBRMANCE MEASURE
JOB PEWBRMANCE MEASURE  
                JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
      Perform Containment Cooling System
Perform Containment Cooling System  
              Operability Test
Operability Test  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                                Page 1 of 9
Page 1 of 9  
                                  Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION I1
REGION I1  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
TASK:     Perform Containment Cooling System Operability Test
TASK:  
AL1'ERNATE PATH:       None
AL1'ERNATE PATH:  
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:       NRC98-B2
None  
KA: 022A4.01             IMPORTANCE:           SRO     NA           RO         3.6
Perform Containment Cooling System Operability Test
KA STATEMENT:           Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
                        room: CCSFans
NRC98-B2  
TASK STANDARD:         One fan is running in slow speed for each C O O ~ Cwith
KA:  
                                                                            ~ all
022A4.01  
                        alarms clear.
IMPORTANCE:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR     -      IEdPLANT        -J
SRO  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                   PERFORM         J     SIMULATE -
NA  
REFERENCES:     OST- 1010, Containment Cooling System Operability Test Monthly
RO  
                Interval Modes 1 - 4,Rev 14
3.6  
VALIDATIOK TIME:      -20     MINUTES             TIME CRITICAL:             No
KA STATEMENT:  
APPLICANT:
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
room: CCSFans  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
TASK STANDARD:  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   UNSAT
One fan is running in slow speed for each C O O ~ C ~ 
COMMENTS:
with all  
EXAMINER:
alarms clear.  
                                  Signature                                 Date
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
                                                                              Page 2 of 9
SIMULATOR  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:  
PERFORM  
J  
SIMULATE  
REFERENCES:  
VALIDATIOK TIME:
IEdPLANT
J
-
-
-
OST- 1010, Containment Cooling System Operability Test Monthly  
Interval Modes 1 - 4, Rev 14  
20  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
-
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
UNSAT
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  P M KO-CK(b)
P M
                                                                                        HARRIS
KO-CK(b)  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:
HARRIS  
e Designed to be performed in Control Room. Ifperfomed on simulator, then perform
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
    the foliowing actions to establish proper conditions and do NOT provide cues.
e  
e Initialize to IC-I9 (100% power).
e
e Go to run,acknowledge alarms
e
e Ensure AM-2 & 3 have both fans running in high speed and that AH-1 & 4 are in
e
    standby
e
e Start ESW Pumps SA and SB and E&sect;W Pumps Booster P m p s SA and SB
e
e Run simulator until ALB-028, 5.1 and 8.5 are in ALARM
Designed to be performed in Control Room. Ifperfomed on simulator, then perform  
    FREEZE the simulator.
the foliowing actions to establish proper conditions and do NOT provide cues.  
e When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
Initialize to IC-I9 (100% power).  
OST-1010, Containment Cooling System Operability Test Monthly Interval Modes I
Go to run, acknowledge alarms  
    -4
Ensure AM-2 & 3 have both fans running in high speed and that AH-1 & 4 are in  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
standby  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
Start ESW Pumps SA and SB and E&sect;W Pumps Booster Pmps SA and SB  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
Run simulator until ALB-028, 5.1 and 8.5 are in ALARM  
  performance of this JPM. Ifpcrfomed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
FREEZE the simulator.  
  nomally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
OST-1010, Containment Cooling System Operability Test Monthly Interval Modes I  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
- 4
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, inciuding. but not limited to, proper
e
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail
e
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
READ TO OPERATOR  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  ask for clarification if needed.
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
performance of this JPM. Ifpcrfomed on the simulator, then take all actions as you  
  ifany, are to beperformedfrom memoiy. Describe the actions you are taking and the
nomally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  available. Report completlom of the task as you Would in theplant.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, inciuding. but not limited to, proper  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be somc tasks you will
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail  
  be asked to perfom that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications availahle.
ask for clarification if needed.  
                                                                                    Page 3 of9
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
                                                                        Post Validation Kevision
ifany, are to beperformedfrom memoiy. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
available. Report completlom of the task as you Would in theplant.  
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be somc tasks you will  
be asked to perfom that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications availahle.  
Page 3 of9  
Post Validation Kevision  


                                                                              JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  The unit is operating at power. Conditions have been established tu perform OST-1010,
The unit is operating at power. Conditions have been established tu perform OST-1010,  
  Containment Cooling System Operability Test.
Containment Cooling System Operability Test.  
  The Unit-SCO is aware of the Containment high vacuum condition and annunciator
The Unit-SCO is aware of the Containment high vacuum condition and annunciator  
  procedures have been referenced. The Unit-SCO has given permission to perform the
procedures have been referenced. The Unit-SCO has given permission to perform the  
  test. All prerequisites have been performed.
test. All prerequisites have been performed.  
INITIATING CUE@):
INITIATING CUE@):  
  You are directed to perform OST-1010.
You are directed to perform OST-1010.  
                                                                                  Page 4 of 9
Page 4 of 9  
                                                                    Post Validntion Revision
Post Validntion Revision  


                                                                                JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
START TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL S l E P
* DENOTES CRITICAL SlEP
      ==_=
2
      FROC             ELEMENT                STANDARD                  NOTES
--
      STEP
3
      - Obtain a copy of
==_=  
      NIA                       OST-1010 Obtain a copy of OST-    Provide app1icanf
FROC  
                                          1010 and enters Section  with copy of
STEP -  
                                          7.0                     procedure after
NIA  
                                                                  demonstration of
I__
                                                                  ability to obtain
Jaution
      I  _ _
xfore
                                          ~.                      copy.      ._
7.0.1
  2  Jaution CAIJTION When piacing an   Reviews Caution
I__..
      xfore  ESW Train in service,
7.0.1
      7.0.1  Containment differential
XJE: E;
              pressure may decrease below
ELEMENT
              the Tech Spec limit due to
Obtain a copy of OST-1010
              increased ESW cooling
CAIJTION When piacing an  
              causing a reduction of
ESW Train in service,  
--  I__..
Containment differential  
              Containmressure.
pressure may decrease below  
  3  7.0.1  Verifv both tra& of         Verifies ESW Pumps A NOTE: When
the Tech Spec limit due to  
              Emergency Service Water     and B and ESW Booster shifting speed of the
increased ESW cooling  
              are in service per OP-139   Pumps A and B running Containment Fan
causing a reduction of  
              with the following pumps   by checking RED light    Coolersfram HI-
Containmressure.  
              mnning:                     on for each pump        SPEED ro LO-
Verifv both tra& of  
              a. FMER SW PUMP A-SA                                 SPEED in the
Emergency Service Water  
              b. EMER SW PUMP B-SB                                 remuining steps,
are in service per OP-139  
              c. MER SW BOOSTER                                   enswe at least 30
with the following pumps  
                  I ' W P A-SA                                     seconds ullowed for
mnning:  
              d. EMER SW BOOSTER                                  the fan to coast
a. FMER SW PUMP A-SA  
                  PUMP B-SB                                        down before starting
b. EMER SW PUMP B-SB  
                                                                  in LO-SPEED lo
c. MER SW BOOSTER  
                                                                  minimize equipment
d. EMER SW BOOSTER
                                                                  stresses.
I'WP A-SA  
                                                                  -        (P&L 2 ,-
PUMP B-SB
      XJE: E; YPLMPS A and 5 and ESW                              ? ALL HAVE RED
YPLMPS A and 5 and ESW
                                                                                    Page 5 of 9
STANDARD
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
Obtain a copy of OST-
1010 and enters Section
7.0
~.
Reviews Caution
Verifies ESW Pumps A
and B and ESW Booster
Pumps A and B running
by checking RED light
on for each pump
NOTES
Provide app1icanf
with copy of
procedure after
demonstration of
ability to obtain
copy.
._
NOTE: When
shifting speed of the
Containment Fan
Coolersfram HI-
SPEED ro LO-
SPEED in the
remuining steps,
enswe at least 30
seconds ullowed for  
the fan to coast  
down before starting  
in LO-SPEED lo  
minimize equipment -
stresses. (P&L 2 ,
-  
? ALL HAVE RED  
Page 5 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                              JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
                                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
                            ELEMENT                    STANDARD            I1      NOTES-
6
                                                                              I                              I UNSAT
I Caution
  6    I Caution    CAUTION: If Containment
i before
      i before    Temperature rttachcs 120&deg;F
7.1.1
        7.1.1      at any time during the
-.
                    performance of this OST,
-f--  
                    discontinue the performance
ELEMENT
                    of this OST and reduce
CAUTION: If Containment  
                    Containment Temperature
Temperature rttachcs 120&deg;F  
-.                  perTcch Spec -. 3.6.1.5.                                                                   -  -  -I-
at any time during the  
                    If running, then stop FAN
performance of this OST,  
                    COOLER AH-i B-SB
discontinue the performance  
                    (Othevise N!A)                 AH-I is secured and
of this OST and reduce  
                                                                                                          +
Containment Temperature  
                                                  .I
perTcch Spec  
                                                  -. GRl:'E.VI.ICIITIS ON.....-     ......... -.     ...         ..
-. 3.6.1.5.  
                                                                                                            I
If running, then stop FAN  
                    [OW speed by   observing
COOLER AH-i B-SB  
                    -
(Othevise N!A)  
                    illuminates
STANDARD
-f--    _ _ __._____I
1 I
        CUE:       IOR TO A N Y A C T I O ~FAXA-SB INFAN COOLERA H - I GREEN
NOTES-
        LIGHT I. ON. (AFTER ACTIQN TAKEN FAA'A-SB IXFAM COOLER AH-4 WED
I
                    COOLER AH-3 B-SA
I UNSAT
                                                I AII-3 to STOP           I TEST.
---I-
    I=-'
AH-I is secured and  
-                                                                         I                              I
+  
        CUE: (PRIOR TO ANY A CTfON) FAN R-SA IN FAN COOLER
I
        LIGHT IS O X (AFTER ACTIQN TAKEN) FANB-SA I X FAN COOLER AH-3
.I  
_- GREE?VLIGHT IS ON.
-. GRl:'E.VI.ICIITIS ON. ... .-  
                r-             --                       ___I
......... -.  
                            ____                                  _   I _
...  
                  Verify FAN COOLER                        @aces Fan
..  
                  .4H-3 A-SA i$ running                                       START FAN FOR
[OW speed by observing  
                  low speed by observing         COOLERAIIJ to                TEST.
illuminates  
                  that the red LO SPD
-  
                  illuminates                   seconds, places in LO
__ __._____I  
                                                  SPD and verifies red LO
CUE:  
                -
IOR TO A N Y A C T I O ~
                .
FAXA-SB INFAN COOLER AH-I GREEN  
                --x
LIGHT I. ON. (AFTER ACTIQN TAKEN FAA'A-SB IXFAM COOLER AH-4 WED  
                                                  Suliglit
COOLER AH-3 B-SA  
                                                        .- is lit
I AII-3 to STOP  
I_j-_.l_i___                               J
I TEST.  
                                          --                         L...
I  
    : CG'E:   (PRIOR TO ANY ACTION) FAN A-SA IN FAR' COOLER AH-3 RED HI SPD
I
    ! LIGHT IS ON (AFTER ACTIOX TAKEN) FANA-SA Ih' FAN COOLER AH-3 RED
-  
      LO SPD LIGHTIS On!                               -
CUE: (PRIOR TO ANY A CTfON) FAN R-SA IN FAN COOLER  
                I
LIGHT IS O X (AFTER ACTIQN TAKEN) FANB-SA IX FAN COOLER AH-3  
                                                                      I I                              I
___I
                                                                                                  Page 6 of 9
GREE?VLIGHT IS ON.  
                                                                                Post Validatian Revision
r---  
_- I=-'
____
_I_
@aces Fan  
.4H-3 A-SA i$ running  
low speed by observing  
that the red LO SPD  
Verify FAN COOLER
illuminates  
COOLERAIIJ to
seconds, places in LO  
SPD and verifies red LO  
Suliglit
.- is lit
x
-
-
.
-
START FAN FOR
TEST.  
I_j-_.l_i___  
--J-
L...  
: CG'E: (PRIOR TO ANY ACTION) FAN A-SA IN FAR' COOLER AH-3 RED HI SPD  
! LIGHT IS ON (AFTER ACTIOX TAKEN) FANA-SA Ih' FAN COOLER AH-3 RED  
I
LO SPD LIGHTIS On!  
-  
I  
I  
I  
Page 6 of 9  
Post Validatian Revision  


                                                                                    JPM RO-CR(b)
JPM RO-CR(b)  
                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
JPM
JPM  
STEP
STEP  
        PROC
_i
          STEP
*12
                          ELEMENT
I_
                  COOLER All-2 B-SA
13
                                                    STANDARD                  NOTES
__
                                                                                .........     [.--
*14
                  @henvise .. N / X
PROC  
                      ~                    ' MI-2 to STOP             TEST. ......               .~
ELEMENT  
_    i -- -                                                     .-     I
STANDARD
        7.1.6     Verify FAN                                           CRI'IICAL TO            I
NOTES  
*12
STEP
                  low speed by ohserviing     COOLER 4M-2to
......... [.--  
                                                                        START FAN FOR
COOLER All-2 B-SA
                                                                        TEST.
.~
                                                                                                1
@henvise  
                                                                                                I
~
                                                                                                1
.... N / X
                  illuminates                seconds, places in LO
' MI-2 to STOP  
                                              SPD and verifies red LO
TEST. ......  
                                                                                          -
--  
      CUE: (PRIOR TO ANY A C T I 0 2 v FAN A-SA IN FAN COOLER k-2 RED HI SPD                7
7.1.6  
.-
Verify FAN  
low speed by ohserviing  
illuminates
COOLER 4M-2 to
seconds, places in LO
SPD and verifies red LO
-
I
CRI'IICAL TO
I
START FAN FOR 1
TEST.  
I  
1  
----
k-2 RED HI SPD 7
CUE: (PRIOR TO ANY ACTI02v FAN A-SA IN FAN COOLER
LO SPD LIGHT IS OA!
L-
LIGHT IS OX (AFTER ACTION TAKEA' FAN A-SA IN FAN COOLER AH-2 RED  
7
.__I 7--
low speed by observing
IN FAN COOLER AH-4 GREEN
LICHT IS OA: C4 FTER ACTION TAKEN FAN A-S5 IN FAN COOLER AM-4 RED
Operator venfies
AIB-2913-2,
amUncratitor AIB-29-3-
CONTAINMENT FAN
2, CONTAINMENT
COOLERS rvr-1 LOW
FAN COOLERS AH-I
window is DARK
j
I
FLOW-OIL, has cleared
LOW FLOW-OIL,
I
I
I
Page 9 of 9
Post ValidrPtion Revision
 
JPM RO-CR(h)
HARRIS
-
JPM
SlEP
16
_I_
.-
17
18
--
-
-
-I_
-
PROC
STEP
7.1.10
I
I
  13
-
    _
      LIGHT IS O X (AFTER ACTION TAKEA' FAN A-SA IN FAN COOLER AH-2 RED
CUE: AI
      LO SPD LIGHT IS OA!
9.1.11
      .__I
___
              7--                                                 7                          L-
--
__
I_-  
*14
CUE: A1
                low speed by observing
7.1.12
                                                  IN FAN COOLER AH-4 GREEN
___
      LICHT IS OA: C4FTER ACTION TAKEN FAN A-S5 IN FAN COOLER AM-4 RED
I_
                                            Operator venfies
CUE: AI
                AIB-2913-2,               amUncratitor AIB-29-3-
_I_
                CONTAINMENT FAN            2, CONTAINMENT
Check Annunciator
                COOLERS rvr-1 LOW         FAN COOLERS AH-I
CONTAWMENT PAN
                FLOW-OIL, has cleared     LOW FLOW-OIL,                                     j
COOLEKS AH-3 LOW
                                            window is DARK                                     I
FLOW-OK, has cleared
                                                                                              I
AI.11-27/8-2,
              I                                                      I
-.
                                                                                        Page 9 of 9
Operator verifies
                                                                          Post ValidrPtion Revision
annunciator ALB-23-8-
2, CONTA1,WENT
FAN COOLERS AH-3
window is DARK
LOW HrLOW-O!L,
__
l_l
2 7-8-2 IS DARK
-I-
-  
Check Annunciator
Operator verifies
ALB-2717-2,  
annunciator ALH-27-7-  
CONTAINMENT FAX
2, CCPNTAINMEhT
COOLERS AH-2 LOW  
FAN COOLERS AH-2
FLOW-OL, has cleared
LOW FLOW-O/L,
window is DARK
~-
~
_
_
~
-
_
.
E J Z E O R  WIhDOWALB-27-7-2 IS DARK.
__
-7-
_
-
_
_
_
~
~
~
_
-_
Check Annunciator
CONTAINMENT PAN
COOLERS NE4 LOW
FLOU-O/L, has cleared  
ALB-2914-2,
Operator identifies that
annunciator AI.B-29-4-
2, CONTAINMENT
PAN COOLERS AH-4
LOW FLOW-O!L,  
window is DARK  
-
STOP TIME:
Page 8 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            JPM RO-CR(h)
JPM RO-CQb)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
IIARRIS
--
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
  JPM    PROC
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
SlEP    STEP
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
                                          -.
The unit is operating at power. Conditions have been established to perform OST-IOIO,  
    16  7.1.10  Check Annunciator        Operator verifies
Containment Cooling System Qperability Test.
                AI.11-27/8-2,           annunciator ALB-23-8-
The IJnit-SCO is aware of the Containment high vacuum condition and annumiator
                CONTAWMENT PAN          2, CONTA1,WENT
procedures have been referenced. The Unit-SCO has given permission to paform the
                COOLEKS AH-3 LOW        FAN COOLERS AH-3
test. A11 prerequisites have been performed.  
                FLOW-OK, has cleared    LOW HrLOW-O!L,
INITIATING CUIE(S):  
                                        window is DARK __
You are directed to perfom OST-1010.  
        I    -                                        l  _  l
Page 9 of 9  
_  I _ ___ AI
Post Validation Revision  
        CUE:
                                        -
                                          2 7-8-2 IS DARK
                                                                      I                    -
.-     --                                                                      -
  17  9.1.11  Check Annunciator      Operator verifies
                ALB-2717-2,            annunciator ALH-27-7-
                CONTAINMENT FAX        2, CCPNTAINMEhT
                COOLERS AH-2 LOW        FAN COOLERS AH-2
                FLOW-OL, has cleared    LOW FLOW-O/L,
                                        window is DARK                      ~-
        I  _  -                                ~    _ _ ~      -  _    .
        ___ A1 _
        CUE:     E J Z -E O _    _ _ ~ ~IS DARK.
                            R WIhDOWALB-27-7-2      ~ _                        __
                        _-                        -             7          -
  18  7.1.12  Check Annunciator      Operator identifies that
                ALB-2914-2,            annunciator AI.B-29-4-
                CONTAINMENT PAN        2, CONTAINMENT
                COOLERS N E 4 LOW      PAN COOLERS AH-4
                FLOU-O/L, has cleared  LOW FLOW-O!L,
--      I    _
                                        window is DARK                            -
--      CUE: AI
        _    I_
-I  _
STOP TIME:
                                                                                Page 8 of 9
                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                                                              JPM RO-CQb)
JPM COM-SIM(c)  
                                                                                      IIARRIS
HARRIS
                          APPLICANT CUE SHEET
REGION 11
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUM
  The unit is operating at power. Conditions have been established to perform OST-IOIO,
JPM COM-SIM(c)
  Containment Cooling System Qperability Test.
Isolate the SI Accumulators following a LOCA
  The IJnit-SCO is aware of the Containment high vacuum condition and annumiator
APPLICANT:
  procedures have been referenced. The Unit-SCO has given permission to paform the
EXAMINER:  
  test. A11 prerequisites have been performed.
Page 1 of 8
INITIATING CUIE(S):
Post Vdidation Revision  
  You are directed to perfom OST-1010.
                                                                                  Page 9 of 9
                                                                    Post Validation Revision


                                                  JPM COM-SIM(c)
JPM COI\\~-SIM(CJ
                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
                    REGION 11
REGION II
        INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
          JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUM
JOB PEWFBRMANCE MEASUKE
                JPM COM-SIM(c)
TASK:
Isolate the SI Accumulators following a LOCA
ALTERNATE PATH:
APPLICANT:
Isolate the SI Accumulators following a LOCA  
EXAMINER:
Requires an accumulator to be vented to Containment
                                                Page 1 of 8
FACILITY JPM NIJMBER:
                                    Post Vdidation Revision
New
KA:
00001 lEA1.13
IMPORTANCE:
SRO
4.2
KO
4.1
KA STATEMENT:
TASK STANDARD:
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:
PREFERRED EVALLJATION METHOD:
REFERENCES:
PATH-1 Guide, Rev 14
VALIDATION TIME:
10
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL:
No
Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply
to a Large Break EOCA: Safety injection components
Accumulators A and B have been isolated and
Accumulator C has been vrnted
s _ 
SIMULATOR
INPLANT
PERFORM
e
SIMULATE
-
-
-
OP-110, Safety Injection, Rev 22
APPLICANT:
START TIME:
FINISH TIME:
PERFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PERFORMANCE RATING:
SAT
UNSAT
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature
Date
Page 2 of R
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  JPM COI\~-SIM(CJ
JPM COM-SIM(c)
                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                      REGION II
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:
                    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
e Initialize to IC-I9 (100% power)
                      JOB PEWFBRMANCE MEASUKE
a
TASK:      Isolate the SI Accumulators following a LOCA
Insert a large break EOCA <MALF RCS-IC 100>
ALTERNATE PATH:          Requires an accumulator to be vented to Containment
a TripaliRCPs
FACILITY JPM NIJMBER:        New
a  
KA: 00001lEA1.13          IMPORTANCE:            SRO      4.2          KO        4.1
Perform the actions of PATH-I, up to the point where SI accumulators are to be  
                          Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply
isolated, including transfer to CL recirculation
KA STATEMENT:
a
                          to a Large Break EOCA: Safety injection components
Ensure RCS temperatures are < 370 O F  
TASK STANDARD:             Accumulators A and B have been isolated and
a
                          Accumulator C has been vrnted
Insert a malfunction to prevent 1SH-248 from closing < O W  XAU162 OPEN>
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                  SIMULATOR      -       INPLANT        s _
a
PREFERRED EVALLJATION METHOD:                    PERFORM        -e      SIMULATE        -
FREEZE the simulator
REFERENCES:      PATH-1 Guide, Rev 14
a When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN
                  OP-110, Safety Injection, Rev 22
a
VALIDATION TIME:          10    MINUTES            TIME CRITICAL:              No
PATH-1 Guide
APPLICANT:
a  
START TIME:                            FINISH TIME:
OP-1 IO, Safety injection  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                      MINUTES
READ TO OPERATOR
PERFORMANCE RATING:            SAT                  UNSAT
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
COMMENTS:
Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
EXAMINER:
performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
                                    Signature                                Date
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
                                                                                Page 2 of R
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you xnay
ask for clarification if needed.
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
ifany* are to baperformedfiom memoiy Describe the actions you are taking and the
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication ifnot otherwise
available. Report completioa of the task as you woukd in theplant.
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
Page 3 of 8
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                        JPM COM-SIM(c)
3PM COM-SIM(c)  
                                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INTIAL CONDITIONS:  
e Initialize to IC-I9 (100% power)
A large break LOCA has occurred. Actions have been taken in accordance with
a  Insert a large break EOCA <MALF RCS-IC 100>
PATH-1 to respond to the LOCA. EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg
a TripaliRCPs
Recirculation, has also been completed.  
a Perform the actions of PATH-I, up to the point where SI accumulators are to be
INITIATING CUE(S):
    isolated, including transfer to CL recirculation
Isolate the SI Accumulators in accordance with Step 64 PATH-1 Guide.  
a  Ensure RCS temperatures are < 370 O F
Page 4 of 8  
a Insert a malfunction to prevent 1SH-248 from closing < O W XAU162 OPEN>
Post Validation Revision  
a FREEZE the simulator
a When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN
PATH-1 Guide
a  OP-1 IO, Safety injection
                                READ TO OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
  Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
  performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you xnay
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
  ifany* are to baperformedfiom memoiy Describe the actions you are taking and the
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication ifnot otherwise
  available. Report completioa of the task as you woukd in theplant.
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
                                                                                    Page 3 of 8
                                                                        Post Validation Revision


                                                                              3PM COM-SIM(c)
JPM COM-SIM(c)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HAKRIS
INTIAL CONDITIONS:
START TIME:  
  A large break LOCA has occurred. Actions have been taken in accordance with
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  PATH-1 to respond to the LOCA. EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg
j
  Recirculation, has also been completed.
i
INITIATING CUE(S):
-.&-
  Isolate the SI Accumulators in accordance with Step 64 PATH-1 Guide.
2
                                                                            Page 4 of 8
PATH-1  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
1 Guide
64.a
3
PArII-1
Guide
64.b
l_l
solate SI Accumulators:
I. RCS hot leg
temperatures 4 370&deg;F
' Verifies allRCS hot lee-  
temperatures AT LEAST
-  
370&deg;F
__
._
TWO LESS THAN
1. Locally unlock AND
close both breakers for
each SI accumulator
discharge valve:
I
0
ISI-246 (MCC-
1/12 1-SA-5C)
e 1SI-247 (MCC-IB21-
SH-5C)  
ISI-248 (MCC-
IA21-SA-3D) .___
NOTES
-
-
'rovide applicant
vith copy of
rrocedure after
lemoristration of
ibility to obtain
y&
:KS BY
_I_
,>
O R E H A T O R  INSTRUCTIONS: CLOSE BREAl
TING THE FOLLOWING REMOTE FITNCTIONS - SIS006 CLOSED;
Page 5 of8
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                          JPM COM-SIM(c)
JPM COM-SIM(c)  
                                                                                                    HAKRIS
HARRIS
START TIME:
PROC
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
STEP
                                                                              NOTES
ELEh4QNT
                                                                        -
-
                                                                        'rovide applicant
--
                                                                                            -
Locates OP-l IO, Safety
                                                                        vith copy of
Injection, Section 8.3
                                                                        rrocedure after
1
                                                                        lemoristration of
--
    j                                                                  ibility to obtain
?UE; SCO ACKiYTON7LEDGE.Y REPOI
---1---
~ _ _ _ - 
lp-110, b. Shut LSI-287,
-7
1.3.2.2.
ACCUillULATORS &
PRZ PBRV N2
SUPPLY
Accumulator inoperable
perTech Spec 3.5.1, due
to being connected to
STANDARD
Places band
switches for ISI-
ISI-248 tu CLOSE
Verifies 1%-246 and
1Sh-247 shut by red
light OFF and peen
light ON
Determines ISi-248
failed to shut by red
light ON and green
__
light OFF
Locates procedure and
section
246, 1Sl-247, and
Vents only Accumulator
C
during the following
%onns SCO that an
EIR may he necessary
st=
..
-__.
Places 1SI-287 in
CLOSE
*  
Verifies 1SI-287
shut by red light
OFF and green light
- OK
h f O l T l S  SCO that
Accumulator C is to be
leclared inoperable
NOTES  
-  
CRITICAL TO
CLOSE 151-246
4ND lSI-247 TO
[SOLATE CLAs.
Provide applicant
gith copy of  
wocedure after  
lernons&raPion of  
rbiiiw to obtain  
:ofly.
___.I.
YE
I
EIR.
-
:mricM, TO
REVENT N2
1EAI)ER FROM
3EING BLED
NTO
-:ONTAINMENT.
_.
SAT !
IJNSAT -
-
-
    i
I
    .&-          l  _ l
   
                                                                        y&
Page 6 of 8
  2    PATH-1    solate SI Accumulators:    ' Verifies allRCS hot lee-
Post Validation Revision  
    1 Guide    I. RCS hot leg                temperatures 4 370&deg;F
      64.a        temperatures AT LEAST
                    TWO LESS THAN
                -370&deg;F __                ._
  3    PArII-1 1. Locally unlock AND
      Guide        close both breakers for
      64.b        each SI accumulator
                    discharge valve:
                    0    ISI-246 (MCC-
                        1/12 1-SA-5C)      I
                    e 1SI-247 (MCC-IB21-
                        SH-5C)
                        ISI-248 (MCC-
                        IA21-SA-3D) .___
                                            _          I          _
            >, O R E H A T O R INSTRUCTIONS: CLOSE BREAl :KSBY
              TING THE FOLLOWING REMOTE FITNCTIONS - SIS006 CLOSED;
                                                                                          Page 5 of8
                                                                            Post Validation Revision


                                                                                    JPM COM-SIM(c)
JPM COM-SIM(c)  
                                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
PROC             ELEh4QNT                STANDARD                    NOTES                SAT !
PROC  
STEP
STEP  
                                        Places band
3P-110,
                                                                  -
1.3.2.2.
                                                                  CRITICAL TO
I
                                                                                            -
_=
                                                                                            IJNSAT
ELEMENT
                                        switches for ISI-        CLOSE 151-246
-  
                                        246, 1Sl-247, and        4ND lSI-247 TO
1. Opcnthe
                                          ISI-248 tu CLOSE        [SOLATE CLAs.
ACCUMULATOR N2
                                        Verifies 1%-246 and
SUPPLY & VENT for
                                          1Sh-247 shut by red
the Accumulator to be
                                        light OFF and peen
vented
                                        light ON
1.
                                        Determines ISi-248
1SI-295,  
                                        failed to shut by red
ACCUMULATOR
                                        light ON and green
A N2 SUPPLY &
                  ---                _light
VENT
                                          _ OFF
ACCUMULATOR
1      Locates OP-l IO, Safety
B N2 SIJPPLY &  
        Injection, Section 8.3
VENT
                                    Locates procedure and
ACCUMULATOR
                                    section
C N2 SUPPLY &
                                                                  Provide applicant
2. ISI-296,
                                                                  gith copy of
3. "297,
                                                                  wocedure after
VENT
                                                                  lernons&raPionof
ZKUE~E? ~n
                                                                  rbiiiw to obtain
modes I, 37-  
                                                                  :ofly.
and 3, ensure Accumulators
                                    Vents only Accumulator
are maintained within
                                    Cduring the following
'8.3.2.3 ' 1 'Iechnical Specification
                                    st=
' iimits for pressure and Level
                                    %onns SCO that an
I when venting SI
                                    EIR may he necessary
-  
--                                                                ___.I.                    - I
1
?UE; SCO ACKiYTON7LEDGE.Y REPOI                                  YE EIR.
Places 1SI-297 in  
                                                                  I
,
---1-                  ~-  _ _  - _ -__.
Verifies 1SI-297
                                    -                        .. -
OPEN
-7
open by red Light ON
lp-110,
and geen light OFF
1.3.2.2.
.~
        b. Shut LSI-287,
!evin\\,s cautio" a::d
            ACCUillULATORS &
etermines not
            PRZ PBRV N2            *
pplicable due to not
                                        Places 1SI-287 in
,eing in Modes 1-3
                                        CLOSE
NOTES
                                        Verifies 1SI-287
L'KITICAL TO
                                                                  :mricM, TO
tLIGN
                                                                  REVENT N2
4CCUMULATOR
                                                                  1EAI)ER FROM
C' TO VENT
                                                                  3EING BLED
IEhDER.
            SUPPLY                      shut by red light
!
                                        OFF and green light      NTO
A-
                                    -   OK                      -:ONTAINMENT.
HC-936, ISI- j e
                                                                  _.
Rotates HC-936
                                    hfOlTlS  SCO that
PRESS CNTL, control
            Accumulator inoperable  Accumulator C is to be
i
            perTech Spec 3.5.1, due leclared inoperable
CCW directinn
            to being connected to
i
                                                                                  Page 6 of 8
potentiometer
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
-  
SAT J
UNSAT -  
__.___
demand increases by ! HEADER.  
meter indication
potentiometer output
j e
Observes valve
signal to open ISZ-298 and
vent the Accumulator  
--
1ASK COMPLETE
STOP TIME:
Page 7 of 6  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                                  JPM COM-SIM(c)
JPM COM-SIM(c)  
                                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
        PROC                ELEMENT                                                NOTES
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
                                                                                                        - SAT J
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
          STEP
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
        _=
A large break LOCA has occurred. Actions have been taken in accordance with
        3P-110,      1. Opcnthe
PATH-1 to respond to the LOCA. EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg
                                                  - -  1  Places 1SI-297 in     L'KITICALTO
Recirculation, has also been completed.  
                                                                                                        -
INITIATING CUE@):  
                                                                                                        UNSAT
Isolate the SI Accumulators in accordance with Step 64 PATH-I Guide.  
        1.3.2.2.        ACCUMULATOR N2                    OPEN                  tLIGN
Page 8 of 8
        I                SUPPLY & VENT for            ,  Verifies 1SI-297      4CCUMULATOR
Post Validation Revision  
                        the Accumulator to be            open by red Light ON  C' TO VENT
                        vented                            and g e e n light OFF IEhDER.
                        1. 1SI-295,
                            ACCUMULATOR
                            A N2 SUPPLY &
                            VENT
                        2. ISI-296,
                            ACCUMULATOR
                            B N2 SIJPPLY &
                            VENT
                        3. "297,
                            ACCUMULATOR
                            C N2 SUPPLY &
                            VENT                                .~
                    ZKUE~E?~nmodes I ,        37-      !evin\,s cautio" a::d
                    and 3, ensure Accumulators         etermines not
                    are maintained within              pplicable due to not
      '8.3.2.3  ' 1 'Iechnical Specification
                  ' iimits for pressure and Level
                                                      ,eing in Modes 1-3
                  I when venting SI
                                                  !
                                              A      -
                                    HC-936, ISI- j  e    Rotates HC-936
                                                  i      potentiometer
                    PRESS CNTL, control            i      CCW directinn __.___
                    potentiometer output          j e    Observes valve
                    signal to open ISZ-298 and            demand increases by ! HEADER.
      --          vent the Accumulator                  meter indication
            1ASK COMPLETE
STOP TIME:
                                                                                                Page 7 of 6
                                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                                                              JPM COM-SIM(c)
JPM RO-SIM(d)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
REGION I1
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
  A large break LOCA has occurred. Actions have been taken in accordance with
JPM RO-SIM(d)
  PATH-1 to respond to the LOCA. EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg
Start the Turbine Driven
  Recirculation, has also been completed.
Auxiliary F eedw ater Pump
INITIATING CUE@):
APPLICANT:  
  Isolate the SI Accumulators in accordance with Step 64 PATH-I Guide.
Page 1 of 9
                                                                            Page 8 of 8
Post Validation Revision  
                                                                Post Validation Revision


                                            JPM RO-SIM(d)
REGION I1  
                                                    HARRIS
INITIAL LICENSE EXAh4INATION
                  REGION I1
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
TASK:
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
ALTERNATE PATH:
                JPM RO-SIM(d)
None
            Start the Turbine Driven
Start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump
          Auxiliary Feedwater Pump
FACILITY JPM NUMBER
APPLICANT:
CR-028 (M)  
                                                  Page 1 of 9
KA:
                                    Post Validation Revision
061A3.01
IMPORTANCE:
SRO
NA
RO
4.2
KA STATEMENT:
TASK STANDARU:
Ability to monitor automatic operation ofthe AFW,
including: AFW startup and flows
The 1DAF:Vlr Pump is supplying the SGs at a flow rate of
between 50 and 100 KPPH each.
-
SIMULATOR J
IN PLANT
PERFORM
J
SIMLJJJATE
PREFEKKECP EVALUATION LOCATION:
-
IREFERKED EVALUATION METHOD:
-
-
REFERENCES:
VALIDATION TIME:
15
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL:
No
OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Rev 22
-
APPLICANT:  
START Tim:
FINISH TIME:
PERFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PEWOIPMANCE RATING:
SA?
IJNSAT
COMMENTS :
EXAMINER:
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                    REGION I1
JPM RO-SIM(d)
                  INITIAL LICENSE EXAh4INATION
HARRIS
                    JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
TASK:       Start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump
e
ALTERNATE PATH:          None
Initialize to IC8 (8% power).
FACILITY JPM NUMBER          CR-028 (M)
* Insert MALFIJNCTIONS to cause the MDAFW Pumps to trip <CFWOlA and
KA:  061A3.01            IMPORTANCE:          SRO      NA          RO        4.2
CFWOlB>.
KA STATEMENT:            Ability to monitor automatic operation ofthe AFW,
* Manually trip the reactor.
                          including: AFW startup and flows
e
TASK STANDARU:            The 1DAF:Vlr Pump is supplying the SGs at a flow rate of
Secure the running Main Feedwater Pump.  
                          between 50 and 100 KPPH each.
e
PREFEKKECP EVALUATION LOCATION:                SIMULATOR      -J      IN PLANT        -
Allow SG levels to steam to approximately 45% level.  
IREFERKED EVALUATION METHOD:                  PERFORM        - SIMLJJJATE -
Attempt to start both MDAFW Pumps to obtain trip alarms.
                                                                J
e
REFERENCES:        OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Rev 22
FREEZE the simulator.  
VALIDATION TIME:        -15    MINUTES            TIME CRITICAL:            No
e
APPLICANT:
When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
START Tim:                              FINISH TIME:
e
PERFORMANCE TIME:                      MINUTES
OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System  
PEWOIPMANCE RATING:            SA?                  IJNSAT
READ TO OPERATOR
COMMENTS:
INSTRIJCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
EXAMINER:
If siniulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
                                    Signature                              Date
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
                                                                                Page 2 of 9
nornially would in the Control Room. You should silence d l  annunciators and
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
You are expected to adhere to ail plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use ofpersonal protective equipment. All
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
ask for clarification if needed.
You may use any normarly available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
ifany, are zo beperJormedJrom memory, Describe the actions you are taking and the
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not othmvise
available. Report completion oftlie task as you would in theplant
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
he asked to perform that may require you to impleinent an alternate method directed
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
Page 3 of9
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                JPM RO-SIM(d)
JPM RO-SIM(d)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
e Initialize to IC8 (8% power).
A manual plant trip has been initiated due to a loss of Main Feedwater. Following the  
* Insert MALFIJNCTIONS to cause the MDAFW Pumps to trip <CFWOlA and
trip, both A4otor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps tripped. EOP-EPP-004, Reactor
    CFWOlB>.
Trip Response, is being performed.  
* Manually trip the reactor.
INITIATING CUE@):
e Secure the running Main Feedwater Pump.
Manually start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump and feed all three SGs
e Allow SG levels to steam to approximately 45% level.
at a rate between 25 and 50 WE each per OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System,  
    Attempt to start both MDAFW Pumps to obtain trip alarms.
Section 5.5.  
e FREEZE the simulator.
All Initial Conditions for starting the pump have been completed.  
e When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
You have been assigned to perform this task as an extra operator. All other plant  
OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System
responses will be addressed by other opwators.  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
Page 4 of 9
INSTRIJCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
Post Validation Revision  
  If siniulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
  nornially would in the Control Room. You should silence d l annunciators and
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You are expected to adhere to ail plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use ofpersonal protective equipment. All
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normarly available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
  ifany, are zo beperJormedJrom memory, Describe the actions you are taking and the
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not othmvise
  available. Report completion oftlie task as you would in theplant
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
  he asked to perform that may require you to impleinent an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
                                                                                    Page 3 of9
                                                                        Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPM RO-SIM(d)
JPM RO-SIM(d)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
II4RRIS
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
START TIME:  
  A manual plant trip has been initiated due to a loss of Main Feedwater. Following the
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  trip, both A4otor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps tripped. EOP-EPP-004, Reactor
-
  Trip Response, is being performed.
PROC
INITIATING CUE@):
STEP
  Manually start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump and feed all three SGs
NA -
  at a rate between 25 and 50 WE each per OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System,
--
  Section 5.5.
5.5.1
  All Initial Conditions for starting the pump have been completed.
S.5.2.1
  You have been assigned to perform this task as an extra operator. All other plant
ELEMEXT
  responses will be addressed by other opwators.
Section 5.5
                                                                                  Page 4 of 9
-  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Conditions
1. Attachment 1
completed.
2. Attachment 2
completed.  
3. The spool pieces
connecting AFW to the  
SG Wet Layup System  
are removed with blank
flanges installed.
4. Attachment 5 has been
compieted for the  
TDAFW pump.
5. The Pump has been  
vented per Section 8.6
System Venting if
Log cycles as required by
OMM-0 13
[EXTRA OPERATOR W E 
Verify PDK-2180.1 SB:
InAAUTO
__
reguired.  
__
-l__
Set at the value provided
in the Operations Curve
Book, C U W ~ 
F-X-IO
__s___
STANDARD
-
jbtains copy of
mcedure
nitial conditions
:ompleted per initiating
:ue
>ogs cycles as necessary
....
~
......
LOG.VECESSARY
...  
lerifies PDK-2 180.1 SB
WTO pushbutton is
,TTandsetat31%
Drovide applicant
vitlr ropy of
trocedure after
lemonstration of
rbility to obtain
'Qpy.  
-~
-
SAT I
UNSAT
Page 5 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                          JPM RO-SIM(d)
JPM RO-SIM(d)  
                                                                                                  II4RRIS
HARRIS
START TIME:
JPM
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
STEP
      -                                                                                                 -SAT I
*&sect;
      PROC             ELEMEXT                    STANDARD
v
      -STEP
_-  
        NA
"6
                                              -
I  
                                              jbtains copy of                Drovideapplicant
PROC  
                                                                                                        UNSAT
STEP
              Section 5.5                    mcedure                        vitlr ropy of
5.5.2.3 -  
                                                                              trocedure after
ELEMENT
                                                                              lemonstration of
IF full flow to the Steam
                                                                              rbility to obtain
Generators is not
                                                                              'Qpy.            -~
immediately desired, then
      --      -
perform the following:
        5.5.1          Conditions              nitial conditions
1, Declare the Turbine-  
              1. Attachment 1                :ompleted per initiating
Driven AFW Pump
                    completed.                :ue
inoperable
              2. Attachment 2
2. Shaat the following
                    completed.
valves:
              3. The spool pieces
e
                    connecting AFW to the
1AF-137, STM
                    SG Wet Layup System
TURB AUX FW A
                    are removed with blank
ISOLATION
                    flanges installed.
TURB AUX FW B
              4. Attachment 5 has been
ISOLATION
                    compieted for the
TURB AUX FW C
                    TDAFW pump.
ISOLATION
              5 . The Pump has been
e
                    vented per Section 8.6
lAF-143,STM
                    System Venting if
e
              __  reguired.             __
1AF-149, STM
      S.5.2.1 Log cycles as required by       >ogscycles as necessary
._
              OMM-0 13
I__.-
              -  l_ _
WLE.  
                                                            .... ~    ......
Start the Turbine-Driven
              [EXTRA OPERATOR            W E LOG.VECESSARY      ...
AFW Pump by placing
              Verify PDK-2180.1 SB:          lerifies PDK-2 180.1 SB
either of the steam
                    InAAUTO                    WTO pushbutton is
~dmission control switches
                    Set at the value provided  ,TTandsetat31%
to the open position.
                    in the Operations Curve
I 1MS-70 SA, MAIN
                    Book, C U WF-X-IO
S T E M  B TO AUX
              __s___
FW TURBINE
                                  ~
1MS-12 SB, MAIN
                                                                                                Page 5 of 9
STEAM C TO AUX
                                                                                  Post Validation Revision
F W  TURBINE
lispatch an operator to
mform the following:
1
Check the pump locally
for proper operation
Verify adequate reek
flow
__I__
_--
E R A  TOR REPORTS TDA
STANDARD
a. Declares the
TDMW Pump  
inoperable
la. Places the
following valves in
SIIUI'
1AF-131
e
1AF-143
e
1AF-149
;.  
Verifies the valves
shut by GREEN
light LIT and REI)
light OFF
NOTES
__r
-  
CRITICAL TO
PREVENT
FB:EDINNG SGs AT
MAXIMUM
FLOW RATE
WHEN PUMP IS
STARTED.  
NOTE: Declarotion
of inoperability and
verification is NOT
critical.  
i THAT TDAFW'PUMPIS
_.._____
Places 1MS-10A
and/or IMS30B in
OPEN position
e
Verifies valve(s)
open by observing
GREEN light OFF
and RED light LIT
Dispatches an operator
to perform checks
CRITICAL TO
START PUMP TO
PROVIDE
SOURCE OF
WATER TO SGs.
NOTE: Verificorion
is NOT criticul.
Page 6 of9
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                JPM RO-SIM(d)
JPM RO-SIM(J)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
JPM  PROC               ELEMENT                  STANDARD                  NOTES
PROC  
STEP STEP
STEP  
v
5.5.2.6.~ -
*&sect;
5.2.6.
    -
b
    5.5.2.3  IF full flow to the Steam  a. Declares the
ELEMENT
                                                                    __r
If AE'W Isolation valves
                                                                    CRITICAL TO
were shut in Step 3,  
                                                                                        -
then. to start feeding the
              Generators is not                TDMW Pump            PREVENT
steam Generators,
            immediately desired, then         inoperable          FB:EDINNG SGs AT
ierform the following:  
              perform the following:     la. Places the            MAXIMUM
L.  
              1, Declare the Turbine-         following valves in FLOW RATE
Shut Turbine Driven
                  Driven AFW Pump              SIIUI'              WHEN PUMP IS
AI-W Pump Flow
                  inoperable                      1AF-131          STARTED.
Control valves:
            2. Shaat the following          e    1AF-143
e
                  valves:                     e    1AF-149          NOTE: Declarotion
FK-2071A1 SB
                  e  1AF-137, STM       ;. Verifies the valves    of inoperability and
AUX F W A
                      TURB AUX FW A           shut by GREEN        verification is NOT
REGULATOR,
                      ISOLATION               light LIT and REI)    critical.
1AF-129
                  e  lAF-143,STM            light OFF
* FK-2071BI SB
                      TURB AUX FW B
AUX FW B
                      ISOLATION
REGULATOR,
                  e  1AF-149, STM
1AF-1M
                      TURB AUX FW C
~ ~ - 2 0 7 1 c t 
                      ISOLATION ._
SB
                                          iTHAT TDAFW'PUMPIS
AUX FW C
            WLE.
REGULATOR,
            __I__          I__.-
IAF-13%
_-                                                  _.._____
). Open Turbine Driven
"6          Start the Turbine-Driven        Places 1MS-10A      CRITICAL TO
AFWPumpIsoiation
            AFW Pump by placing              and/or IMS30B in    START PUMP TO
valves:  
            either of the steam              OPEN position        PROVIDE
lAF-137, STM  
            ~dmissioncontrol switches  e    Verifies valve(s)    SOURCE OF
TURB AUX FW A  
            to the open position.            open by observing    WATER TO SGs.
ISOLATION  
            I    1MS-70 SA, MAIN            GREEN light OFF
TURB AUX FW B
                S T E M B TO AUX            and RED light LIT
ISOLATION
                FW TURBINE                                        NOTE: Verificorion
TURB AUX FW C
                1MS-12SB, MAIN                                    is NOT criticul.
ISOLATION  
                STEAM C TO AUX
*
                F W TURBINE
1AF-143, STM
I          lispatch an operator to    Dispatches an operator
0
            mform the following:       to perform checks
1AF-149, STM  
            1  Check the pump locally
c
                for proper operation
STANDARD
                Verify adequate r e e k
II. Shuts the following
            _-    -
valves by placing
                flow
Controller in MAN
            E R A TOR REPORTS TDA
and lowering
                                                                                    Page 6 of9
output to 0%:
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
FK-2071A1 SB
AUX F W  A
REGULATOR,
1AF-129
PK-2071Bl SB
AUX FW B
RKGULATOR,
FK-2071C1 SB
AUX FW C  
REGULATOR,
. Verifies valves shut
by observing
controller output at
0% and GREEN
lights ON for valve
j o s i t i o n 
~.  
indication
. .  
'laces the following
aives in OPEN
1AF-137
IAF-143
1AF-149
1AP-130
1AF-131
'erifies the valves open  
y GREEN light OFF  
nd RED light LIT  
NO'IES
-
-
x r r I c a  TO
'REVENT
'EEDING SGs AT
NAXIMUM
?LOW' RATE.
VOTE: Verijkatioii
s NOT criticul.  
__
:RrrICm TO  
:S'I'MLiSSH
'LOW PATH.
KITE: Verijkation
i NOT critical.
SAT /
UNSAT -  
Page 7 of 9
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              JPM RO-SIM(J)
JPM RO-SIM(d)  
                                                                                      HARRIS
IIAKRIS
PROC                ELEMENT                  STANDARD                  NO'IES              SAT /
JPM
-                                                                 -x r r I c a TO- -
STEP
STEP
*IO
                                                                                            UNSAT
.-  
5.5.2.6.~ If AE'W Isolation valves    II. Shuts the following
__
          were shut in Step 3,              valves by placing      'REVENT
12
          then. to start feeding the       Controller in MAN      'EEDING SGs AT
I
          steam Generators,                and lowering          NAXIMUM
-  
          ierform the following:           output to 0%:          ?LOW' RATE.
-  
          L. Shut Turbine Driven                  FK-2071A1 SB
PKOC
              AI-W Pump Flow                      AUX F W A        VOTE: Verijkatioii
STEP  
              Control valves:                    REGULATOR,      s NOT criticul.
5.5.2.7
              e    FK-2071A1 SB                   1AF-129
~.
                  AUX F W A                      PK-2071Bl SB
5.5.2.8
                  REGULATOR,                    AUX FW B
5.5.2.9
                  1AF-129                      RKGULATOR,
___-
              * FK-2071BI SB                     1AP-130
ELEMENT
                  AUX FW B                      FK-2071C1 SB
_-
                  REGULATOR,                    AUX FW C
Control AFW flow to the  
                  1AF-1M                        REGULATOR,
Steam Generators by
                  ~ ~ - 2 0 7 1SB
throttling the following  
                              ct                1AF-131
valves by operation of the
                  AUX FW C              . Verifies valves shut
respective MCB flow
                  REGULATOR,              by observing
control1er:  
                  IAF-13%                  controller output at
e
                                          0% and GREEN
Steam Generator A
                                          lights ON for valve
1AF-129 (FK-2071A1  
                                              t i o n indication
SBl
                                      j o s i ~.      ..        __
Steam Generator B
5.2.6.    ).  Open Turbine Driven      'laces the following        :RrrICm TO
1AP-130 (FK-2071B1
  b          AFWPumpIsoiation        aives in OPEN              :S'I'MLiSSH
S W
              valves:                      1AF-137                'LOW PATH.
D
                  lAF-137, STM            IAF-143
Steam Generator C
                  TURB AUX FW A            1AF-149                KITE: Verijkation
1AF-131 (FK-2071Cl
                  ISOLATION            'erifies the valves open    i NOT critical.
-
            * 1AF-143, STM            y GREEN light OFF
SB!!----  
                  TURB AUX FW B        nd RED light LIT
Verify flow to the Steam
                  ISOLATION
Generators on the following
            0    1AF-149, STM
indicators:
                TURB AUX FW C
D
                ISOLATION          c
SG A AUX F W FLOW
                                                                                  Page 7 of 9
S G  B AUX FW FLOW
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
(FI-2050B 1 SB)
SG C AUX FW FLOW
(FI-2050A1 SA)
s
D
(FI-2050Cl SA)
_______.
l_.--  
[f necessary, then adjust
PDK-2 180.1 SB to vary
urbine AP
-  
STANDARD
-__I-  
Adjusts controllers for
each of the following
valves to provide flow
at rate between 25 and
50 KFPH
SGAIAF-129
m
SGBlAF-130
e
SGCIAF-131  
(PK-2071A1 SR)
(FK-207IB1 SB)
(FK-2071C1 SR)
-.  
Verifies flow to each sC,
between 25 and 50
KPPII by ohserving
following indications:
e SGAAUXFW
FLOW (FI-2050A1
SA)
SB)
SA)-..-
e SGBAUXPW
FLOW jFI-2050B1
e SGCALJXFW
FLOW (FI-2050C1
Adjusts PDK-2180.1 SB
as needed
NOTES
CRITICAL TO
ESTABIASH
PROPER FLOW
RATE.
TOP TIME:
Page 8 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              JPM RO-SIM(d)
JPM RO-SIM(d)  
                                                                                      IIAKRIS
HARRIS
JPM
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
      -
(TO HE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
      PKOC              ELEMENT                      STANDARD            NOTES
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
STEP    STEP
A manual plant trip has been initiated due to a loss of Main Feedwater. Following the  
.
trip, both Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps tripped. EOP-EPP-004, Reactor
-                                    _-                -_ _ I -
Trip Response, is being performed.
*IO  5.5.2.7 Control AFW flow to the      Adjusts controllers for  CRITICAL TO
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
              Steam Generators by          each of the following    ESTABIASH
Manually start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump and feed all three SGs
              throttling the following    valves to provide flow  PROPER FLOW
at a rate between 25 and 50 WPII each per QP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System,  
              valves by operation of the  at rate between 25 and  RATE.
Section 5.5.  
              respective MCB flow          50 KFPH
All Initial Conditions for starting the pump have been completed.  
              control1er:                      SGAIAF-129
You have been assigned to perfom this task as an extra operator. All other plant
              e    Steam Generator A            (PK-2071A1 SR)
responses will be addressed by other operators.
                    1AF-129 (FK-2071A1      m    SGBlAF-130
Page 9 of9
                    SBl                        (FK-207IB1 SB)
Post Validation Revision  
                    Steam Generator B      e SGCIAF-131
                    1AP-130 (FK-2071B1          (FK-2071C1 SR)
                    SW
              D    Steam Generator C
                    1AF-131 (FK-2071Cl
      ~.      -SB!!----                  -.
      5.5.2.8 Verify flow to the Steam    Verifies flow to each sC,
              Generators on the following between 25 and 50
              indicators:                KPPII by ohserving
              D    SG A AUX F W FLOW      following indications:
                    (FI-2050A1 SA)          e    SGAAUXFW
              s S G B AUX FW FLOW              FLOW (FI-2050A1
                    (FI-2050B 1 SB)            SA)
              D    SG C AUX FW FLOW        e  SGBAUXPW
                    (FI-2050Cl SA)              FLOW jFI-2050B1
                                                SB)
                                            e  SGCALJXFW
                                                FLOW (FI-2050C1
__            _______.      l_
                              .--
              [f necessary, then adjust
                                                SA)-..-
                                          Adjusts PDK-2180.1 SB
  12  5.5.2.9
              PDK-2 180.1SB to vary      as needed
I    - ___-    -urbine AP
TOP TIME:
                                                                                    Page 8 of 9
                                                                      Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPM RO-SIM(d)
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
EGION II
(TO HE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
  A manual plant trip has been initiated due to a loss of Main Feedwater. Following the
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
  trip, both Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps tripped. EOP-EPP-004, Reactor
Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
  Trip Response, is being performed.
APPLICANT:
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
EXAMINER:
  Manually start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump and feed all three SGs
Page 1 of i I
  at a rate between 25 and 50 W P I I each per QP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System,
Post Validation Revision  
  Section 5.5.
  All Initial Conditions for starting the pump have been completed.
  You have been assigned to perfom this task as an extra operator. All other plant
  responses will be addressed by other operators.
                                                                                Page 9 of9
                                                                    Post Validation Revision


                                            JPM RO-SIM(e)
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                  E G I O N II
REGION I1
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
                JPM RO-SIM(e)
TASK:
      Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
ALTERNATE PATH:
APPLICANT:
Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
EXAMINER:
1CS-452 and ISf-340 fail to operate, requiring operation of
                                                Page 1 of i I
alternate valves
                                    Post Validation Revision
FACILTTY JPM NUMBER:
CR-03 1(M)
KA:
006A4.05
IMPORTANCE:
SRO
NA
RO  
3.9
KA STATEMENT:
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
room: Transfer of ECCS flowpaths prior bo recirculation
TASK STANDARD:
High head SI flow is established and verified on both trains
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:
REFERENCES:
-  
SIMULATOR J
INPLANT
PERFORM
e  
SIMULATE
-
-
-
EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev 15
VALIDATION TIME:
15
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL:
No
APPLICANT:
START TIME:
FINISH TIME:
PERFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PERFORMANCE RATING:
SAT
UNSAT
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature
Date
Pnge 2 of i I  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          JPM RO-SIM(e)
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION I1
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
e
                JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Initialize to a Mode 4 post-LOCA condition.
TASK:      Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
e
ALTERNATE PATH:          1CS-452 and ISf-340 fail to operate, requiring operation of
All equipment is operating as required and RWST level is approximately 22 percent.
                        alternate valves
e
FACILTTY JPM NUMBER:        CR-03 1(M)
SI should be reset and CCW should be aligned to the RHR heat exchangers.
KA:  006A4.05            IMPORTANCE:         SRO        NA          RO          3.9
e
KA STATEMENT:          Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
Insert malfunctions to prevent ICs-752, CSIP B Alternate Miniflow Isolation, <OVR
                        room: Transfer of ECCS flowpaths prior bo recirculation
ZRPK71 IB Fail Ener&<Led> <OVR ICs-752 OPEN> and ISI-340, Low Head SI
TASK STANDARD:          High head SI flow is established and verified on both trains
Train A to Cold Leg Valve, fiom closing <OVR 1 SI-340 OPEN>.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                SIMULATOR        -
When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
                                                              J      INPLANT          -
EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                  PERFORM          -
e FREEZE the simulator.  
                                                              e     SIMULATE        -
e
REFERENCES:      EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev 15
READ TO OPERATOR
VALIDATION TIME:        15    MINUTES            TIME CRITICAL:            No
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
APPLICANT:
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
START TIME:                            FINISH TIME:
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
PERFORMANCE TIME:                      MINUTES
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
PERFORMANCE RATING:            SAT                  UNSAT
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
COMMENTS:
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
EXAMINER:
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
                                  Signature                              Date
communication, p1ac.e-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail
                                                                            Pnge 2 of i I
actions taken by YOU should he clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
                                                                Post Validation Revision
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
ask for clarification if needed.
You may use any normaliy available reference materials; however, immediate acfiofis,  
ifany, are to beperformedfiom memoly. Describe the actions you are taking and the
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
avaiiable. Report conipletiofi ofthe ta5k asjfou would in theplant.
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
be asked to perform that may require you to implenient an alternate method directed
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
Page 3 of 1 1 
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  JPM RO-SIM(e)
JPRl RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                          HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
e Initialize to a Mode 4 post-LOCA condition.
A reactor trip and safety injection have occurred due to a LOCA. SI has been reset
e All equipment is operating as required and RWST level is approximately 22 percent.
and CCW has been aligned to the RHR MXs. All equipment is operating as required  
e  SI should be reset and CCW should be aligned to the RHR heat exchangers.
and RWST level is approximately 23%.  
e Insert malfunctions to prevent ICs-752, CSIP B Alternate Miniflow Isolation, <OVR
HNITIATEG CUE(S):
    ZRPK71 IB Fail Ener&<Led><OVR ICs-752 OPEN> and ISI-340, Low Head SI
Transfer to cold leg recirculation per EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Coid Leg  
    Train A to Cold Leg Valve, fiom closing <OVR 1SI-340 OPEN>.
Recirculation.  
e    FREEZE the simulator.
Page 4 of 11
e When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
Post Validation Revision  
    EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
                                READ TO OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication, p1ac.e-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail
  actions taken by YOU should he clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normaliy available reference materials; however, immediate acfiofis,
  ifany, are to beperformedfiom memoly. Describe the actions you are taking and the
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
  avaiiable. Report conipletiofi ofthe ta5k asjfou would in theplant.
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
  be asked to perform that may require you to implenient an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
                                                                                    Page 3 of 1 1
                                                                        Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPRl RO-SIM(e)
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
START TIME:  
  A reactor trip and safety injection have occurred due to a LOCA. SI has been reset
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  and CCW has been aligned to the RHR MXs. All equipment is operating as required
8__
  and RWST level is approximately 23%.
PROC
HNITIATEG CUE(S):
srw -
  Transfer to cold leg recirculation per EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Coid Leg
KIA
  Recirculation.
Caution
                                                                              Page 4 of 11
before
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
Step 1
gote
iefore
Step 1
ELEMENT
4
lbtain copy of EOP-EPP-
110
-
:AUT ION
B
Do Steps I through 8
without delay. Do NOT
implement Function
Restoration Procedures
prior to completion of
these steps.
RCS must he maintained
at all times.
t
Switchover to
recirculation may cause
high radiation levels in
the reactor auxiliary
building. Radiation
levels must be assessed
prior to perfonnance of
local actions in the  
1
SI recirculation flow to
affected area.
Foldoul applies.  
@E
CNMT wide range sump
Ievel of greater than
137.5 PJCIIES should
ensure a long term
recirculation suction
source.
The following sequence
of steps to transfer to
cold leg recirculation  
assnnies operability of at
least one train of
STANDARD
3htains copy of EOP-  
EPP-010  
-- -
Keviews cautions
Leviews notes
N O E S 
Provide appIicant
with copy of
orocedure after
demonstration of
abiIi@ to obtain
Lopy.
___
YUTE: ,WY
YEVIEW
YILDOW PAGE
TEA4S. NOT
WQr.JIRbD TO
VATISFACTORILY
ZOMPLETE JPM
Page 5 of 1 I
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              JPM RO-SIM(e)
JPM  
                                                                                      HARRIS
STEP
START TIME:
4
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
_I_
      8__
5
      PROC            ELEMENT                 STANDARD                NOES
"6
        srw
S'iEP
      -
ELEMENT  
      KIA    lbtain copy of EOP-EPP-
RHR pump suction
                                        4
valves OPEN:
                                            3htains copy of EOP- Provide appIicant
*
              110                          EPP-010              with copy of
Train A IPHR pump:
                                                                  orocedure after
ISI-300 ANI) 1SI-  
                                                                  demonstration of
e
                                                                  abiIi@ to obtain
Train R RIIR pump:
              -                                              -- - Lopy.          ___
1SI-301 AND 1SI-  
      Caution :AUT ION                      Keviews cautions
-  
      before  B  Do Steps I through 8
t RVI'ST to KHR
      Step 1      without delay. Do NOT
STANDARD
                  implement Function
Verifies both RHR
                  Restoration Procedures
pumps running by
                prior to completion of
observing RED light
                  these steps.
ON, flow and or
              1   SI recirculation flow to
current indicated
                  RCS must he maintained
Verifies-Train A
                  at all times.
sump valves open by
              t  Switchover to
observing RED
                recirculation may cause
lights ON, green
                high radiation levels in
lights OFF on 1 SI-
                the reactor auxiliary
400 and ISI-310
                building. Radiation
Verifies Train B
                levels must be assessed
sump valves open by
                prior to perfonnance of
observing RED
                local actions in the
lights ON, green
                affected area.
litrhts OFF on 1SI-
      gote    @E                            Leviews notes        YUTE: ,WY
361 and I SI-3 1 I
      iefore    Foldoul applies.                                YEVIEW
e
      Step 1    CNMT wide range sump                            Y I L D O W PAGE
Places 1SI-322 and
                Ievel of greater than                            TEA4S. NOT
"323
                  137.5 PJCIIES should                            WQr.JIRbD TO
handswitches to
                ensure a long term                              VATISFACTORILY
CLOSE
                recirculation suction                            ZOMPLETE JPM
Verify valves
                source.
closed by observing
                The following sequence
RED lights ON,
                of steps to transfer to
green lights OFF
                cold leg recirculation
on 1SI-322 and
                assnnies operability of at
1SI-323
                least one train of
[SOLATE RHR
                                                                                  Page 5 of 1 I
PUMPS FROM
                                                                      Post Validation Revision
RWST AS
SUCTION
SOURCE.
Page 6 of 1 1
Post Validation Revision  


JPM               ELEMENT                  STANDARD
JPM RO-SIM(e)
STEP  S'iEP
HARRIS
  4                                Verifies both RHR
PROC
                                    pumps running by
STEP -
                                    observing RED light
I .d
                                    ON, flow and or
I__
_ I _
I.d.KNO
                                    current indicated
!.a
  5                                    Verifies-Train A
ELEMENT
                                        sump valves open by
~ i. Shut low head SI Train  
                                        observing RED
A to cold leg valve:
            RHR pump suction            lights ON, green
1SI-340
            valves OPEN:               lights OFF on 1SI-
-
            * Train A IPHR pump:       400 and ISI-310
:. Shut low head SI
                ISI-300 ANI) 1SI-       Verifies Train B
'Train B to cold leg
                                        sump valves open by
valve:  
            e  Train R RIIR pump:      observing RED
ISI-341
                1SI-301 AND 1SI-       lights ON, green
-
                                        litrhts OFF on 1SI-
:stablish CSk
                                  -     361 and I SI-3 1I
:ecirculation
"6            t RVI'ST to KHR    e Places 1SI-322 and
ilignment:
                                        "323                [SOLATE RHR
, Shut CSP alternate
                                        handswitches to    PUMPS FROM
miniflow isolation
                                        CLOSE              RWST AS
\\,a1ves:
                                        Verify valves      SUCTION
ICs-746 (Train A
                                        closed by observing SOURCE.
CSP)  
                                        RED lights ON,
ICs-452 (Train B CSIP)
                                        green lights OFF
STANDARD
                                        on 1SI-322 and
0
                                        1SI-323
Places 1SI-340
                                                                          Page 6 of 1 1
Control Power ON
                                                              Post Validation Revision
* Verifies ORANGE
Control Power Light
ON
handswitch to
CLOSE
* Determines that 1 SI-  
340 does NO?' close
by observing WED
light ON, green light
OFF  
Goes to Step 1 .c
KNO
Control Power ON
Control Power Light
ON
D
Places 1SI-341
handswitch to
CLOSE
D
Verifies that 1 SI-  
340 closes by
ohserving RED light
o
Places 1SI-340
e  
Places ISI-341
D
Verifies ORANGE
~ .-
. _ _ _ -- 
I
OFF, gre& light ON
V e r i f i e s  iCS-146-
closed by observing  
RED light OFF,
GREEN light ON
I Places 1CS-752
handswitch in
CI>OSE
D
Determines ICs-746
did SOT close by
observing RED light
ON, GREEN light
OFF  
I Goes to Step
2.a.KVO
-
NOTES
NOTE: MOT
CRITICAL TO
CI.OSE ISI-340
VALVE WILL NOT
OPERATE.
CRITICAL TO
CLOSE VALVE
SINCE TRAIN A
VALVE FAILED
'TO CLOSE AS
REQUIRED.
. .-  
.VOTE: NOT
CRITICAL TO
CLOSE ICS- 752
SI.VCE VALVE
WILL NOT
OPERATE.
I
Page 7 of I I
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        JPM RO-SIM(e)
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                HARRIS
IIARRIS
  PROC           ELEMENT                STANDARD                  NOTES
PROC  
- STEP
STEP
I.d
2.a.RNO
        ~
q
        i. Shut low head SI Train  0  Places 1SI-340        NOTE: MOT
_-
                                                                                      I
2.b
            A to cold leg valve:      Control Power ON      CRITICAL TO
~-  
            1SI-340              *  Verifies ORANGE      CI.OSE ISI-340
2.C
                                      Control Power Light VALVE WILL NOT
._
                                      ON                    OPERATE.
2.d  
                                  o  Places 1SI-340
2.e
                                      handswitch to
__
                                      CLOSE
2.f
                                  * Determines that 1SI-
ELEMENT
                                      340 does NO?' close
B. Shut the associated
                                      by observing WED
block valve:  
                                      light ON, green light
ICs-753 (Train B
                                      OFF
CSIP)
                                  e  Goes to Step 1.c
--
        -                          ~ . KNO
1. Verify normal miniflow-
                                      -              .___--
isolation vaIves - SHUT
        :.
ICs-182
I  _  _
ICS-iP6
I.d.KNO      Shut low head SI          Places ISI-341        CRITICAL TO
ICs-210
            'Train B to cold leg      Control Power ON      CLOSE VALVE
ICs-214
            valve:               D  Verifies ORANGE      SINCE TRAIN A
to CSIP auction
            ISI-341                  Control Power Light  VALVE FAILED
valves:
                                      ON                    'TO CLOSE AS
IRK-63
                                  D  Places 1SI-341        REQUIRED.
____
                                      handswitch to
;. Open RMW discharge
                                      CLOSE
IRH-25
                                  D   Verifies that 1SI-
1. Reset SI
                                      340 closes by
:. Manually realign
                                      ohserving RED lightI
-  
        -                              OFF, gre& light ON                   ..-
safeguards equipment
!.a    :stablish CSk              V e r i f i e s iCS-146.VOTE: NOT
following a loss of
        :ecirculation                  closed by observing   CRITICAL TO
offsrteower
        ilignment:                    RED light OFF,       CLOSE ICS- 752
. Shut RWST to CSIP
          , Shut CSP alternate        GREEN light ON       SI.VCE VALVE
suction valves AND
            miniflow isolation    I  Places 1CS-752        WILL NOT
place in pull-to-lock
            \,a1ves:                  handswitch in         OPERATE.
position:  
            ICs-746 (Train A          CI>OSE
LCV-Il5D
            CSP)                  D  Determines ICs-746
LCV-lI5B
            ICs-452 (Train B CSIP)    did SOT close by
*
                                      observing RED light
Places 1CS-753
                                      ON, GREEN light
handswitch in
                                      OFF
CLOSE  
                                  I Goes to Step
D  
                                  - 2.a.KVO
Verifies 1CS-453
                                                                            Page 7 of I I
closed by observing
                                                                Post Validation Revision
-,I1
light OW",  
GREEN light ON  
--
   
Verifies both valves
:losed by observing  
ICs-182 and ICs-196
=I> lights OFF,  
;REEN lights ON  
1
Places  
handswitches for
both 1RH-25 and
1RH-63 in OPEN
I
Verifies 1KH-25 and
1RH-63 open by  
observing RED  
lights ON, GREEN  
a t s , C ) F F 
lesets SI signal
ktes step, hut takes NO
&on due to no loss of
)ffsite power
1
Places LCV-115B
and LCV-115D in
CLOSE and then
in PULL-TO-
LOCK
I
Verifies LCV-11SB
and LCV-11SD
closed by observing
REI> lights OFF,
_I..._
NOTES
CRITICAL TO
CLOSE VALVE
SINCE
MINIFLOW
VALVE FAILED
TO CLOSE AS
REQUIRED.
NOTE: Muy also
close I CS- 745 as
part of RAT0
ulthough this is NOT
required
-  
CRITICAL TO
SUPPLY
SUCTION
FLOWPATII
FROM SIMP TO
CSIP.  
CRITICAL TO
ISOLATE RWST
SUCTION WHILE
ALIGNED FOR
RECIRC.  
SAT i
UNSAl -
Page8ofll
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            JPM RO-SIM(e)
JPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                    IIARRIS
HARRIS
  PROC           ELEMENT                                              NOTES              SAT i
PROC  
  STEP
STEP  
2.a.RNO
3.a  
        q
Lb
          B. Shut the associated      * Places 1CS-753          CRITICAL TO
La
                                                                                          -
..h
                                                                                          UNSAl
..e
            block valve:                 handswitch in        CLOSE VALVE
ELEMENT
            ICs-753 (Train B              CLOSE                SINCE
-~__
            CSIP)                    D    Verifies 1CS-453      MINIFLOW
,heck Charging System
                                          closed by observing  VALVE FAILED
itatus:  
                                          -,I1 light OW",      TO CLOSE AS
1. CIieck charging line -  
                                          GREEN light ON        REQUIRED.
isolated
                                                                NOTE: Muy also
>. Verify Both charging
                                                                close I CS-745 as
Pumps - running
                                                                part of RAT0
~stablish'Hecircula~on
                                                                ulthough this is NOT
njection Flowpath:  
_-                 --                                     -- required
I. Open alternate high
2.b      1.  Verify normal miniflow- Verifies both valves
herd SI to cold leg
              isolation vaIves - SHUT :losed by observing
valve
              ICs-182                ICs-182 and ICs-196
1SI-52
              ICS-iP6                =I> lights OFF,
,. Check my BIT outlet
              ICs-210                ;REEN lights ON
valve - open
~- ____      ICs-214                                            -
ISI-3
2.C      ;. Open  RMW discharge    1   Places                CRITICAL TO
1SI-4
              to CSIP auction              handswitches for      SUPPLY
. Shut CSIP discharge-  
              valves:                      both 1RH-25 and      SUCTION
cross connect valves
              IRH-25                      1RH-63 in OPEN        FLOWPATII
based on Table:
              IRK-63                  I    Verifies 1KH-25 and   FROM S I M P TO
Discharge Cross
                                          1RH-63open by         CSIP.
Connect Valves To Be
                                          observing RED
Shnt
                                          lights ON, GREEN
Any 2: ICs-217, ICS-  
._
-  
                                      ats,C)FF
_.
2.d
218, ICs-219, ICs-220
__        1. Reset SI                lesets SI signal
STAXDARD
2.e       :. Manually realign-       k t e s step, hut takes NO
Checks Charging
              safeguards equipment    &on due to no loss of
Line Isolation
              following a loss of    )ffsitepower
Valves 1CS-235 and  
            offsrteower              _I..._
ICs-238 CL.OSED
2.f      .  Shut RWST to CSIP      1   Places LCV-115B        CRITICAL TO
hy observing RED
            suction valves AND            and LCV-115D in      ISOLATE RWST
lights OFF, GREEN
            place in pull-to-lock        CLOSE and then        SUCTION WHILE
ligkhts ON  
            position:                    in PULL-TO-            ALIGNED FOR
May also check
            LCV-lI5B                    LOCK                  RECIRC.
FCV-122.1  
            LCV-Il5D                I  Verifies LCV-11SB
CLOSED by
                                          and LCV-11SD
observing flow
                                          closed by observing
indication of Z.ERO
                                          REI>lights OFF,
Verifies CSPs 1A-SA
                                                                                Page8ofll
and 1B-SB both running
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
by observing RED lights
ON GREEN l i e F F 
I._  
*
Places 1SI-52
Verifies ORANGE
Contrnl Power ON
Control Power Light
Oh'
*
Places 1SI-52
handwitch to
0PE:N
e  
Verifies lSI-52 open
by observing KED
light ON, green Iight
OFF
_I____._  
Verifies both 1 SI-3 and
IS(-4 open by observing
RED lights ON, GREEN
%hts OFF
I Places any 2 of 4
handswitches to  
CLOSE position  
for valves 1CS-217,
1CS-218, ICs-219,
and/or 1CS-220
D
Verifies valves
operated c1osed by  
observing RED
lights OFF, GREEN
lights OFF
. . ~ ~ . _ _ I _ ~ 
NOTES
ZRITPCA?, TO
ESTABLISH
[IVJECTION
FLOWPATH.
XITICAL TO
EPAEWTE SI
tECIKCU1,ATIO
rT PHASE.
r u m s  DURING
Page 9 of L I
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          JPM RO-SIM(e)
IPM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
  PROC          ELEMENT                  STAXDARD                NOTES
PKOC
  STEP
STEP  
                          -~__
5
3.a    ,heck Charging System            Checks Charging
TASI
      itatus:                          Line Isolation
7-1  
      1.  CIieck charging line -      Valves 1CS-235 and
ELEMENT
            isolated                    ICs-238 CL.OSED
Verify High Head 6 Flow:
                                        hy observing RED
0
                                        lights OFF, GREEN
Alternate header flow
                                        ligkhts ON
(Train A):
                                        May also check
FI-940
                                        FCV-122.1
(Train R):
                                        CLOSED by
FLY43
                                        observing flow
o Normal header flow  
                                        indication of Z.ERO
.~
Lb    >. Verify Both charging    Verifies CSPs 1A-SA
-~
          Pumps - running        and 1B-SB both running
STANDARD
                                  by observing RED lights
__
                                  ON GREEN l i e F I._  F
. .__
La    ~stablish'Hecircula~on      * Places 1SI-52          ZRITPCA?, TO
*  
        njection Flowpath:              Contrnl Power ON    ESTABLISH
Verifies Train A
      I. Open alternate high          Verifies ORANGE      [IVJECTION
flow indication on
          herd SI to cold leg        Control Power Light  FLOWPATH.
Verifies Trdin B
          valve                      Oh'
flow indication on  
          1SI-52                  * Places 1SI-52
FI-941
                                      handwitch to
FH-940
                                      0PE:N
STOP TIME:  
                                  e  Verifies lSI-52 open
Page 10 of I I  
                                      by observing KED
Post Validation Revision  
                                      light ON, green Iight
                                      OFF
                                  _I____._
..h    ,.  Check my BIT outlet    Verifies both 1SI-3 and
          valve - open            IS(-4 open by observing
          ISI-3                  RED lights ON, GREEN
      -  1SI-4      _.          %hts
                                    . .OFF  ~ ~ . _ _ I _ ~
..e    .  Shut CSIP discharge-    I  Places any 2 of 4    XITICAL TO
          cross connect valves        handswitches to      EPAEWTE SI
          based on Table:              CLOSE position        r u m s DURING
          Discharge Cross              for valves 1CS-217, tECIKCU1,ATIO
          Connect Valves To Be        1CS-218, ICs-219,    rT PHASE.
          Shnt                        and/or 1CS-220
          Any 2: ICs-217, ICS-    D  Verifies valves
          218, ICs-219, ICs-220        operated c1osed by
                                      observing RED
                                      lights OFF, GREEN
                                      lights OFF
                                                                            Page 9 of L I
                                                                Post Validation Revision


                                                                      IPM RO-SIM(e)
3PM RO-SIM(e)  
                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
        PKOC          ELEMENT                STANDARD
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
        STEP
(ro BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
                                        __              ..__
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
      5        Verify High Head 6 Flow: * Verifies Train A
A reactor trip and safety injection have occurred due to a LOCA. SI has been reset
              0  Alternate header flow    flow indication on
and CCW has been aligned to the RHR HXs. AI1 equipment is operating as required
                  (Train A):              FH-940
and RWST level is approximately 23%.
                  FI-940                    Verifies Trdin B
INITIATING CUE@):  
              o Normal header flow        flow indication on
Transfer to cold leg recirculation per EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg
                  (Train R):               FI-941
Recirculation.
              -~ FLY43          .~
Page 1 1 of I I  
          TASI
Post Validation Revision  
7        -       1
STOP TIME:
                                                                          Page 10 of I I
                                                              Post Validation Revision


                                                                            3PM RO-SIM(e)
JPM RO-SIM(f)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                          APPLICANT CUE SHEET
REGION If
(roBE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
  A reactor trip and safety injection have occurred due to a LOCA. SI has been reset
JPM RO-SIM(6)  
  and CCW has been aligned to the RHR HXs. AI1 equipment is operating as required
Perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator
  and RWST level is approximately 23%.
Exercise
INITIATING CUE@):
APPLICANT:
  Transfer to cold leg recirculation per EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg
EXAMINER:  
  Recirculation.
Page 1 of 9
                                                                              Page 1 1 of I I
Post Validation Revision  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                          JPM RO-SIM(f)
JPM RO-SIM(0
                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION If
REGION 11
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE hEASUW
              JPM RO-SIM(6)
TASK
Perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator
ALTERNATE PATH:
                  Exercise
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:
APPLICANT:
KA:
EXAMINER:
00iA2.11
                                              Page 1 of 9
IMPORTANCE:
                                  Post Validation Revision
SRO
NA
RO  
4.4
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following
malfunction or operations on the CRDS- and (b) based on
KA STATEMEN?':
those predictions. use procedures to correct, control, or
mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or
operations: Situations requiring a reactor trip
The reactor has been manually tripped in response to two
dropped rods
Perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise
Two shutdown bank rods drop while withdrawing to full
withdrawn position.
NRCOO- 1 .g
TASK STANDARD:
PREFERRED EVALLJATION LOCATION:
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:
REFERENCES:
-
SIMULATOR
INPLANT
PERFORM
J
SIMULATE
-
-
-
OST-I 005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise  
Quarterly Interval Modes 1 - 3. Rev 11
AOP-001, Malfunction of Rod Control and Indication System, Rev 22
VALIDATION TIME:
20
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL:  
No
-
APPIXANT:  
START TIME:
FINISH TIME:
PERFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PERFORMANCE RATING:
SAT
UNSAT
COMMENTS:
EX AM I Pi E R :
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              JPM RO-SIM(0
JPM RO-SIM(f)
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                    REGION 11
TOOLS i EQtJIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
                  INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
e
                  JOB PERFORMANCE hEASUW
e
TASK        Perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise
e
ALTERNATE PATH:          Two shutdown bank rods drop while withdrawing to full
e FREEZE the simulator.  
                          withdrawn position.
e
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:          NRCOO- 1.g
Initialize to a 100% power IC.  
KA:  00iA2.11              IMPORTANCE:            SRO      NA          RO          4.4
Enter malfblnction to prevent auto opening of Reactor Trip Breakers <IMF RPSOlB 3
                          Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following
1>.
KA STATEMEN?':
SEE INSTRUC?'IOI';S AT STEP 7 TO ENTER ADDITIONAL MALFUNCTIONS.
                          malfunction or operations on the CRDS- and (b) based on
;Trigger created to IMF CRF03A 2 J13 and IMF CRF03B 2 C7 with a 1 sec TD>
                          those predictions. use procedures to correct, control, or
When Applicant is ready, pIace simulator in RUN.
                          mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or
e
                          operations: Situations requiring a reactor trip
e
TASK STANDARD:            The reactor has been manually tripped in response to two
OST-1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval  
                          dropped rods
Modes 1 - 3  
PREFERRED EVALLJATION LOCATION:                  SIMULATOR      -      INPLANT          -
AOP-00 1, Malfunction of Rod Control and Indication System  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                      PERFORM        -
READ TO OPERATOR
                                                                  J      SIMULATE -
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
REFERENCES: OST-I 005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise
Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
                Quarterly Interval Modes 1 - 3. Rev 11
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
                AOP-001, Malfunction of Rod Control and Indication System, Rev 22
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
VALIDATION TIME:        -20      MINUTES              TIME CRITICAL:              No
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
APPIXANT:
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
START TIME:                              FINISH TIME:
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
PERFORMANCE TIME:                        MINUTES
communication; place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
PERFORMANCE RATING:              SAT                    UNSAT
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
COMMENTS:
Refore starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
EX AMIPiER :
ask for clarification if needed.
                                    Signature                                  Date
You may use any normally available reference materials; however- immediate actions,
                                                                                  Page 2 of 9
ifany, are to beperformedfiom memoay. Describe the actions you are taking and the
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
indications you are looking at during the performance ofthe JPM; the evaluator will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
available. Report compktion ofthe task as you would in theplant.
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
Page 3 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  JPM RO-SIM(f)
JPM RO-SIM(f)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS i EQtJIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
e Initialize to a 100% power IC.
The plant is operating at 100% power.  
e Enter malfblnction to prevent auto opening of Reactor Trip Breakers <IMF RPSOlB 3
OST- 1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval  
    1>.
Modes I
e SEE INSTRUC?'IOI';S AT STEP 7 TO ENTER ADDITIONAL MALFUNCTIONS.
~ 3, is being performed. All prerequisites to perfom the test have been met.  
    ;Trigger created to IMF CRF03A 2 J13 and IMF CRF03B 2 C7 with a 1 sec TD>
A briefing has been conducted for the performance of Section 7. I. The
e FREEZE the simulator.
Superintendent-Shift Operations has givcn permission to perform this OST.
e When Applicant is ready, pIace simulator in RUN.
INITIATING CUE@):
OST-1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval
You are to perform OST-IOOS,
    Modes 1 - 3
Section 7.1, commencing with Shutdown Bank A
e  AOP-00 1, Malfunction of Rod Control and Indication System
Page 4 of 9  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
Post Validation Revision  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
  Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication; place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Refore starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however- immediate actions,
  ifany, are to beperformedfiom memoay. Describe the actions you are taking and the
  indications you are looking at during the performance ofthe JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
  available. Report compktion ofthe task as you would in theplant.
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
                                                                                    Page 3 of 9
                                                                        Post Validation Revision


                                                                              JPM RO-SIM(f)
JPM RO-SIM(1)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
START TIME:
  The plant is operating at 100% power.
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  OST- 1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval
I_
  Modes I 3, is being performed. All prerequisites to perfom the test have been met.
3
          ~
*4
  A briefing has been conducted for the performance of Section 7. I . The
5
  Superintendent-Shift Operations has givcn permission to perform this OST.
__
INITIATING CUE@):
*6
  You are to perform OST-IOOS,Section 7.1, commencing with Shutdown Bank A
PROC
                                                                                  Page 4 of 9
srrm
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
__=
N/A
Note
before
7.1.1 .a
NOTE: .
ELEMENT
STANDARD
NOTES
N m : Substeps 1.a t
I .g are to be signed off w
listed in Attachment 1 is  
_
-
~
-
~
I
-
_
_
L
_
~
_
-
_
_
_
.
_
PPLICANT MA Y REQLESTANADDITIOAAL OPERA TOR TO MOATTOR
A.VD RECORD DRIf DUE TO THE LOCATIO.% OF INDICATION- IF
REQUESTED9 PROVIDE THE REQUIRED IXFORMATIONAS DRPI INDICATIiVG
22z:
rod bank being
tested, record on Attachment
I the rod heights as indicated
by Group Step Counters and  
DRPI.
Selector to the bank being
tested.
I  
~ NOTE: When inserting rods,  
Note
the Hank Low Insertion and
Rank Low-Low Insertion
Limit Alarm may be
actuated.  
With the Rod Motion
lever, drive the rod bank
being tested IN 10 steps as
indicated by Group Step
Counters.  
-~  
For Shutdown Bank A,
records both Group
Position indications as
225 and records all
DRFI position
indications as 228
Rotates the ROD
BANK SELECTOR
switch to the SB A
position
_ _ _ _ ~ 
Reviews note
_ . - ~ _ _ _ 
Places the ROD
MOTION lever in the
IN position and
inserts Shutdown Bank
A rods 10 steps by
observing Group
Position indication
-  
CRITICAL TO
ALLOW
MOVEMENT OF
SHUTDOWN
BANK A.  
~
.._____-  
. .-
CRITICAL TO
CAUSE
SHUTDOWN
BAVK A RODS
TO MOVE
INWARD.
Page 5 of9
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                      JPM RO-SIM(1)
JPM RO-SIM(f)  
                                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
--L-1-
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
_-_-.A
        PROC              ELEMENT                    STANDARD                  NOTES
-*--  
        srrm
NOTE: IF REQ~~ESTED~
      __=
PROVIDE THE BEQG'PRED IAFORWATIONAS DRPP
      N/A
rod heights for the bank  
      Note      N m : Substeps 1.a t
Position indications as  
      before    I .g are to be signed off w
INSERT MA1,FIJNCTIONS WHICH CAUSE 2 SHUTDOWN BANK 'A' HODS TO DROP
      7.1.1.a
DF THE FQLLQWING STEP <IMF CRF03A 2 513 and IMF CRFO3B 2 C7 WITH A 1 SEC
                listed in Attachment 1 is
INTO CORE AFTER RQDS ARE WITHDRAWN 2-3 STEPS DURING THE PERFORMANCE
                _    -   ~    -   ~  I  - _ _  L    _  ~    _  - _    _  _    .  _
_
      NOTE: . PPLICANT MA Y REQLESTANADDITIOAAL OPERA TOR TO MOATTOR
_
      A.VD RECORD DRIf DUE TO THE LOCATIO.% OF INDICATION- IF
-
      REQUESTED9PROVIDE THE REQUIRED IXFORMATIONAS DRPI INDICATIiVG
-
      22z:
-
I                                              -~
I
                                                For Shutdown Bank A,
    _
__
  3                      rod bank being
rIim DELAY>.  
                tested, record on Attachment  records both Group
RAW ffODS, DIRECT APPLICANT TO RESTORE RODS TO
                I the rod heights as indicated Position indications as
With the Rod Motion  
                by Group Step Counters and     225 and records all
SHUTDOWN  
                DRPI.                          DRFI position
[JPM CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]
                                                _ _ _ as_228~
Page 6 of 9
                                                indications
Post Validation Revision  
                                                                          CRITICAL TO
  *4                                            Rotates the ROD
                Selector to the bank being    BANK SELECTOR              ALLOW
                tested.                        switch to the SB A      MOVEMENT OF
                                                position                  SHUTDOWN
              I                                                        ~
                                                                          BANK.._____-
                                                                                  A.
  5  Note    ~ NOTE:When inserting rods,     Reviews note
                the Hank Low Insertion and
                Rank Low-Low Insertion
                Limit Alarm may be
__              actuated.                      _.-~___                                    ..-
  *6            With the Rod Motion           Places the ROD            CRITICAL TO
                lever, drive the rod bank      MOTION lever in the        CAUSE
                being tested IN 10 steps as    IN position and          SHUTDOWN
                indicated by Group Step        inserts Shutdown Bank      BAVK    A RODS
                Counters.                      A rods 10 steps by      TO MOVE
                                                observing Group            INWARD.
                                                -
                                                Position indication
                                                                                          Page 5 of9
                                                                              Post Validation Revision


                                                                                    JPM RO-SIM(f)
JPM RO-SIM(f)  
                                                                                          HARRIS
HARRIS  
--L-1-                                     _              -           _            -             .A
-  
        NOTE: I F R E Q ~ ~ E S T EPR
JPM
                                    D ~OVIDE THE BEQG'PREDIAFORWATIONAS DRPP
srw
-*--
10
                  rod heights for the bank      Position indications as
v
INSERT MA1,FIJNCTIONS WHICH CAUSE 2 SHUTDOWN BANK 'A' HODS TO DROP
PROC
INTO CORE AFTER RQDS ARE WITHDRAWN 2-3 STEPS DURING THE PERFORMANCE
STEP -
DF THE FQLLQWING STEP <IMF CRF03A 2 513 and IMF CRFO3B 2 C7 WITH A 1 SEC
NIA
rIim DELAY>.                     __-
Rod Bottom Lights
                                    --
o
                                    I                                      __
Decreasing power
                                  RAW ffODS,DIRECT APPLICANT TO RESTORE RODS TO
a Decreasing Tavg
                  With the Rod Motion
ALE-13-74, ONE
                                                                        SHUTDOWN
ROD AT BOTTOM
      [JPM CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]
OK MORE RODS
                                                                                      Page 6 of 9
ALB-13-7-1, ROD
                                                                          Post Validation Revision
ALH-13-7-3, 'Two
Ar BOTTOM
URGENT ALARM
POWER RANGE
HIGH NEUTRON
FLUX RATE
ALB-13-4-2,
z
ALERT
0
ALE-12-4-3,
REACTOR TREP
PO\\VF,R RANGE
HIGH FLUX RATE
POWER RANGE
UPPER DETECTOR
HIGH FLUX DEV
OR AIJTO DEFEAT
POWER RANGE
DETECTOR HIGH
AUTO IIEFEA'I'  
POWER RANGE
DEVIATION
COMPUTER
ALE-13-5-3,
ALE-13-54,
FLUX n w  OR
M.B-13-4-5,
ALE-13-8-5,  
Page 7 of9
Post Validation Revision  


                                      JPM RO-SIM(f)
JPhf RO-SIM(f)  
                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
-
and maaaually trips the
JPM
__-  
    v
I
    PROC
___.__
srw
TASK COMPLETE
10
STOP TIME:
    -STEP
NOTES
    NIA
CRITICAL TO
              Rod Bottom Lights
MANUALLY
            o Decreasing power
TRIP THE
            a Decreasing Tavg
REACTOR.
              ALE-13-74, ONE
,VOTE:
              ROD AT BOTTOM
IMMEDJA TE
              ALH-13-7-3, 'Two
OPERA TOR
              OK MORE RODS
ACTION FOR AOP-  
              Ar BOTTOM
001.
              ALB-13-7-1, ROD
ADIXTICNALL X
              URGENT ALARM
TRIPPED RPS
              ALB-13-4-2,
RISTARLES DUE
              POWER RANGE
TO XEGA TIVE
              HIGH NEUTRON
RA' TE TMP ALSO
              FLUX RATE
REQUIRE
          z  ALERT
REACTOR IWP.
            0 ALE-12-4-3,
,VOT CRITICAL TO
              REACTOR TREP
IXFORM lJh'lT
              PO\VF,R RANGE
SCO PRIOR TO
              HIGH FLUX RATE
TRIPPIKG
              ALE-13-5-3,
REACTOR.
              POWER RANGE
I
              UPPER DETECTOR
-.  
              HIGH FLUX DEV
____=
              OR AIJTO DEFEAT
S A T  i
              ALE-13-54,
LNSAT
              POWER RANGE
P
              DETECTOR HIGH
Page 8 of9  
              FLUX n w OR
Post Validation Revision  
              AUTO IIEFEA'I'
              M.B-13-4-5,
              POWER RANGE
              DEVIATION
              ALE-13-8-5,
              COMPUTER
                                            Page 7 of9
                                Post Validation Revision


                                                  JPhf RO-SIM(f)
JPM KO-SIM(f)  
                                                          HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                                                ____=
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
                                            NOTES              SAT i
(TO RE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION QF TASK)
                                                                LNSAT
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
                                                                P
The plant is operating at 1OOOh power.  
                                      CRITICAL TO
OST- 1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval
                                      MANUALLY
Modes I - 3, is being performed. All prerequisites to perfonn the test have been met.  
              and maaaually trips the TRIP THE
A briefing has been conducted for the performance of Section 3.1. The
                                      REACTOR.
Superintendent-Shift Operations has given permission to perform this OST.
                                      ,VOTE:
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
                                      IMMEDJATE
You arc to perform OST- 1005, Section 7.1, commencing with Shutdown Bank A
                                      OPERATOR
Page 9 of 9
                                      ACTION FOR AOP-
Post Validation Revision  
                                      001.
                                      ADIXTICNALL X
                                      TRIPPED RPS
                                      RISTARLES DUE
                                      TO XEGA TIVE
                                      RA'TE TMP ALSO
                                      REQUIRE
                                      REACTOR IWP.
                                      ,VOT CRITICAL TO
                                      IXFORM lJh'lT
                                      SCO PRIOR TO
                                      TRIPPIKG
                                      REACTOR.
      __-                             I
            I
                            ___.__    -.
        TASK COMPLETE
STOP TIME:
                                                        Page 8 of9
                                          Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPM KO-SIM(f)
JIM KO-CR(g)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
REGION I1
(TO RE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION QF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PEWORMANCE MEASUW
  The plant is operating at 1OOOh power.
JPM RO-CR(g)
  OST- 1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval
Place Audio Count Rate Drawer in ~ervice
  Modes I - 3, is being performed. All prerequisites to perfonn the test have been met.
APPLICANT:
  A briefing has been conducted for the performance of Section 3.1. The
EXAMINER:  
  Superintendent-Shift Operations has given permission to perform this OST.
Page 1 of8
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
Post Validation Revision  
  You arc to perform OST- 1005, Section 7.1, commencing with Shutdown Bank A
                                                                                Page 9 of 9
                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                            JIM KO-CR(g)
JPM RO-CR(g)  
                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION I1
IiEGION IT
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PEWORMANCE MEASUW
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
              JPM RO-CR(g)
TASK:
  Place Audio Count Rate Drawer in ~ervice
ALTERNATE PATH:
APPLICANT:
None
EXAMINER:
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:
                                              Page 1 of8
New
                                  Post Validation Revision
KA:
015A4.02
IMPORTANCE:
SRO
NA
RO  
3.9
KA STATEMENT:
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
room: NIS indicators
Audio Count Rate Drawer and Scaler Timer are capablc of
providing counts in 30 seconds intervals.
Place Audio Count Rate Drawer in Service
TASK STANDARD:
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR
PREFERRED EVALLJATION METHOD:
PERFORM
REFERENCES:
VALIDATION TIME:
15
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL
No
J -
CR
SIMULATE J
-
-
-
OP- 105, Excorc Kuclear Instrumentation, Rev 2 1
-
APPLICANT:
START TIME:
FINISH TIME:
PERFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PERFORMANCE RATING:
SAT
UNSAT
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 8
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          JPM RO-CR(g)
JPM KO-CR(g)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  IiEGION IT
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
e
                  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
This JPM is designed to be simulated in the Control Room.
TASK:      Place Audio Count Rate Drawer in Service
e
ALTERNATE PATH:          None
If used in the simulator, do NOT provide cues.
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:        New
a If used in the simulator, initialize to any shutdown IC.
KA:  015A4.02            IMPORTANCE:          SRO      NA          RO        3.9
a
KA STATEMENT:           Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
FREEZE the simulator.  
                        room: NIS indicators
When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.  
TASK STANDARD:          Audio Count Rate Drawer and Scaler Timer are capablc of
OP- 105, Excore Nuclear Instnimentantalion
                        providing counts in 30 seconds intervals.
e
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                SIMULATOR      -      CR              -
READ TO OPERATOR
                                                                                      J
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
PREFERRED EVALLJATIONMETHOD:                  PERFORM        -      SIMULATE -      J
Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
REFERENCES:      OP- 105, Excorc Kuclear Instrumentation, Rev 2 1
performance of this 3PM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
VALIDATION TIME:        -15    MINUTES              TIME CRITICAL            No
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
APPLICANT:
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
START TIME:                            FINISH TIME:
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                      MINUTES
You me expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
PERFORMANCE RATING:            SAT                  UNSAT
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
COMMENTS:
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
EXAMINER:
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
                                  Signature                              Date
ask for clarification if needed.
                                                                              Page 2 of 8
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actioons,  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
ifany, are to beprfornacd from meinmy. Describe the actions you are taking and the
indications you are looking at during the perforniance of the JPM; the evaluator will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
available. Report completion of the task as you would in theplant.
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
Page 3 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  JPM KO-CR(g)
JPM RO-C:R(g)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
e  This JPM is designed to be simulated in the Control Room.
The plant is in Mode 3 following a reactor trip. Source Range Channel N-3 1 is
e If used in the simulator, do NOT provide cues.
indicating 30 cps and Source Range Channel N-32 is indicating 40 cps.  
a If used in the simulator, initialize to any shutdown IC.
No personnel are inside containment.  
a FREEZE the simulator.
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
    When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
Using OP- 105, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 8.1.2.3, establish operation
OP- 105, Excore Nuclear Instnimentantalion
of the Audio Count Rate and Scaler Timer in the PRESET TIME MODE? using a
                                READ TO OPERATOR
manual sampling periods of 30 seconds. Use the highest reading indication as input.  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
Page 4 of 8  
  Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
Post Validation Revision  
  performance of this 3PM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You me expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actioons,
  ifany, are to beprfornacd from meinmy. Describe the actions you are taking and the
  indications you are looking at during the perforniance of the JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
  available. Report completion of the task as you would in theplant.
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
                                                                                    Page 3 of 8
                                                                        Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPM RO-C:R(g)
JPM RO-CR(g)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
START TIME:  
  The plant is in Mode 3 following a reactor trip. Source Range Channel N-3 1 is
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  indicating 30 cps and Source Range Channel N-32 i s indicating 40 cps.
-
  No personnel are inside containment.
JPM
INITIATING CUE(&sect;):
STEP
  Using OP- 105, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 8.1.2.3, establish operation
1
  of the Audio Count Rate and Scaler Timer in the PRESET TIME MODE?using a
2
  manual sampling periods of 30 seconds. Use the highest reading indication as input.
3  
                                                                              Page 4 of 8
*4
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
PROC
STEP -  
NIA
Note
before
3.1.2.3
2aution
Tefore
3.1.2.3
Y.1.2.3.a
ELEMENT
3btain copy of OP-105
1heCHANNEL
;ELECI'OR switch must be
)ulIed out to release the lock
refore it can be turned.
'AUTION
i-
When changing
___I-.
~
he multiplier switch
'osition, ensure personnel in
:ontainment are notified that
L change in count level will
re heard.  
_I.__
Tor PRESET TIME mode,  
Berform the following.
I. Turn CFIANNEL
SELECTOR switch to
the desirrd Soaarce
Range channel
STANDARH)
procedure after
demonstration of  
ability to obtain
-
-
~-I_
Reviews note
Reviews caution
- -T3
* Determines SR
CRITICAL 'ro
Channel N32 is
ENSURE HIGIIER
desired channel
e
Pulls Channel
SELECTED FOR
Selector switch
A1JDIO COLTT
OUT and then
RATE.  
I
i
rotates to N32
I
position
___+
_I.
I
I
crI IS IX THE
__.
T-32 PI POSITION.  
I-
I
Page 5 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                        JPM RO-CR(g)
JPM RO-CR(g)  
                                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
~
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
5A
-                        ELEMENT                    STANDARH)
PROC  
JPM  PROC
STEP  
STEP  STEP
8.1.2.3.b -  
  1
-.
      - 3btain copy
CLE: r:
      NIA                    of OP-105
~ O I S E  
                                                                          procedure after
Repeat
                                                                          demonstration of
8.1.2.3.b
                                                                          ability to obtain
ELEMENT
                                              --
COMPLETION OF
                                                              -T3
MULTIPLIER switch
                                                                                                      ~-I_
TO PROVIDE
  2 Note              1heCHANNEL            Reviews note
upscale as necessary
      before    ;ELECI'OR switch must be
WbWr Rk TE
      3.1.2.3   )ulIed out to release the lock
__
                refore
NEAR CONTINUOUS. -
                ___I-. it can be turned.
-  
                                    ~
7. Turn the AUbIO
  3  2aution  'AUTION When changing
MULTPLIER switch to
                i    -                         Reviews caution
position 10. If the
      Tefore    he multiplier switch
audible count rate is too
      3.1.2.3  'osition, ensure personnel in
rapid, adjust the AUDIO
                :ontainment are notified that
MULTIPLIER switch
                L change in count level will
*ale
                re
as necessary .~_
                _Iheard.
-  
                  .__                          -
_.l___.  
  *4  Y.1.2.3.a Tor PRESET TIME mode,           * Determines SR            CRITICAL 'ro
D~,MULTIPLIER swri
                Berform the following.              Channel N32 is        ENSURE HIGIIER
Rotates Audio Multiplier
                I. Turn CFIANNEL                    desired channel
switch to Position 100
                    SELECTOR switch to         e  Pulls Channel          SELECTED FOR
Listens for audible count
                    the desirrd Soaarce            Selector switch        A1JDIO COLTT
rate and detemiines
                    Range channel                  OUT and then          RATE.                  I
whether it is too rdpid I
                                                    rotates to N32                                Ii
NOISE OCCURS A
                                                    position                            ___+
or PRESEF TIME
                                                                      _I          .              I
IS AT TIME SEC AND DISPLAY IS AT COUiVTt
                                                crI IS I X THE
-. I_-__-...
                                                              __. T-32  PI POSITION.
ESTABLISH
                                                I
counting period. The
                                                                    I                            I  -    -
switches are read
                                                                                            Page 5 of 8
seconds or minutes.
                                                                              Post Validation Revision
ArOTE: THLMB
Page 6 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                      JPM RO-CR(g)
JPM KO-CK(g)  
                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
        PROC              ELEMENT
STANDARD
        STEP
~.
    -8.1.2.3.b
WIN SE
                                                                          COMPLETION OF
--
                    MULTIPLIER switch                                     TO PROVIDE
Vote
                    upscale as necessary                                WbWrRk TE
xfore
    .-
3.1.2.3.e
                                                                    I t
1.1.2.3.e
      CLE: r:
WE:
    ~ O I S E _NEAR
.ECTED EARLIER.
                  _ CONTINUOUS.-
I_
~               -
NOrE: If the SAMPLNG
  5A Repeat    7.   Turn the AUbIO            Rotates Audio Multiplier
MODE switch is in ALJTO,
    8.1.2.3.b      MULTPLIER switch to switch to Position 100
pushing the START push-
                    position 10. If the        Listens for audible count
button will cause the unit to
                    audible count rate is too rate and detemiines
accumulate counts for the
                    rapid, adjust the AUDIO whether it is too rdpid
preset time, display the
                    MULTIPLIER switch
total, automatically reset,
                - e _.l
and start over. In
                    *al      as
MANUAL, pushing the
                              __necessary
START push-button will
                                _.           .~_
cause thc unit to go through
                D~,MULTIPLIERswri
one accumulate, display,
    NOISE OCCURS A
and stop cycle. Pushing the
                    o r PRESEF TIME
START push-button again
    IS AT TIME SEC AND DISPLAY IS AT COUiVTt
in MANUAL %*ill repeat
    -.
the cycle with the previous
          I_-__-...
counts added to the new
                                                                          ESTABLISH
measurement.
                      counting period. The
$.
                      switches are read
Position the
                      seconds or minutes.
SAMPLING MODE
                                                                          ArOTE: THLMB
switch 60 the desired
                                                                                          Page 6 of 8
position, either AUTO
                                                                            Post Validation Revision
or MAN
_____
@LING MODE S WITCA
TDepress the START
~-  
push button.  
-I__.  
Ceviews note
Places SAMPI.ING
MODE switch to MAN
position  
.
~
-
I
IS IN MANUAL PO,
a
Depresses START
0
Verifies that counts
increase for 30
seconds and then
~~
button
____-I----  
START RUTTQN HAS BEEN DEPRESSED, DICIT/
._  
3RITICAL TO
ULOW
flANUAL
OONIROL OF
OOUNTING.  
__
TION.  
_I
XITICAL TO
4LLOW SCALER
rMER TO
IEGIN
)PEWSTING.  
--  
DISPLAY
NCREASES TO 1200 COUNTS AND STOPS.  
-.  
,
____.__- _.~
1-
I
I__
STOP TIME:  
Page 7 of 8  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                            JPM KO-CK(g)
JPM RO-CR(g)  
                                                                                                  HARRIS
H.4RRIS
                                                          STANDARD
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
                                                                  ~.
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COA4PLETION OF TASK)
      WIN
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
      --      SE .ECTED EARLIER.
The plant is in Mode 3 following a reactor trip. Source Range Channel N-3 i is
                  I    _
indicating 30 cps and Source Range Channel N-32 is indicating 40 cps.  
                                                    -I__.
No personnel are inside containment.  
      Vote        NOrE: If the SAMPLNG              Ceviews note
INITIATING CIJE(S):
      xfore      MODE switch is in ALJTO,
Using OP-105, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 8.1.2.3, establish operation
      3.1.2.3.e  pushing the START push-
of the Audio Count Rate and Scaler Timer in the PRESET TIME MODE, using a  
                  button will cause the unit to
manual sampling periods of30 seconds. IJsc the highest reading indication as input.  
                  accumulate counts for the
Page 8 of 8  
                  preset time, display the
Post Validation Revision  
                  total, automatically reset,
                  and start over. In
                  MANUAL, pushing the
                  START push-button will
                  cause thc unit to go through
                  one accumulate, display,
                  and stop cycle. Pushing the
                  START push-button again
                  in MANUAL %*illrepeat
                  the cycle with the previous
                  counts added to the new
                  measurement.                                                                    ._ I    __
      1.1.2.3.e  $.  Position the               Places SAMPI.ING            3RITICAL TO
                      SAMPLING MODE              MODE switch to MAN          ULOW
                      switch 60 the desired      position                    flANUAL
                      position, either AUTO                                  OONIROL OF
                      or MAN                                                  __
                                                                              OOUNTING.
                                    _____                          .      ~  - I
                  @LING MODE S WITCA IS IN MANUAL PO, TION.        ~~
                                ~-                                            _ I
                  TDepress the START              a   Depresses START        XITICAL TO
                      push button.                    button                4LLOW SCALER
                                                  0    Verifies that counts  rMER TO
                                                        increase for 30        IEGIN
                                                        seconds and then      )PEWSTING.
                                ____-          I            -            -    -
                                                                              --    -
      W E : START RUTTQN HAS BEEN DEPRESSED, DICIT/ DISPLAY
      NCREASES
      -.       ,    TO  1200 COUNTS AND
                      ____.__-                _
                                                I
                                                    STOPS.
                                                                              1        .
                                                                                                    -      ~
STOP TIME:
                                                                                              Page 7 of 8
                                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPM RO-CR(g)
JPM RO-CR(hj
                                                                                  H.4RRIS
HARRIS
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
REGION I1
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COA4PLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUW
  The plant is in Mode 3 following a reactor trip. Source Range Channel N-3 i is
JPM RO-CR(h)  
  indicating 30 cps and Source Range Channel N-32 is indicating 40 cps.
Align CCW to Support RHR System Operations
  No personnel are inside containment.
APPLICANT:
INITIATING CIJE(S):
Page I of I I
  Using OP-105, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 8.1.2.3, establish operation
Post Validation Revision  
  of the Audio Count Rate and Scaler Timer in the PRESET TIME MODE, using a
  manual sampling periods of30 seconds. IJsc the highest reading indication as input.
                                                                                Page 8 of 8
                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                        JPM RO-CR(hj
SPM KO-CK(h)
                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
                REGION I1
REGION I1  
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUW
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
              JPM RO-CR(h)
TASK:
Align CCW to Support RHR System Operations
ALTERNATE PATH:
APPLICANT:
None
                                          Page I of I I
Align CCW to Support RHR System Operations  
                              Post Validation Revision
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:
CR-085
KA:
00SA4.01
IMPORTANCE:
SRO
NA
RO
3.3
K.4 STATEMENT:
TASK STANDARD:
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
room: CCW indications and controls
CCW flow greater than or equal to 5000 gpm has been
established to each RHR hcat exchanger.
J -
CR
SIMULATE
J
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR -
-
-
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:
PERFORM
REFERENCES:
VALIDATION TIME:
20
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL
No
OP-145, Component Cooring Water, Rev 43
~
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:
FINISH TIME:
PEKFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PEKFORMANCE RATING:
SAT
UNSAT
COMMENTS:
EXAMINER:
Signature
Date
Page 2 of i i
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          SPM KO-CK(h)
JPM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION I1
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
a This JPM is designed to be siinulated in the Control Room.
                  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
If used in the simulator, do NOT provide cues.
TASK:      Align CCW to Support RHR System Operations
If used in the simulator. initialize to a Mode 4 condition. Both ESW trains should be
ALTERNATE PATH:          None
in service and both CCW pumps should be running.
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:        CR-085
When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
KA:  00SA4.01            IMPORTANCE:           SRO      NA        RO          3.3
a OP-145,
K.4 STATEMENT:          Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
Component Cooling Water
                        room: CCW indications and controls
*
TASK STANDARD:          CCW flow greater than or equal to 5000 gpm has been
e
                        established to each RHR hcat exchanger.
FREEZE the simulator.  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                SIMULATOR      -      CR              -
e
                                                                                      J
KEAD TO OPERATOR
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                  PERFORM        -      SIMULATE -      J
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
REFERENCES:      OP-145, Component Cooring Water, Rev 43
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
VALIDATION TIME:        20    MINUTES              TIME CRITICAL            No
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
                      ~
normally would in the Control Room. Iou should silence ali annunciators and  
APPLICANT:
determine if they are associated with the task you arc performing. No further action is
START TIME:                            FINISH TIME:
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
PEKFORMANCE TIME:                      MINUTES
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
PEKFORMANCE RATING:            SAT                  UNSAT
communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
COMMENTS:
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
EXAMINER:
Before starting. initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may
                                  Signature                              Date
ask for clarification if needed.
                                                                            Page 2 of i i
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
ifany, are to heperformedfrom memory* Describe the actions you are Caking and the
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
available. Report completion ofthe task as you would in theplant.
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
be asked to perfonn that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
Page 3 of I 1 
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                  JPM RO-CR(h)
JPM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRlS
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
a This JPM is designed to be siinulated in the Control Room.
The plant is in Mode 4 preparing for WHR start-up. Both ESW trains are in service  
    If used in the simulator, do NOT provide cues.
and both CCW pumps are running. SFP 2&3A is in service.  
* If used in the simulator. initialize to a Mode 4 condition. Both ESW trains should be
INITIATING CUE@):
    in service and both CCW pumps should be running.
Align CCW to both REIK heat exchangers per OP-145, Component Cooling Water,  
e    FREEZE the simulator.
Section 8.9. Place A Train CCW in service first.  
e    When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.
Page 4 of 1 I  
    a  OP-145,Component Cooling Water
Post Validation Revision  
                                KEAD TO OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
  normally would in the Control Room. Iou should silence ali annunciators and
  determine if they are associated with the task you arc performing. No further action is
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Before starting. initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
  ifany, are to heperformedfrom memory* Describe the actions you are Caking and the
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
  available. Report completion ofthe task as you would in theplant.
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
  be asked to perfonn that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
                                                                                    Page 3 of I 1
                                                                        Post Validation Revision


                                                                          JPM RO-CR(h)
JFM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                                HARRlS
HARRIS
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
START 1IME:
  The plant is in Mode 4 preparing for WHR start-up. Both ESW trains are in service
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  and both CCW pumps are running. SFP 2&3A is in service.
3
INITIATING CUE@):
4
  Align CCW to both REIK heat exchangers per OP-145, Component Cooling Water,
_=
  Section 8.9. Place ATrain CCW in service first.
PROC
                                                                            Page 4 of 1 I
STEP
                                                                Post Validation Revision
__i=
NIA
-_
Kote
before
8.9.2.1
-_
Note
before
8.9.2.1
_.__
Caution
before
8.9.2.1
ELEhtENT
-s
Obtain copy of OP-145
NTT:  
The purpose of this
section is to ensure CCW
pump runout does not occur.
h4aximum flow through one
CCW pump is 12,650 gpm.
This section will ensure that
one CCW pump is not
supplying hoth essential
cooling loops and the non-
essential Ioop
simultaneously.
_-
____
N
m
Normally it is  
desirable to place hoth RWR
cooling trains in operation in
Mode 4. This will require
both CCW pumps to be in  
operation and one train of
non-essential supply and
return valves to be shut.
CAUTION To prevent
___.__I-
pump runout when aligning
CCW flow to the RIIR Hx,
verify flow rate to the
non-essential header with
one pump running is less
than 8500 gpm, as indicated
on FI-652.1 (FI-653.1) prior
to opening 1CC-147 (ICC-
STANDARD
Mains copy of OP-145  
md refers to Section 8.9.  
2eviews note
_____
leviews note
leviews caution
NOTES
Provide applicant
with copy of
procedure after
gemonstration of
ibility to obtain
:opy.  
Yage5ofII
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                    JFM RO-CR(h)
JPM RO-C'R(h)  
                                                                                          HARRIS
HARRIS  
START 1IME:
6
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
~
      PROC            ELEhtENT                    STANDARD                  NOTES
I
        STEP
..
      __i=    -s
8
      NIA    Obtain copy of OP-145          M a i n s copy of OP-145  Provide applicant
PROC
                                            md refers to Section 8.9. with copy of
SiEP
                                                                      procedure after
8.9.2.1.a
                                                                      gemonstration of
a. If SFP 2&3A is in
                                                                      ibility to obtain
service. then shut 1CC-
                                                                      :opy.
508, SFP HX 2&3A
      -_                                    2eviews note
CCW Outlet Isolati
      Kote    NTT:    The purpose of this
-. . .
      before  section is to ensure CCW
I
      8.9.2.1 pump runout does not occur.
8.9.2.1.b b. IfSFP 2&3E is in
              h4aximum flow through one
-t-
              CCW pump is 12,650 gpm.
service, then shut 1CC-  
              This section will ensure that
I
              one CCW pump is not
521, SFP IIX 2&3R
              supplying hoth essential
CCW Outlet Isolation
              cooling loops and the non-
Valve.  
              essential Ioop
trains of-K
      -_      _-
cooling are to be placed in
              simultaneously.       ____                    _____
service, start the second
  3  Note    N m Normally it is            leviews note
CCW pump per Section 5.2.  
      before  desirable to place hoth RWR
Marks step N/A
      8.9.2.1 cooling trains in operation in
Verifies both CCW  
              Mode 4. This will require
pumps running by
              both CCW pumps to be in
observing RED
              operation and one train of
breaker indication
              non-essential supply and
ON
      _.__
May also check
              return valves to be shut.
flows on both loops
              ___.__I-
to verify pumps
  4  Caution CAUTION To prevent            leviews caution
running
      before pump runout when aligning
...
      8.9.2.1 CCW flow to the RIIR Hx,
~
              verify flow rate to the
I----  
              non-essential header with
CUE: BOTI CCWPUMPS INDICATE RE5 LIGkTS OX.  
              one pump running is less
BOTH 7800 GPM.  
              than 8500 gpm, as indicated
i
              on FI-652.1 (FI-653.1) prior
-  
              to opening 1CC-147 (ICC-
,_
_=
iiote
                                                                                      Yage5ofII
before  
                                                                          Post Validation Revision
8.9.2.3
N E E 
If A (D) train RHR
cooling is placed in service
first, the A (E) CCW pump
will only supply the A (B)
CCW essential header. B (A)
CCW pump will supply
the non-essential CCW
header and the B (A) CCW
essential header.
~
Page 6 of I I
Post Validation Revisicn


                                                                                      JPM RO-C'R(h)
JPM RQ-CR(h)  
                                                                                            HARRIS
IIARRIS
        PROC
ALIGN CCW TO
        SiEP
by observing RED
      8.9.2.1.a
~
                a. If SFP 2&3A is in
10
                      service. then shut 1CC-
Caution I CAUTION: With one CCW  
                      508,SFP HX 2&3A
before
                      CCW Outlet Isolati
j pump running and the
                                    -...
8.9.2.4
                                                I
1 standby pump capable of an
  6
i automatic start, ensure a
    -t- I
! minimum flownte of 7S50
      8.9.2.1.b b. IfSFP 2&3E is in
1 gpm exists as indicated on
                      service, then shut 1CC-
I
                      521,SFP IIX 2&3R
! ~r-652.1 (PI-653.1). If
                                                  Marks step N/A
both CCW pumps are
                      CCW Outlet Isolation
running OR the CCW trains
~
: are separated, a minimum of
                      Valve.
3850 gpm per pump is
  I                      trains of-K                Verifies both CCW
required. This lower
                cooling are to be placed in        pumps running by
flownte should only be
                service, start the second            observing RED
allowed for short durations
                CCW pump per Section 5.2.           breaker indication
to accompiish pump
                                                      ON
swapping or system
                                                    May also check
FI-688AI IiVDICATES 5800
                                                      flows on both loops
e tank level is less than
                                                    to verify pumps
supplied by demin water.  
                                                    running            ...
Make up water for the A  
    ~      I----
CCW header must be
      CUE: BOTI CCWPUMPS INDICATE R E 5 LIGkTS O X .
Page I of I I  
    BOTH 7800 GPM.                                                                              i
Post Validation Revision
..  -,_
  8  iiote      N E E If A (D) train RHR
      before    cooling is placed in service
      8.9.2.3  first, the A (E) CCW pump
                will only supply the A (B)
                CCW essential header. B (A)
                CCW pump will supply
                the non-essential CCW
                header and the B (A) CCW
                essential header.            ~
                                                                                        Page 6 of I I
                                                                            Post Validation Revisicn


                                                                        JPM RQ-CR(h)
JPM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                                IIARRIS
HARRIS
                                                              ALIGN CCW TO
-
                                            by observing RED
JPM
    Caution I CAUTION: With one CCW
STEP
~
13 -
  10
-
    before j pump running and the
*I4
    8.9.2.4 1 standby pump capable of an
--
            I
15
            i automatic start, ensure a
~  
            ! minimum flownte of 7S50
*16
            1 gpm exists as indicated on
__g_
            ! ~r-652.1(PI-653.1). If
PROC
              both CCW pumps are
STEP
              running OR the CCW trains
Caution
            : are separated, a minimum of
before  
              3850 gpm per pump is
8.9.2.5
              required. This lower
8.9.2.5
              flownte should only be
__i
              allowed for short durations
CUE: I  
              to accompiish pump
Caution
              swapping or system
before
            FI-688AI IiVDICATES 5800
8.9.2.6
                  e tank level is less than
8.9.2.6
              supplied by demin water.
-
              Make up water for the A
ELEMENT
              CCW header must be
CAUTION: Shutting both
                                                                            Page I of I I
1CC-99 and ICC-113 will
                                                                Post Validation Revision
result in the loss of the
Yonessential Header.
iflpctia ccw pumps are in
service, close 1CC-99
1CC-163),
CCW HEAT
EXCHANGER A(%) TO
SONESSENTIAL SUP.  
-
XUTION: hutting both
lCC-128 and 1CC-I27 will
esult in the loss of the
Gmessential Header.  
G o t h  CCW pumps arein
iervice, close 1CC-128
1CC-127), CCW
(ONESSENTIAL
lETURN TO HEADER
k(Bh
Jerify the following:
1.  
If both CCW Pumps are  
in senrice, then perform
the following:
(1) Check CCW Pump
A-SA (3-SB) flow
between 7850 and
8050 mni on MCB
indica& FI-688AI
(FI-689AI).
.-
STANDARD
Reviews caution
E
Flares 102-99 in
CLOSE position
E
Verifies valve closed
by observing RED
light OFF, GREEN
light ON ..
__ -
. .
. . -
;If1 OFF, GKEEN LI(
Reviews caution
.
e
Places 1CC-128 in
CLOSE position
e  
Verifies vdve closed
by observing RED
light OFF, GREEN
light ON
NOTES
CRITICAL TO
ESSENTIALS
WITH ONLY ONE
PUMP.  
SUPPLY NON-
--
CRITICAL TO
SUPPLY NON-
ESSENTIALS
WITH ONLY ONE
PUMP.
I=---
-_._____-.
-_
Verifies flow on FI-
688A1 between 7850
and 8050 gpm
i
j
I  
i
I  
=
SAT,
UNSA
Page X of i 1
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                        JPM RO-CR(h)
JPM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
-JPM
PROC  
      __g_
SIEP
        PROC             ELEMENT
8.9.2.7.a -  
                                            -
PI
                                                        STANDARD                  NOTES
I_
                                                                                                    =
-  
                                                                                                      SAT,
3.9.2.7.b
-STEP
3aution
    13
,efore
        STEP
3.9.2.8 -  
      __i
EH,EMN"'
      Caution CAUTION: Shutting both            Reviews caution
e
                                                                                                    UNSA
(2) If necessary, then
      before  1CC-99 and ICC-113 will
adjust ICC-146
      8.9.2.5 result in the loss of the
(lCC-166), KHR
-             Yonessential Header.
HX A (B) Outlet
  *I4 8.9.2.5 iflpctia ccwpumps are in          E  Flares 102-99 in      CRITICAL TO
Throttle Vdve, to
              service, close 1CC-99                CLOSE position        SUPPLY NON-
obtain desired flow,
              1CC-163),    CCW HEAT            E  Verifies valve closed ESSENTIALS
-  
              EXCHANGER A(%)TO                    by observing RED      WITH ONLY ONE
), If only o G ccw Pump
              SONESSENTIAL SUP.                     light OFF, GREEN      PUMP.
is in service, then  
                                              __  light  ON  ..
perform the following:  
                                                  -. .                ..-
(1) Check CCW Pump  
      CUE: I                                  ;If1 OFF, GKEEN LI(
A-SA (B-SB) flow  
-            -
between 10,000 and  
  15  Caution XUTION: h u t t i n g both        Reviews caution
12,500 gpm on MCB
      before  lCC-128 and 1CC-I27 will
indicator FI-652.1
      8.9.2.6  esult in the loss of the
(2) If necessary, then
              Gmessential Header.                          .                                  --
adlust the following
                                                                            CRITICAL TO
vaivcs while
~
monitoring MCB
  *16  8.9.2.6 G o t h CCW pumps a r e i n e Places 1CC-128 in
indicator FI-652.1
              iervice, close 1CC-128              CLOSE position          SUPPLY NON-
(FI-653.1) to obtain
                1CC-127), CCW                  e    Verifies vdve closed    ESSENTIALS
the desired flow:
              (ONESSENTIAL                        by observing RED        WITH ONLY ONE
*
              lETURN TO HEADER                    light OFF, GREEN        PUMP.
IfSFPKX
              k(Bh                                light ON
2&3A is in
                                              -_._____-            .
service, adjust
              Jerify the following:
and lock 1CC-  
              1. If both CCW Pumps are
508, SFP HX
                  in senrice, then perform
2&3A CCW
                  the following:
Outlet Isolation
                  (1) Check CCW Pump
Valve * If SFP
                        A-SA (3-SB) flow
HX 2&3B is in
                        between 7850 and
service, adjust
                                              _-
and lock 1CC-
                                              Verifies flow on FI-
52 1, SFP KX
                                                688A1 between 7850
2&3B CCW
                                                and 8050 gpm
Outlet Isolation
                                                                        I=---
(F1-653.1)  
                                                                          i
Valve
                                                                          j
IAUTION:
                                                                          I
.-
                                                                          i
6 7  not supply-
                        8050 mni on MCB
:CW to both RHR Heat
                      indica& FI-688AI
ixchangers simultaneously
                      (FI-689AI). .-                                     I
iith only one CCW pump
                                                                                          Page X of i 1
onning.  
                                                                              Post Validation Revision
-  
STANDARD
P
Marks step Ni'A
Marks step N l h 
Ceviews caution
NOTES
Page 9 of I I
Post Validation Reyision


                                                                      JPM RO-CR(h)
JPM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
PROC                EH,EMN"'                STANDARD        NOTES
3PM
-SIEP
STEP
8.9.2.7.a     (2) If necessary, then
"211 -
                                        e
__
                                          Marks step Ni'A
23
                                                            P
PWOC
PI                  adjust ICC-146
SlEP
                    (lCC-166), KHR
8.9.2.8
                    HX A (B) Outlet
I
                    Throttle Vdve, to
-
    -   -         obtain desired flow,
              If only o G ccw Pump
CUE: 1
I   _
8.9.2.9.a  
3.9.2.7.b ),                              Marks step N l h
__l_
              is in service, then
CUE: - 1
              perform the following:
3.9.2.9.b
              (1) Check CCW Pump
ELEMENT
                    A-SA (B-SB) flow
service, open 1CC-167
                    between 10,000 and
:1CC-147), CCW FROM
                    12,500 gpm on MCB
by observing RED
                    indicator FI-652.1
R" HEAT
                    (F1-653.1)
Iight ON; GREEN
              (2) If necessary, then
EXCHANGER I%-SB (A-
                    adlust the following
__
                    vaivcs while
--  
                    monitoring MCB
-
                    indicator FI-652.1
_
                    (FI-653.1) to obtain
I
                    the desired flow:
:
                    * IfSFPKX
.
                        2&3A is in
                        service, adjust
Jerifv CCW PurnD B-SB
                        and lock 1CC-
I Verifies flow indication
                        508, SFP HX
A-SA) flow rate in the
                        2&3A CCW
equired range, as follows:  
                        Outlet Isolation
I. Check CCW Pump B-SB
                        Valve * If SFP
(A-SA) flow rate is
                        HX 2&3B is in
between 10,000 and  
                        service, adjust
12,500 gpm on MCA
                        and lock 1CC-
indicator FI-653.1 (FI-  
                        52 1, SFP KX
___.
                        2&3B CCW
652.1)  
                        Outlet Isolation
-
                        Valve
-
3aution  IAUTION:
on FI-653. I between
          .  -           6 7 not supply- Ceviews caution
10,000 and 12,500 gppm
,efore    :CW to both RHR Heat
__
3.9.2.8    ixchangers simultaneously
1.
          iith only one CCW pump
If flow rate is. not
-         onning.                    -
between 10,000 and
                                                                          Page 9 of I I
12,500 gpm, then adjust
                                                              Post Validation Reyision
the applicable valve.
0
If SFP HX 2&3A is  
in service, adjust and
lock 1CC-508, SFP  
HX 2&3A CCW  
Outlet Isolation  
Valve  
If SFP HX 2&3B is  
in service, adjust and  
IIX 2&35 CCW  
Outlet Isolation  
Valve  
lock 1CC-521, SFP
-  
___
I
__._
SAT I
UNSAT
I--
--  
TOP TIME:
Page 10 of I
Post Validation Revision


                                                                                    JPM RO-CR(h)
JPM RO-CR(h)  
                                                                                            HARRIS
IIARRIS
                                                                                                  __._
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
3PM    PWOC                ELEMENT                                                                SAT I
(TO BE KEJTURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
STEP    SlEP
NITFHAL CONDITIONS:
-"211 8.9.2.8
The plant is in Mode 4 preparing for RHR start-up. Both ESW trains are in service  
                                                                                                  UNSAT
and both CCW pumps are running. SFP 2&3A is in sewice.  
                service, open 1CC-167
1NI'FHATI"G GUE(S):  
                :1CC-147), CCW FROM                    by observing RED
Align CCW to both RIIR heat exchangers per OP-145, "Component Cooling Water,"
                R"HEAT                                Iight ON; GREEN
Section 8.9. PIace "A" Train CCW in service first.
                EXCHANGER I%-SB(A-
Page I I of 1 I  
                                                                                          __
Post Validation Revision  
      I  -
      CUE: 1
                --                                            .:_  I-
      8.9.2.9.a Jerifv CCW PurnD B-SB            I Verifies flow indication
                A-SA) flow rate in the            on FI-653. I between
                equired range, as follows:         10,000 and 12,500 gppm
                I. Check CCW Pump B-SB
                    (A-SA) flow rate is
                    between 10,000and
                    12,500 gpm on MCA
                    indicator FI-653.1 (FI-
                    652.1)
                ___.              -          -                                                  I  -  -
      _  _  l  _
      CUE: -1
__              __
                    If flow rate is. not
23  3.9.2.9.b  1.
                    between 10,000and
                    12,500 gpm, then adjust
                    the applicable valve.
                    0    If SFP HX 2&3A is
                        in service, adjust and
                        lock 1CC-508, SFP
                        HX 2&3A CCW
                        Outlet Isolation
                        Valve
                        If SFP HX 2&3B is
                        in service, adjust and
                        lock 1CC-521, SFP
                        IIX 2&35 CCW
                        Outlet Isolation
                ___ Valve                  -
                                                I                                                 --
TOP TIME:
                                                                                      Page 10 of I 1
                                                                            Post Validation Revision


                                                                          JPM RO-CR(h)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                  IIARRIS
HAKRIS
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
REGION 11
(TO BE KEJTURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
NITFHAL CONDITIONS:
JOB PEWORMANCE MEASUM
    The plant is in Mode 4 preparing for RHR start-up. Both ESW trains are in service
JPM COM-IP(i)  
    and both CCW pumps are running. SFP 2&3A is in sewice.
Perfom Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution
1NI'FHATI"G GUE(S):
Component Lineup
    Align CCW to both RIIR heat exchangers per OP-145,"Component Cooling Water,"
APPLICANT:  
    Section 8.9. PIace "A" Train CCW in service first.
EXAMINER:
                                                                            Page I I of 1 I
Page 1 of 1 I  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                          JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                  HAKRIS
HARRIS
                REGION 11
KEGION 11  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PEWORMANCE MEASUM
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
              JPM COM-IP(i)
TASK:
      Perfom Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution
ALTERNATE PATH:
            Component Lineup
Perform Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup
APPLICANT:
ICs-149 fails to close, requiring alternate isolation method
EXAMINER:
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:
                                              Page 1 of 1 I
IP-l47(M)
                                  Post Validation Revision
m: 004A2.06
IMPORTANCE:
SRO
4.3
RO
4.2
KA STATEMENT:
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following
malfunctions or operations on the CVCS; and (b) based on
those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or
mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or
operations: Inadvertent boratioddilution
AI1 in-plant portions ofOP-107, Attachment 11, are
completed
TASK STANDARD:
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:
PERFORM
INPLANT
*
SIMULATE
IJ
-
__1
-
-
REFERENCES:
VALIDATION TIME:
30
MINUTES
TIME CRITICAL
No
OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System
-
APPLICANT:
START TIME:
FWISM TIME:
PERFORMANCE TIME:
MINUTES
PERFORMANCE RATING:
SAT
UNSAT
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature
Date
Page 2 of I 1
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COM-IQi)  
                                                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                KEGION 11
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
Perfomied in plant
                JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
* OP-104, Chemical and Vohme Control System
TASK:      Perform Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup
READ TO OPERATOR
ALTERNATE PATH:        ICs-149 fails to close, requiring alternate isolation method
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:      IP-l47(M)
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
m:  004A2.06            IMPORTANCE:           SRO      4.3          RO        4.2
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as yon
KA STATEMENT:          Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following
normaily would in the Control Room. You shouId silence all annunciators and  
                      malfunctions or operations on the CVCS; and (b) based on
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
                      those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
                      mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
                      operations: Inadvertent boratioddilution
communication, place-keeping, ALAM and use of personal protective equipment. All
TASK STANDARD:        AI1 in-plant portions ofOP-107, Attachment 11, are
actions taken by you should be c.learly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
                      completed
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                SIMULATOR      -      INPLANT        __1
ask for clarification if needed.
                                                                                          *
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                  PERFORM        -      SIMULATE        IJ
qmyj are fo beperfornied from memory. Describe the actions YUU are taking and the
REFERENCES:      OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
VALIDATION TIME:      -
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
                      30      MINUTES              TIME CRITICAL              No
availabk. Report completion of the task as jjou would in theplant.
APPLICANT:
During the COIIRX of the walk-through examination, there may be s ~ m e  
START TIME:                          FWISM TIME:
tasks you will
PERFORMANCE TIME:                    MINUTES
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
PERFORMANCE RATING:          SAT                    UNSAT
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
COMMENTS:
decisions and take actions based on procedural. guidance and the indications avaiiablc.
EXAMINER:
Page 3 of I i
                                Signature                                  Date
Post Validatinit Revision  
                                                                              Page 2 of I 1
                                                                  Post Validation Revision


                                                                                JPM COM-IQi)
JPM COh.f-IP(i)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HAKRIS
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
    Perfomied in plant
The plant is making preparations to enter Mode 6. GP-009 has directed that the Mode
* OP-104, Chemical and Vohme Control System
6 inadvertent dilution valve lineup and verification be performed.  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
INITIATING CUE(S1:
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
You are directed to pcrform OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System, Section
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
8.18. Any required locks and chains have been given to you by the SCO. Contact the
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as yon
Control Room for any valve operations required from the main control board.  
  normaily would in the Control Room. You shouId silence all annunciators and
Page 4 of I
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
Post Validation Revision  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
  communication, place-keeping, A L A M and use of personal protective equipment. All
  actions taken by you should be c.learly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
  ask for clarification if needed.
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
  qmyjare fo beperfornied from memory. Describe the actions YUU are taking and the
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
  availabk. Report completion of the task as jjou would in theplant.
  During the COIIRX of the walk-through examination, there may be s ~ m tasks e      you will
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
  decisions and take actions based on procedural. guidance and the indications avaiiablc.
                                                                                  Page 3 of I i
                                                                      Post Validatinit Revision


                                                                            JPM COh.f-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                    HAKRIS
HARRIS
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
START TIME:  
  The plant is making preparations to enter Mode 6. GP-009 has directed that the Mode
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  6 inadvertent dilution valve lineup and verification be performed.
PROC
INITIATING CUE(S1:
STEP -
  You are directed to pcrform OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System, Section
NIA
  8.18. Any required locks and chains have been given to you by the SCO. Contact the
___
  Control Room for any valve operations required from the main control board.
3.1 x. 1. I
                                                                              Page 4 of I 1
____
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
3.18. i .2
_ _ 
i.18.2.1
u t .  I t 
ELEMENT
Obtain copy of OP-107
The ptant is in MODE 6 or
preparations are being made
to enter MODE 6.  
GP-009 has directidthe
establishment of controls to
prevent inadvertent  
dilution while in MODE 6.
-
.
Complete Attachment I1 by
placing the component in the
position listed or by
performing the contingency
component manipulation
listed
Shuts and locks ICs-149.  
RMW to Blending Tee
Isolation
jA-23h-DY -E3-N12)
-- -
___._
__I-  
F149H.4XD WHEEL DOES
demonstrution of
this information
Initiai conditions provide
this information
Enters Attachment 1 I of I
B
Observes-NOTE 1.  
D
Locates, and  
attempts to shut
valve by rotating
hand wheel in CW
direction
__ ____._-
I
3IRECTION - STUCK OPEN.  
Page 5 of I I
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                      JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COhl-IP(i)  
                                                                                            HARRIS
HARRIS  
START TIME:
e
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
Contacts Control
      PROC                ELEMENT
Room and performs
        STEP
'E A 2'TA CHMENE
      -
-  
      NIA        Obtain copy of OP-107
--
                                                                          demonstrution of
ICs-155 (FCV-114A) Shut
      ___
vith MCR C.S. in SHUT
      3.1 x.1. I The ptant is in MODE 6 or
Contacts Control
                preparations are being made  this information
Room and directs them
                to enter MODE 6 .
to close ICs-155 and
      ____      -      .
maintain switch in
      3.18.i .2  GP-009 has directidthe      Initiai conditions provide
SHUT
                establishment of controls to this information
~
                prevent inadvertent
4 T 1 CS-I SS ICSHUT 14
                dilution while in MODE 6.
CRITICAL TO
      __
CONTACT
      i.18.2.1  Complete Attachment I 1 by Enters Attachment 1 I of I
CONTROL
                placing the component in the
ROOM AND
                position listed or by
DLRECT THEM
                performing the contingency
TO PERFORM
                component manipulation
THIS ACTION
                listed
SINCE IT IS A
                -  - -
CONTINGENCY
      ut. I t    Shuts and locks ICs-149.    B    Observes-NOTE 1.
FOR PREVIOUS
                RMW to Blending Tee          D    Locates, and
VALVE
                Isolation                        attempts to shut
FAILURE.  
                jA-23h-DY -E3-N12)                valve by rotating
NOTE:
                                                  hand wheel in CW
ACTION FOR
                                              __ direction
149 TO CLOSE.  
                                                        ____._-
TIICOA'TROL
                                                                        I
COXTINGEXCY
                ___._                __I-
FAIL LTRE OF 1 CS-  
                F149H.4XD WHEEL DOES
__  
      3IRECTION - STUCK OPEN.
9 WITCH IN CLOSE POSITION.  
                                                                                        Page 5 of I I
-  
                                                                            Post Validation Revision
SAI' I  
UNSAT
-  
__
..I
._..__- -  
Page 6 of I
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                JPM COhl-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                                                              - SAI'I
-  
                                                                              UNSAT
PROC
                                                                              -__
SlEP
                                e  Contacts Control
Att. 11
                                    Room and performs
with MCB C.S. in SHUT  
        'E A 2'TA CHMENE
Room and directs them CONTACT  
                      -
tnclose 1CS-156and
        --
CONTROL  
        ICs-155 (FCV-114A) Shut Contacts Control      CRITICAL TO
maintain switch in  
        vith MCR C.S. in SHUT   Room and directs them CONTACT
ROOM AND  
                                to close ICs-155 and  CONTROL
1 SIIUT
                                maintain switch in   ROOM AND
DIRECT THEM  
                                SHUT                  DLRECT THEM
PERFORM  
                                                      TO PERFORM
..
                                                      THIS ACTION
I
                                                      SINCE IT IS A
THIS ACTION  
                                                      CONTINGENCY
SINCE IT IS A  
                                                      FOR PREVIOUS
CONTINGENCY  
                                                      VALVE
FOR PREVIOUS  
                                                      FAILURE.
VALVE  
                                                      NOTE:
FAIINRE.  
                                                      COXTINGEXCY
CONIINGENCY
                                                      ACTION FOR
FA II, URE OF I CS-  
                                                      FAIL LTRE OF 1CS-
149 TO ('LCXfE.  
                                ~
ACTIOAr FOR
                                                      149 TO CLOSE.          .. ._..__-
__
                                                                                I
.
                                                                          __
SWITCH IN CL QSE POSITIOA! -7-
                                4 T 1CS-I SSICSHUT 14 TIICOA'TROL
.-
9WITCH IN CLOSE POSITION.
I _ --I
                                                                              -
.-
                                                                    Page 6 of I 1
'TROL ROOM REPORTS THATbCS-I56 IS SHUl WITH COJVTROL
                                                        Post Validation Revision
Verifies 1 ~~-274:Gikuai
Blend from RMWST Is01
Viv, is locked shut
(NEED LOCATION)
CO.VTINGEACY
FAIL C'RE OF 1 CS-  
ACTION FOR
Locates a<d verifies
valve is locked shut
I L L -
1149 TO CLOSE.  
SAT I
UNSAT
Page 7 of I L
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
    -PROC                                                                                SAT I
11  
    SlEP
I_
                                                                                        UNSAT
"12
    Att. 11
Tank Inlet Isol Vlv  
            with MCB C.S. in SHUT    Room and directs them  CONTACT
(236' ELEVATION)  
                                      tnclose 1CS-156and      CONTROL
direction, and lucks  
                                      maintain switch in    ROOM AND
hand wheel in C\\V
                                    1 SIIUT                  DIRECT THEM
j ATTACHMENT  
                                                                  PERFORM
' REQUIREMENTS  
                                                              THIS ACTION
j MET.  
                                                              SINCE IT IS A
I NOTE:  
                                                              CONTINGENCY
1 C0.VTIh'GENCY  
                                                              FOR PREVIOUS
1 ACTION FOR  
                                                              VALVE
FAIL URE OF I CS-  
                                                              FAIINRE.
_-  
                                                              CONIINGENCY
-
                                                              ACTIOArFOR
SAT I
                                                              FAII, URE OF I CS-
UNSAT -
                                ..    __                    149 TO ('LCXfE.
i---
                                                                          . -
W E : ICs-265 HAXD WHEEL DOES NOTMOVE WHENROTATED IN e'@'
                                    I
DIRECTION ~ ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKING DEVICE HAS BEEX  
            .-                    I _-                -I                      .-
1
            'TROL ROOM REPORTS THATbCS-I56 IS S H U l WITH COJVTROL
I
  SWITCH IN CL QSE POSITIOA!
I
                                    -          7          -
-
            Verifies 1~~-274:Gikuai  Locates a<d verifies
   
            Blend from RMWST Is01    valve is locked shut    CO.VTINGEACY
WE: I ( 
            Viv, is locked shut                              ACTION FOR
ut. 11  
            (NEED LOCATION)                                  FAIL C'RE OF 1CS-
-
I L L -                                                      1149 TO CLOSE.
.-
                                                                            Page 7 of I L
-l__.
                                                                Post Validation Revision
I
 
_I____
                                                                                      JPM COM-IP(i)
Verifies ICS-2x7, Alt E.G.  
                                                                                              HARRIS
Boration Manual Is01 Vlv, is  
                                                                                                    - SAT I
valve is locked shut  
                                                                                                    -
CON1%VGENCY  
                                                                                                    UNSAT
locked shut  
                Tank Inlet Isol Vlv         hand wheel in C\V
ACTI0.V FOR  
                (236' ELEVATION)             direction, and lucks
(236' ELEVATION)  
                                                                        j ATTACHMENT
FAILURE OF 1CS-  
                                                                        ' REQUIREMENTS
Locates and verifies
                                                                      j MET.
I49 TO CLOSE.  
                                                                      I1 NOTE:
.
                                                                          C0.VTIh'GENCY
_
                                                                        1 ACTION FOR
_
                                                                          FAIL URE OF I CS-
_
                                                                                          _-
~
      W E : ICs-265 HAXD WHEELDOES NOTMOVE WHENROTATED IN '                         @e        i---
   
                                                                                                  1
-.
      DIRECTION ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKING DEVICE HAS BEEX
Verifies shut and bcks  
                  ~
e  
                                                                                                  I
Observes NOTES 2  
              _I____
1CS-510, Boric Acid Batch  
  11           Verifies ICS-2x7, Alt E.G.   Locates and verifies
Tank Outlet Isolation  
              Boration Manual Is01 Vlv, is valve is locked shut           CON1%VGENCY
e  
              locked shut                                               ACTI0.V FOR
Locates, verifies  
              (236' ELEVATION)                                           FAILURE OF 1CS-
(A-261-1142-Wll-N5)  
                                                    .  _  _  _  ~ I49 TO CLOSE.
to rotate hand  
                                                                                        -T-
Valve
      I    -
shut by attcmpting
      WE: I (
wheel in CW  
      - .-                                    -.
direction, and locks  
      ut.11
- --
I _
'-SI0 HAXD IVHEEL DOES NOTMOVE WfIEVROT
"12            Verifies shut and bcks       e   Observes NOTES 2         CwrIC.a
-  
                                                                          -            TO
C w r I C . a  TO -T-  
              1CS-510, Boric Acid Batch                                 ATTACH
ATTACH
              Tank Outlet Isolation       e   Locates, verifies       LOCKING
LOCKING
              Valve                            shut by attcmpting      DE\'ICE TO
DE\\'ICE TO
              (A-261-1142-Wll-N5)               to rotate hand           ENSURE
ENSURE
                                                wheel in CW             AITACHMENT
AITACHMENT
                                                direction, and locks     REQUIREMENTS
REQUIREMENTS
                                                                          MET.
MET.
      -l__.   - --                                                      ..
FED IN CW
    I
..  
I  
I-
I-
              '-SI0 HAXD IVHEEL DOES NOTMOVE WfIEVROT FED IN CW
      DIRECT- JN - ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKING DEVICE HAS BEEN
DIRECT- JN - ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKING DEVICE HAS BEEN  
                          I                         -               I
I
                                                                                          Page 8 of I I
-  
                                                                              Post Validation Revision
Page 8 of I I  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                                          JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
*., =-I.
I
  "13
STAmARL,
                        I                .,. .-.
I
          1 Att. I 1 I \'erifies s h t t and locks
. -.  
                                                      ......
. . . . . . I
                                                                I
.-  
                                                                I
"13 1 Att. I 1 I \\'erifies shtt and locks  
                                                                I
I  
                                                                        STAmARL,
Ohserves NO=  
                                                                      Ohserves NO=
.,,.
                                                                                          .-
*,...
                                                                                                    NOTES
=-I..
                                                                                              CRITICAL TO
__.. c
                                                                                                                          SAT i
1CS-503, Demin Water to  
                                                                                                                        UNSAT
Boric Acid Batch Tank  
                            1CS-503, Demin Water to                   & 1.                    ATTACH
Isolation Valve  
                          Boric Acid Batch Tank                   e  Locates, verifies      LOCKING
(A-269-D42-W3-N7)  
                          Isolation Valve                                                     IMYICE TO
& 1.
          c
shut by attempting
                                                                      shut by attempting
to rotate hand  
                          (A-269-D42-W3-N7)                           to rotate hand         ENSURE
w*heel in CW  
                                                                      w*heelin CW             ATTACHMENT
direction, and locks  
                                                                      direction, and locks   REQUIREMENTS
valve.  
                                                                      valve.                 MET.
e
__..
Locates, verifies
                                                                                              TED IN CW
NOTES
          I DIRECTION- ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKIXG DEVICE HAS BEEN
CRITICAL TO
            1:VSTALLED.                                                                                             I
ATTACH
  14       Att. I 1      Verifies ICs-93, Resin                 valve
LOCKING
                                                                  Locates
IMYICE TO
                                                                        is locked
ENSURE
                                                                            and v shut
ATTACHMENT
                                                                                  e r i f i e s - - A r - a - - I
REQUIREMENTS
                          Sluice Water to Dernins Isol,
MET.  
                          is locked shut
TED IN CW  
_  I                      (A-265-GZ42-E15-S2)
I DIRECTION- ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKIXG DEVICE HAS BEEN  
-.                       . -
I
            ClJE: ICs-93 ISSHUT,'WITH             . LO*     .
1:VSTALLED.  
            -,-T'-.
14  
I        _~
Att. I1
                                                    ---
Verifies ICs-93, Resin  
-i'tm-tVerifies I&-320,                           KCP Seal         Locates and verifies
Sluice Water to Dernins Isol,  
                                                                  valve is locked shut
is locked shut  
                          Water Return X-Conn to
_I
          I             1 WRS Feed Pump, is locked
(A-265-GZ42-E15-S2)  
                                                                            .-
-.  
              --I-
.-  
                    I CS-320 IS SHUT, WITH LOCh VG pEVI& INPLACE.                                         ,i.
ClJE: ICs-93 ISSHUT,'WITH  
                                                                  I .-
.  
                                                                    -_-                                                   _~I__
LO*  
                                                                  Contacts Control Room
.  
                          Tube Side Inlet Is01 Viv                and directs them to close
-,-T'-.  
                          Shut with MCB C.S. in                    ICs-570 and maintain
I_~  
                          SIIUI' and BTRS Function                switch in SHUT
-- -  
                          Selector Switch in OFF                  Contacts Control Room I
-i'tm-t
                                                                  and directs them to place 1i
Verifies I&-320, KCP Seal  
                                                                  DTRS Function Selector
Water Return X-Conn to  
                                                                  Switch
I  
                                                                  -_       in OFF
1 WRS Feed Pump, is locked  
                                                      -~
-I--  
            CUE: C O N T ~ O L    ROOMREPORTS T AT ICs-570 IS SHUT
I CS-320 IS SHUT, WITH LOCh  
            SN'ITCH I N CLOSE POSITION A S 5 A rRS FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH IS IN
Tube Side Inlet Is01 Viv
                                                                                                            Page 9 of I I
Shut with MCB C.S. in
                                                                                                Post Validation Revision
SIIUI' and BTRS Function
Selector Switch in OFF
-~
CUE: CONT~OL
ROOMREPORTS T
SN'ITCH IN CLOSE POSITION A S 5  A
SAT i
UNSAT
valve
Locates
is locked
and v e r i f i e s - - A r - a - -
shut
Locates and verifies
valve is locked shut
,i.
_~I__  
.-
VG pEVI& INPLACE.
Contacts Control Room  
and directs them to close  
ICs-570 and maintain  
switch in SHUT  
Contacts Control Room  
I  
and directs them to place i 1
DTRS Function Selector  
Switch in OFF
I.--_-
-_
AT ICs-570 IS SHUT  
rRS FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH IS IN  
Page 9 of I I  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                          3PM COM-IP(i)
3PM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                  HAMS
H A M S 
SEP
S E P 
JPM 1 STEP
STEP
                      ELEMENT
JPM 1  
            Verifies ICs-670, RMW to
ELEMENT  
            I.etdown Reheat IHx Locked
Verifies ICs-670, RMW to  
            Shut, is locked shut
I.etdown Reheat IHx Locked  
            (A-240-FW41Y-E7-S8)     __
Shut, is locked shut  
                                      - I
(A-240-FW4
            Verifies .1CS-644; Resin   Locates and verifies
_ _ 
            Sluice Pump to RTRS         valve is locked shut
1Y-E7-S8)  
            Demirrs. is locked shut
-  
                                        _ ~ _ . . _ _ _ _
Verifies .1CS-644; Resin  
                                        NG DEVICE INPLACE.~~
Sluice Pump to RTRS  
            ICs-98 BTRS BYPASS          Contacts Control Room
Demirrs. is locked shut  
            Open with MCR C.S. in      and directs them to open
ICs-98 BTRS BYPASS
            OPEN                        ICs-98 and maintain
Open with MCR C.S. in
                                        switch in OPEN
OPEN
                                        'AT I CS-98 IS OPEN WITH CONTROL
I
STOP TIME:
Locates and verifies
                                                                            Page 10 of I I
valve is locked shut  
                                                                  Post Validation Revision
NG DEVICE INPLACE.
_ ~ _ . . _ _ _ _
~~  
Contacts Control Room  
and directs them to open  
ICs-98 and maintain  
switch in OPEN  
'AT I CS-98 IS OPEN WITH CONTROL  
STOP TIME:  
Page 10 of I I  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                              JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SIIEET
APPLICANT CUE SIIEET  
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  The plant is making preparations to enter Mode 6 . GP-009 has directed that the Mode
The plant is making preparations to enter Mode 6. GP-009 has directed that the Mode  
  6 inadvertent dilution valve lineup and verification be performed.
6 inadvertent dilution valve lineup and verification be performed.  
INITIATING CUE@):
INITIATING CUE@):  
  You are directed to perform OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System, Section
You are directed to perform OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System, Section  
  8.18. Any required locks and chains have been given to you by the SCO. Contact the
8.18. Any required locks and chains have been given to you by the SCO. Contact the  
  Control Room for any valve operations required frnm the main control board.
Control Room for any valve operations required frnm the main control board.  
                                                                              Page 1 I of I 1
Page 1 I of I1
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                        JPM COM-IPO)
JPM COM-IPO)  
                                                HNWS
H N W S 
                REGION II
REGION II  
      INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
              JPM GOM-IPU)
JPM GOM-IPU)  
  Perform Local Actions for Placing an OTAT
Perform Local Actions for Placing an OTAT  
              Channel in Test
Channel in Test  
APPI_IGANT:
APPI_IGANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                            Pdge 1 of 9
Pdge 1 of 9  
                                      Rev Date 12/12/03
Rev Date 12/12/03  


                                                                        JPM COM-IPG)
JPM COM-IPG)  
                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                REGION I1
REGION I1  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
TASK:     Perform Local Actions for Placing an OTAT Channel in Test
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:       None
ALTERNATE PATH:  
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:       New
None  
KA: 012A4.04           IMPORTANCE:           SRO       3.3       RO       3.3
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
wi STATEMENT:         Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control
New  
                      room: Bistable, trips, reset and test switches
KA:  
TASK STANDARD:         Master Test switches and bistable test switches for all Loop I
012A4.04  
                      Tavg and OTAT trips and runbacks are in TEST position.
IMPORTANCE:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR       -      INPLANT        J
SRO  
PREFEKRED EVALUATION METHOD:                   PERFORM         -     SIMULATE     -J
3.3  
REFERENCES:     OWP-RP-01 , Reactor Protection
RO  
VALIDATIONTIME:       -15     MINUTES               TIME CRITICAL:         No
3.3  
APPLICANT:
wi STATEMENT:  
START TIME:                           FINISH TIME:
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                   MNUTES
room: Bistable, trips, reset and test switches  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                   UNSAT
TASK STANDARD:  
COMMENTS:
Master Test switches and bistable test switches for all Loop I  
EXAMINER:
Tavg and OTAT trips and runbacks are in TEST position.  
                                Signature                               Date
INPLANT
                                                                            Page 2 of 9
J
                                                                      Rev Date 12/12/03
Perform Local Actions for Placing an OTAT Channel in Test
-
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:  
SIMULATOR  
PREFEKRED EVALUATION METHOD:  
PERFORM - SIMULATE -  
J  
REFERENCES:  
OWP-RP-01 , Reactor Protection  
VALIDATIONTIME: -  
15  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FINISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MNUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
UNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of 9  
Rev Date 12/12/03  


                                                                                JPM COM-IPG)
JPM COM-IPG)  
                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
o   JPM to be perfomied in plant
o  
o OW-RP-01, Reactor Protection
JPM to be perfomied in plant  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
o  
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
OW-RP-01, Reactor Protection  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
READ TO OPERATOR  
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator. then take all actions as you
INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  nonnally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator. then take all actions as you  
  required for annunciators unrelated to your task.
nonnally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  comniunication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
required for annunciators unrelated to your task.  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may
comniunication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All  
  ask for clarification if needed.
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may  
  ifany, are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the
ask for clarification if needed.  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
ifany, are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  available. Report completion ofthe task asq~oouwould in rlrc plant
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may he some tasks you will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
available. Report completion ofthe task asq~oou would in rlrc plant  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may he some tasks you will  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                                  Page 3 of 9
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
                                                                            Rev Date 1?!12i03
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 9  
Rev Date 1?!12i03  


                                                                          JPM CQM-IFG)
JPM CQM-IFG)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
  INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
    The plant was operating at 100% power when Loop 1 hot leg temperature input to
The plant was operating at 100% power when Loop 1 hot leg temperature input to  
    Tavg and OTAT failed low.
Tavg and OTAT failed low.  
  MITIATING CUE@):
MITIATING CUE@):  
    Perform the local actions per OWP-RP-01 for troubleshooting and tripping bistables
Perform the local actions per OWP-RP-01 for troubleshooting and tripping bistables  
    for Loop 1 Tavg and OI'AT to meet Technical Specifications. Inform thc Control
for Loop 1 Tavg and OI'AT to meet Technical Specifications. Inform thc Control  
Room when all switches have been positioned to allow the Control Room to complete
Room when all switches have been positioned to allow the Control Room to complete  
    the actions required in the Control Room.
the actions required in the Control Room.  
                                                                              pdge 4 O f 9
.
                                                                        Rev Date 12112103
pdge 4 O f 9  
Rev Date 12112103  


                                                                                  IPM COM-IP(j)
IPM COM-IP(j)  
                                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
START mm:
START mm:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
      PROC
4
                -           ELEMENT                      STAND.4RD          NOTES
-  
      &sect;rEP
PROC
    7
&sect;rEP  
      NA           Obtain copy of OWP-KP           Obtains copy of OWP-
7  
                                                    RP-1 and refers to
NA  
                                                    section for Channei I
NA
                  ~~~
_.__
                                                    TavgIAT              ..
Control
      NA          PRECAUTION: To prevent         -Reviews pi&aution
Board
                  a Reactor Trip, prior to
.-
                  removing a channel from
CtJE: C
                    service, verify the
-
                  corresponding Trip Status
ELEMENT
                  lights for the other channels
Obtain copy of OWP-KP  
    _.__        - are de-energized.
~~~  
                                  .--             . -
PRECAUTION: To prevent  
      Control      On Main Control Board            Requests ~ o n t i Room
a Reactor Trip, prior to  
                                                                      o~
removing a channel from  
      Board        Rod Bank Selector to MAN        place Rod Bank Selectoi
service, verify the  
                                                  -to MAN             . -
corresponding Trip Status  
            .-
lights for the other channels  
      CtJE: C                                      ROD BANK SELECTOR IS IN
are de-energized.  
                -                   -..     ._
On Main Control Board
  4  Note        m    1 2 : Master Tsst switches Reviews note
Rod Bank Selector to MAN
      hefore    may be positioned to TEST
-
    PIC 1        for troubieshooting. They
. --  
    on Card    are not required to be in
STAND.4RD
    C1-861      TEST to meet Tech Specs.
Obtains copy of OWP-  
                Operating these switches
RP-1 and refers to
                before operating the
section for Channei I
                bistable switches aids in
TavgIAT
                troubleshooting by
-Reviews pi&aution
                maintaining system
..
                conditions the same as they
. - 
                were when the trouble
Requests ~ o n t i o ~
-              1 occurred.                       !
Room
                                                                a
place Rod Bank Selectoi  
                                                                                    Page 5 of 9
to MAN  
                                                                              Rev Date 12i12i03
. -
--  
ROD BANK SELECTOR IS IN  
Note
hefore
PIC 1
on Card
C1-861
-. .  
._  
- m12:  
Master Tsst switches  
may be positioned to TEST  
for troubieshooting. They  
are not required to be in  
TEST to meet Tech Specs.  
Operating these switches  
before operating the  
bistable switches aids in  
troubleshooting by  
maintaining system  
conditions the same as they  
were when the trouble  
NOTES
Reviews note
!
a
1 occurred.  
Page 5 of 9  
Rev Date 12i12i03  


                                                                                                IPM COM-IPQ)
IPM COM-IPQ)  
                                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
  __g_
*6
    PROC                     ELEMENT                              STANDARD
__g_  
    STEP
PROC  
  __=       __
STEP  
              N(-YI'E:
__=  
                        . ...-.
Note
                      .,
before
                    - Consiirrcn!
PIC 1
                                          .....
on Card
  Note
C1-861
  before    vebfication is preferred
cm: fi
  PIC 1      while tripping bistables per
ELEMENT
  on Card    PLP-702.
__ ,. . . . -.  
  C1-861
. . . . .  
                                                ..~
.  
  cm:fi      R THIS JPM ONL 1'- ASS
N(-YI'E:
    VERIFICATION IS BEIhG FERFORMED AXD THA T VERIFIER AGREES
- Consiirrcn!
  WITH . :L ACTIONS TAKEN.--
vebfication is preferred  
  ___-       ______^              - -- -                                       ~    - .-
while tripping bistables per  
*6 PIC 1     In PIC I on Card Cl-861:                       Locates Card C1-861    CRITICAL TO
PLP-702.  
  on        SWI (TS/412F) Master                           and places SW1 in      MAINTAIN
. .~  
  Card      Test                                           TEST position          cmwr
R THIS JPM ONL 1'- ASS  
  c1-861    Switch     for   TS/412D         in                                 CONDITIONS FOR
STANDARD
            .TEST
VERIFICA TION IS BEIhG FERFORMED AXD THA T VERIFIER AGREES  
              I_ .-               ~                _-                            _  _-
WITH .  
                                                                                    TROUB1,ESIIOOT.
PIC 1
  _ _ _ - -.                                             ..
on
  CUE:
Card
  __      1
c1-861
            VI
___-  
            -
_ _ 
                  IS IN     TEST       PO.SITlO.9         .
CUE: 1
  --                          ~ . _ . . _ _ _               -
PIC 1
  PIC 1      In PIC 1 on Card C1-861:                       Locates Card C1-861
Card
  ou        SW-2 (TS/4B2@)Master                           and places SW2 in
C1-861
  Card      Test                                           TEST position
__
  C1-861    Switch for TS/412B1 in                                               CONDITIONS FOR
--  
  __        TEST                                       __  __
ou
  _--      ..- ._ .   -.           ..-.         ... .-
_ _ 
  _-
_--  
  CL'E:  L 12
CL'E: L
              ' I S IN TEST POSlTlOA             ~
PIC 1
                                          .                 -    ~-
Card
  PIC 1      In PIC 1 on Card CI-8631. Locates Card C1-863
<:I-863
              SW4 (TS/412R) Master                           and plaees S W 4 in
_-  
  Card       Test                                          TEST position         CURRENT
CUE: !
  <:I-863   Switch for TSN12B2 in                                                 CONDITIONS FOR
PIC 1  
            TEST                                                                  TROUBCESIiOOT. _.
on
                                                                                                    _.
Card
                                ~-               .~
CUE: ,!
  CUE: ! v4 IS IN TEST POSITIOA.
__?
  PIC 1                                                                            CIUTICAL T o
:L ACTIONS TAKEN.
  on        S W 5 (TS/412S) Master
In PIC I on Card Cl-861:  
  Card      Test
SWI (TS/412F) Master  
            Switch for 'ISi412B3 in                                               CONDITIONS FOR
Test  
  CUE: ,! 7 G F I N TEST POSITION
Switch for TS/412D in  
                          ~                                              ~-     _.   .....- -.
TEST  
  __?
--
                                                                                                    Page 6 of 9
_ _ _ _ _ _ ^  
                                                                                            Rev Date 12/12/03
- -
-
_-  
. I_.-
~
_ -
-.  
..  
VI  
- IS IN TEST PO.SITlO.9 .  
~ . _ . . _ _ _
In PIC 1 on Card C1-861:  
SW-2 (TS/4B2@) Master  
Test  
Switch for TS/412B1 in  
TEST  
__  
. .- ._ . -  
. . . -.  
. . . .-  
1'2 IS IN TEST POSlTlOA  
~  
.  
In PIC 1 on Card CI-8631.  
SW4 (TS/412R) Master  
Test
Switch for TSN12B2 in
TEST
-
Locates Card C1-861
and places SW1 in  
TEST position
~
- .-
CRITICAL TO
MAINTAIN
CONDITIONS FOR
__
TROUB1,ESIIOOT.
-
c m w r 
-
Locates Card C1-861
and places SW2 in
TEST position  
CONDITIONS FOR
__
- ~-
Locates Card C1-863  
and plaees SW4 in  
TEST position
CONDITIONS FOR  
TROUBCESIiOOT.  
CURRENT
_. _.  
~-  
.~  
v4 IS IN TEST POSITIOA.  
CIUTICAL T o
S W 5 (TS/412S) Master  
Test  
Switch for 'ISi412B3 in  
CONDITIONS FOR  
7GFIN
~ TEST POSITION  
~-  
_.  
.. . . .- -.  
Page 6 of 9  
Rev Date 12/12/03  


                                                                                                                                                          JPM COM-IP(i)
JPM COM-IP(i)  
                                                                                                                                                                      HARRIS
HARRIS  
      -                                                 I
-  
        JPM       PROC                        ELEMENT                                  STANDARD                                                  NOTES
-
        STEP        STEP
JPM  
                                                                                                                              ~
STEP  
                  PIC 1       In PIC 1 on Card c1-821:                         Locates Card C1-821                              I   CRITICAL TO
........
                  on           BS1 (TB/412D1 Low Tavg)                         and places BSI in                                   TRIP BISTABLE
*I1
                  Card        in TEST                                          TEST position                                       T O MEET TECH
.-
                  C1-821  .                                                                                  -~..........          SPECS.
-
                --_._I.
*14
                  CUE: B I IS Ih'     .... TEST POSITION-
.....
........                        I
~  
          *I1      PIC P
"15
                  on          RS2 (TBI4B2D2 High                               and places BSZ in
PROC
                  Card        Tavg) in TEST                                   TEST position
STEP
                  C1-821_.                                                                    .................
PIC 1  
                                                              .....                                                                                           .
on
                  CUE.' R 2-.IS I N TEST POSITION. __                                               ....               l .   .       .     .   ~
Card
                                                                                          ___                                     ._..__._I_~ .
C1-821 .
                  PIC 1        in-PIC 1 on Card
--_._I.
                  on          BS3 (TB/412E                                                                                         TRIP BISTABLE
CUE: B
                  Card        Tavg) in TEST                                                                                       T O MEET TECH
PIC P
                  c1-821                                              ......     .....                                             ....                       ........
on
                                                .............                                                                         ..
Card
                  CUE: B, -    3 IS Ih' TEST....POSrIWN.       .... ....
C1-821 _.
                                                                                                            ..........
CUE.' R
                  PIC E
PIC 1  
                on                                                                                                                TRIP BISTABLE
on  
                Card
Card  
                Cl-822                                                                                                                                                    .
c1-821  
                                                              I                                                                           :                                - ~. :
CUE: B,
        .-      __ ... B8 !Is%-?bTTPOSITION.
PIC E
                CUE:
on
      -        ~        ...
Card  
        *14    PIC 1
Cl-822
                                                                                                                                    TRIP BISTABLE
CUE: B8
      ~
PIC 1
          ..... C1-822
__ .....
                kd    1
~
                CUE: B. PIJ'INTEST P0SITIQ.W.
...
                        .1
C1-822
                        ..
CUE: B.
                                    ..................              a
.. .1
                                                                                ....
kd 1
                                                                                          .........
I  
                                                                                                    .......
ELEMENT
                                                                                                                                    TO MEET TECH
In PIC 1 on Card c1-821:
                                                                                                                                          ........
BS1 (TB/412D1 Low Tavg)  
                                                                                                                                                ....~      .........
in TEST
        "15                  In PIC 1 on Card C1-822: i Locates Card C1-822
STANDARD
                Dn         i BS3 (TB/41ZCI OTAT) in                           and places RS3 in                                 TRIP BISTABLE
NOTES
                Card       I TEST                                           I m s r position                                     T O MEET TECH
~
                                                                      --.I                                                         .....
Locates Card C1-821
                CUE: BS3 IS IN TESTPOSITIOW.                                              ......
I CRITICAL TO
                                                                                                                                                            Page 7 of 9
TRIP BISTABLE
                                                                                                                                                      Rev Date 12112103
TO MEET TECH
SPECS.
and places BSI in  
TEST position  
-~  
..........  
I IS Ih'  
.... TEST POSITION-  
RS2 (TBI4B2D2 High  
Tavg) in TEST  
TEST position  
and places BSZ in
I
.................  
.....  
.  
__  
....  
l
.
.
.
.
~
2 IS IN TEST POSITION.
___  
._..__._I_~ ..........  
in-PIC 1 on Card  
BS3 (TB/412E  
Tavg) in TEST  
TRIP BISTABLE
TO MEET TECH  
-.  
......  
.....  
....
........  
.............  
..  
3 IS Ih' TEST ........  
POSrIWN.  
....  
-
..........  
TRIP BISTABLE  
I:
!Is%-?bTT POSITION.  
TRIP BISTABLE  
TO MEET TECH
....  
........  
.........  
....  
~
.........  
PIJ'INTEST P0SITIQ.W.  
.................. a
.......  
In PIC 1 on Card C1-822:  
i Locates Card C1-822  
TRIP BISTABLE
TO MEET TECH
Dn  
i BS3 (TB/41ZCI OTAT) in  
and places RS3 in  
Card  
I TEST  
I m s r position  
.
- ~.
--.I  
.....
......  
CUE: BS3 IS IN TESTPOSITIOW.  
Page 7 of 9  
Rev Date 12112103  


                                                                      JPM COM-IRj)
JPM COM-IRj)  
                                                                              HARRIS
HARRIS  
                    ELEMENT                   STANDARD
ELEMENT  
                                        I
STANDARD  
          In PIC
I  
          -~~~ ~ ~ 1 on Card CI-822:   1 Locates Card C1-822
In PIC 1 on Card CI-822:  
          BS4 (TR/412CZ OTAI C-3) aiid places BS4 in
1 Locates Card C1-822  
                                                                                i
-~~
          in TEST                        TEST position       TO MEET TECH
~
                                                              SPECS.            _. ~~
~
          Inform Control Room that
~
          local actions are complete
BS4 (TR/412CZ OTAI C-3)  
          and that remaining Control
in TEST
          Room actions are to be
aiid places BS4 in  
          performed
TEST position  
            -                       -.
Inform Control Room that  
                                                                                  I    I
local actions are complete  
                      ~I
and that remaining Control  
          PNTROL ROOM ACKNOP
Room actions are to be  
STOP TIME:
performed  
                                                                          Page 8 of 9
-  
                                                                    Rev Date 12i12103
-.  
~I  
PNTROL ROOM ACKNOP  
_.
~~ i
TO MEET TECH
SPECS.
I
I
STOP TIME:  
Page 8 of 9  
Rev Date 12i12103  


                                                                          JPM COM-IPQ)
JPM COM-IPQ)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                          APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  The plant was operating at 100% power when Loop 1 hot leg temperature input to
The plant was operating at 100% power when Loop 1 hot leg temperature input to  
  Tavg and OTAT failed low.
Tavg and OTAT failed low.  
INITIATING CUE@):
INITIATING CUE@):  
  Perform the local actions per OW?-RP-OI for troubleshooting and tripping bistables
Perform the local actions per OW?-RP-OI for troubleshooting and tripping bistables  
  for Loop 1 Tavg and 0TAT to meet Technical Specifications. Inform the Control
for Loop 1 Tavg and 0TAT to meet Technical Specifications. Inform the Control  
  Room when all switches have been positioned to allow the Control Room to complete
Room when all switches have been positioned to allow the Control Room to complete  
  the actions required in the Control Room.
the actions required in the Control Room.  
                                                                            ?age 9 of 9
?age 9 of 9  
                                                                      Rev Date 12/12i03
Rev Date 12/12i03  


                                          IFM COM-IP(k)
IFM COM-IP(k)  
                                                  HARRIS
HARRIS  
                  REGION II
REGION II  
    INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
      JOE3 PEWBRMANCE MEASURE
JOE3 PEWBRMANCE MEASURE  
                JPM COM-IP(k)
JPM COM-IP(k)  
          Locally Operate a SG PORV
Locally Operate a SG PORV  
APPLICANT:
APPLICANT:  
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:  
                                              Page I of 9
Page I of 9  
                                  Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                        JPM COM-IP(k)
JPM COM-IP(k)  
                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                  REGION I1
REGION I1  
                INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION
INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION  
                  JOB PERFORMANCE M E A S W
JOB PERFORMANCE M E A S W
TASK:     Locally Operate a SG PORV
TASK:  
ALTERNATE PATH:          None
ALTERNATE PATH:
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:         IP-029
None
KA:   000074EA1.04       IMPORTANCE:           SRO       4.1         R8        3.9
Locally Operate a SG PORV  
KA STATEMENT           Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to
FACILITY JPM NUMBER:  
                        Inadequate Core Cooling: Turbine bypass or atmospheric
IP-029  
                        dump valves, to obtain and maintain the desired pressure
KA:  
TASK STANDARD:          "A" SG PORV has been manually opened and closed.
000074EA1.04  
PREFERRED EVALUATION 1,OCATION:               SIMULATOR       -      INPLANT        -  J
IMPORTANCE:  
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:                   PERFORM         -     SIMULATE -         *
SRO  
REFERENCES:      EOP-EPP-012, Loss of Emergency Cooiant Recirculation
4.1  
                  OP-126, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems
R 8 
VALIDATION TIME:      -20     MINUTES             TIME CRITICAL:             No
3.9  
APPLICANT:
KA STATEMENT  
START TIME:                           FIfr;ISH TIME:
Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to  
PERFORMANCE TIME:                     MINUTES
Inadequate Core Cooling: Turbine bypass or atmospheric  
PERFORMANCE RATING:           SAT                 IJNSAT
dump valves, to obtain and maintain the desired pressure  
COMMENTS:
"A" SG PORV has been manually opened and closed.  
EXAMINER:
TASK STANDARD:
                                  Signature                               Date
PREFERRED EVALUATION 1,OCATION:  
                                                                              Page 2 o f 9
SIMULATOR  
                                                                Post Validation Revision
PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:  
PERFORM  
REFERENCES:
INPLANT
J
SIMULATE *
-  
-
-
-  
EOP-EPP-012, Loss of Emergency Cooiant Recirculation  
OP-126, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems  
20  
MINUTES  
TIME CRITICAL:  
No  
-
VALIDATION TIME:
APPLICANT:  
START TIME:  
FIfr;ISH TIME:  
PERFORMANCE TIME:  
MINUTES  
PERFORMANCE RATING:  
SAT  
IJNSAT  
COMMENTS:  
EXAMINER:  
Signature  
Date  
Page 2 of9
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                JPM COM-IP(k)
JPM COM-IP(k)  
                                                                                        KAKKIS
KAKKIS  
TOOLS 1 EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:
TOOLS 1 EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:  
* Performed in the plant
* Performed in the plant  
* Pliers
* Pliers  
0   FHashlight
0  
e   Plant communications equipment
FHashlight  
      OP-l2G, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems
e  
                                READ TO OPERATOR
Plant communications equipment  
INSTRtJCTIONS TO APPLICANT:
OP-l2G, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems  
  If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the
READ TO OPERATOR  
  performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you
INSTRtJCTIONS TO APPLICANT:  
  normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and
If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the  
  determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is
performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you  
  required for annunciators nnrelated to your task.
normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and  
  You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper
determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is  
  cornniunication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All
required for annunciators nnrelated to your task.  
  actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.
You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper  
  Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cue5 will he described and you may
cornniunication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All  
  ask for clarification if needed.
actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.  
  You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,
Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cue5 will he described and you may  
  ifanJs are to heperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the
ask for clarification if needed.  
  indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will
You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,  
  then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise
ifanJs are to heperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the  
  available. Report completion of the task as you would in theplant.
indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will  
  During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will
then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise  
  be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed
available. Report completion of the task as you would in theplant.  
  by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make
During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will  
  decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.
be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed  
                                                                                    Page 3 of 9
by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make  
                                                                        Post Validation Revision
decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.  
Page 3 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                            JPM COM-IP(k)
JPM COM-IP(k)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  Following a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, a transition has been made to EQP-
Following a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, a transition has been made to EQP-  
  EPP-012, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation. The crew is attempting to
EPP-012, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation. The crew is attempting to  
  perform a cooldown using the SG PORVs, but are unable to operate them from the
perform a cooldown using the SG PORVs, but are unable to operate them from the  
  Main Control Room.
Main Control Room.  
INITIATING CUE(S):
INITIATING CUE(S):  
  You have been directed to perfom local manual operation of SG A PORV per OP-
You have been directed to perfom local manual operation of SG A PORV per OP-  
  12G, Main Steam. Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems, Section 8.2.
12G, Main Steam. Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems, Section 8.2.  
  An Auxiliary Operator has reported that the feeder breaker for SG PORV A Servo
An Auxiliary Operator has reported that the feeder breaker for SG PORV A Servo  
  Valve Solenoid has already been opened.
Valve Solenoid has already been opened.  
                                                                                Page 4 of 9
Page 4 of 9  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                            JPM COh&lP(k)
JPM COh&lP(k)  
                                                                                                    IIARaIS
IIARaIS  
START TIME:
START TIME:  
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
* DENOTES CRITICAL STEP  
      PROC                                             STANDARD
I
        srw
-
      8.2.1.1.1 t Local PORV operation has     Z t i d condition provide
4
                                                                            .+%?P.L-.-
-_
                I-
5
                    been deemed necessary by     information
PROC  
                    the Unit SCO, or has been
srw  
                    directed by another
8.2.1.1.1 t  
      --___ rocedure.
Local PORV operation has  
      8.2.1. I .2 An Auxiiiaiy Opentor is         Initiating Cue indicates
been deemed necessary by  
                    available to men hreakers as lhat A 0 has already
the Unit SCO, or has been  
                1 required by Siep 8.2.1.2.2. -
directed by another  
                                              __
8.2.1. I .2 An Auxiiiaiy Opentor is  
      CUE: AN OPERA TOR HAS BEBY )ISPATCHED TO OPERATE THE
I-
                                                                                                      .
available to men hreakers as  
                                                                                                      .
rocedure.
      B L 'A __FD BREAKERS.
--___
-                                                       ~.
-
  4  Caution     CAUTIOE Adverse                Reviews caution
1  
      before       conditions in the steam
required by Siep 8.2.1.2.2. __  
      8.2.1.2.I   tunnel may cause more rapid
CUE: AN OPERA TOR HAS BEBY  
                  operator fatigue and should
B L ' A -  
                  be evaluated for extended
Caution  
-_5  3.2.12 . 1
before  
                  ogerions
8.2.1.2. I  
                  Obtain thc following           Obrain equipment
3.2.1 2 . 1 
                  equipment:                                                 iooolbox are veri$ed
FD __
                  a. Pliers (to remove the                                   on weekly A 0
BREAKERS.
                        cover on the side of the                               rounds. hTOT
CAUTIOE Adverse
                        PORV)                                                 required to open
conditions in the steam
                  b. Flashlight                                               toolbox and uctualiy
tunnel may cause more rapid  
                  c. High Noise Area Sound                                   obtain loois as cover
operator fatigue and should  
                      Powered Phone Head Set                                for uccess i.7 eusilv
be evaluated for extended  
                  :I. Sound Powered Phone                                    removed by hand.
ogerions  
                      Extension Cord
Obtain thc following  
                                                                                                Page 5 of9
equipment:  
                                                                                  Post Validation Revision
a. Pliers (to remove the  
cover on the side of the  
PORV)  
b. Flashlight  
c. High Noise Area Sound  
:I.
Sound Powered Phone
Powered Phone Head Set
Extension Cord
STANDARD
.+%?P.L-.-
Z t i d  condition provide
information
Initiating Cue indicates
lhat A 0  has already
..
)ISPATCHED TO OPERATE THE
~.
Reviews caution
Obrain equipment
iooolbox are veri$ed
on weekly A 0 
rounds. hTOT
required to open
toolbox and uctualiy
obtain loois as cover  
for uccess i.7 eusilv  
removed by hand.  
Page 5 of9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                                        JPM COM-IP(k)
JPM COM-IP(k)  
                                                                                                HARRIS
HARRIS  
                                                STANDNU,                          NOTES                SAT I
CtJE:
                                                                                                      UNSAT
-  
          -                               I
Open the Servo.%ve  
                                          Contacts Control Room
Soienoids feeder breaker(s)  
          Open the Servo.%ve
for the POKV(s) which will  
          Soienoids feeder breaker(s)     to have power removed
be operated, as listed below:  
          for the POKV(s) which will     from "A" SG PORV by
A SI<; PORV (IMS-58)  
          be operated, as listed below:   opening Ckt 3 on PP-
B SIG PORV (1MS-60)
              A SI<; PORV (IMS-58)       lA312-SA.
6: SIG PORV (IMS-62)
              PP-IA3 12-SA-3
PP-IA3 12-SA-3  
              B SIG PORV (1MS-60)
FP-IN3 12-SB-3  
                FP-IN3 12-SB-3
IDP-IA-SKI-16  
              6: SIG PORV (IMS-62)
-  
              IDP-IA-SKI-16             -
-IA312-SA, CIRCtJIT 3, t  
          -IA312-SA, CIRCtJIT .~    3, t
.~
                                                                                                      --
Remove the cover from the  
                                                                        1
side of the POHV(s) that i s
          Remove the cover from the
(are) to be operated, to  
          side of the POHV(s) that i s   [1MS-58) and removes              REMOVE COVER
permit operator axes5 to  
          (are) to be operated, to       :he side cover plate.            TO ALLOW
the Solenoid Manual  
                                                                            ACCESS TO
Overrides.  
          permit operator axes5 to
ZGOI/ER PLATE HAS I
          the Solenoid Manual
STANDNU,
          Overrides.
I  
                                                                        !j
Contacts Control Room
                                                                          I
to have power removed
                                                                            OVERRIDES.
from "A" SG PORV by
                                                                            NOTE: Prompt
opening Ckt 3 on PP-
                                                                          ! upplicuirt, as
lA312-SA.
                                                                          1j
NOTES
                                                                          ' necessav, to
[1MS-58) and removes
                                                                            actual& remove
REMOVE COVER
                                                                            cover IO allow visual
:he side cover plate.
                                                              --+z'ys.
1 TO ALLOW
                                            -                         -
ACCESS TO
                                                                      .I-                     ._
OVERRIDES.  
CtJE:      ZGOI/ER PLATE HAS I :EN REMOVED (PROMPT TO
j NOTE: Prompt  
4 CTtJALLY REM0 VE
! upplicuirt, as  
        r-         -   -~                                                                        ._
' necessav, to  
Zaution i CAUHON:                         Keviews caution
1 actual& remove  
>&re       There is no local
j cover IO allow visual  
        I
! I
        ~
--+z'ys.  
3.2.1.2.4 instrumentation at the
-  
        ~ PORVs to monitor system
-
          parameters. Therefore,
.I-  
          direct comniunications must
._  
          be maintained with the
:EN REMOVED (PROMPT TO  
          Control Room during PORV
4 CTtJALL Y REM0 VE  
                                                                                              Page 6 of 9
._
                                                                                Post Validation Revision
r--~
-  
Zaution  
i CAUHON:  
Keviews caution  
>&re  
3.2.1.2.4 I instrumentation at the  
~ There is no local
~ PORVs to monitor system  
parameters. Therefore,  
direct comniunications must  
be maintained with the  
Control Room during PORV  
SAT I
UNSAT
--
Page 6 of 9  
Post Validation Revision  


                                                                  3PM COM-IP(k)
3PM COM-IP(k)  
                                                                        HARRIS
HARRIS  
-
JPM
STEP
9 -
__-
I
-
CUE: CQhIMUNICA TIOXS IIAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. THE CONTROL
BOO.
Note
befort
8.2.1.:
- . ._
-
-
Note
xfore
3.2.1.:
-
Soutic
7efore
3 2 . 1 . ; 
rRECTS YQlJ TO
I FULLE
~ a g 
A fuiiy pressurized
accumulator will provide at
least one hull stroke of the
PORV. If the accumulator is
not pressurized, then the
Nand Pump will have to be
used to cycle the PORV per
Section 8.2.2 of this
Ecedure.
h m : 
Step 8.2.1.2.5 will
fully open the PORV and
Step 8.2.1.2.6 will
completely shut it. If a
throttled position of the
PORV is desired, then skp
to step 8.2.1.2.7.
excessive torque to Soiencid
Manual Ovemdes, as serious
damage could occur to the
Solenoid Valve internals.
Servo Valve Solenoids
A(Top) and A(Bottom) must
be deenergized prior to
3perating the manual
sverrides.
CAIJTION: DO not apply
-
IPEN 'A ' SG PORK
Reviews note
Reviews note
Keviews caution
Page 7 Of !?
Post Validation Revision
 
JPM COM-IP(k)
IIAKRIS
/ THE CWDIRECTlOX THE SC PORVIS FtJLLY OPEN TIIE CONTROL
_i-
ROOM,
*I4
8.2.1.2.6
1 CUE: R
___.
To fully shut the PORV,
place solenoids A (Top)
and R (Bottom) manual
overrides back to their
original position by
rotating them
approximately 3/4 turn in
the counterclockwise
EFF) direction.
solenoids 314 turn in
the counterclockwise
direction, back to
original position.
-.I-
B SOLEAOIDS HA VE BEEN ROl
-
CHITICAL TO
CAUSE SG PORV
TO F m L Y  OPEN.
I
TED % TURX IN
THESGPORVIS FCJLLY CLO
I
-
-
JPM
-
-
STEP
.
9
.
                                    __-                  I      -
   
    CUE: CQhIMUNICA TIOXS IIAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. THE CONTROL
STOP TIME:  
    BOO.
Page 8 of 9  
    -.._    rRECTS YQlJ TO FULLE IPEN 'A 'SG PORK
Post Validation Revision  
                                  I
    -
    Note    ~ a Ag      fuiiy pressurized Reviews note
    befort  accumulator will provide at
    8.2.1.: least one hul stroke of the
            PORV. If the accumulator is
            not pressurized, then the
            Nand Pump will have to be
            used to cycle the PORV per
            Section 8.2.2 of this
    -      Ecedure.
    Note    h m : Step 8.2.1.2.5 will      Reviews note
    xfore  fully open the PORV and
    3.2.1.: Step 8.2.1.2.6 will
            completely shut it. If a
            throttled position of the
            PORV is desired, then s k p
    -      to step 8.2.1.2.7.
    Soutic  CAIJTION: DO not apply Keviews caution
    7efore  excessive torque to Soiencid
    32.1.;  Manual Ovemdes, as serious
            damage could occur to the
            Solenoid Valve internals.
            Servo Valve Solenoids
            A(Top) and A(Bottom) must
            be deenergized prior to
            3perating the manual
            -
            sverrides.
                                                                      Page 7 Of ?!
                                                        Post Validation Revision
 
                                                                              JPM COM-IP(k)
                                                                                      IIAKRIS
_i-  / THE CWDIRECTlOX
        ROOM,
                  ___.
                                    THE SC PORVIS FtJLLY OPEN TIIE CONTROL
                                                                    CHITICAL TO
                                                                                    -
*I4    8.2.1.2.6 To fully shut the PORV,
                  place solenoids A (Top)    solenoids 314 turn in CAUSE SG PORV
                  and R (Bottom) manual      the counterclockwise TO F m L Y OPEN.
                  overrides back to their    direction, back to
                  original position by        original position.
                  rotating them
                  approximately 3/4 turn in
                  the counterclockwise
                  E F F ) direction.                                I
    1  CUE: R
                                        -      .        I        -
                                  B SOLEAOIDS HA VE BEEN ROl TED % TURX IN
                                    THESGPORVIS ..--I
                                                      FCJLLY CLO
STOP TIME:
                                                                                  Page 8 of 9
                                                                      Post Validation Revision


                                                                            JPM COh.I-IP(k)
JPM COh.I-IP(k)  
                                                                                    HARRIS
HARRIS  
                        APPLICANT CUE SHEET
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  
(TQ BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
(TQ BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  Following a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, a transition has been made to EOP-
Following a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, a transition has been made to EOP-  
  EPP-Oi2, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation. The crew is attempting to
EPP-Oi2, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation. The crew is attempting to  
  perform a cooldown using the SG PQRVs, but are unable to operate them from the
perform a cooldown using the SG PQRVs, but are unable to operate them from the  
  Main Control Room.
Main Control Room.  
INITIATING CUE@):
INITIATING CUE@):  
  You have been directed to perform local manual operation of SG APORV per OP-
You have been directed to perform local manual operation of SG A PORV per OP-  
    126, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems, Section 8.2.
126, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems, Section 8.2.  
  An Auxiliary Operator has reported that the feeder breaker for SG PQRV A Servo
An Auxiliary Operator has reported that the feeder breaker for SG PQRV A Servo  
  Valve Solenoid has already been opened.
Valve Solenoid has already been opened.  
                                                                                Page 9 of Y
Page 9 of Y  
                                                                    Post Validation Revision
Post Validation Revision
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 03:23, 16 January 2025

Feb-March 2004 Exam 50-400/2004-301DRAFT JPMs & Outlines
ML041170064
Person / Time
Site: Harris Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 10/30/2003
From: Ernstes M
Operator Licensing and Human Performance Branch
To: Scarola J
Carolina Power & Light Co
References
50-400/04-301, ES-301-1, ES-301-2 50-400/04-301
Download: ML041170064 (164)


See also: IR 05000400/2004301

Text

HARRIS EXAM

50 -4OOl2OO4-30 1

FEBRUARY 23 - 27,2004

& MARCH 4,2004 (WRITTEN)

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

FORM ES-304-1

a

Facility:

HARRIS

Date of Examination:

Examination Level:

RO

Operating Test Number:

/

Administrative Topic

(see Note)

Conduct of Operations

Conduct of Operations

Equipment Control

Radiation Control

Emergency Plan

OTE: All items (5 total) are required

Describe Activity to be Performed

(KA t - RO Imp / SRO Imp)

Determine Reactor Vessel Head venting time per EOP-EPP-FRF

1.3

(2.1.25 2.8 I

NA)

Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration per EOP-EPP-00:

(2.1.20 - 4.3 I4.2)

Determine clearance requirements for a CSIP per QPS-NGGC-

1302

(2.2.13

- 3.6 13.8)

Determine entry conditions for a High Radiation Area per AP-504

2.3.10

- 2.9 I 3 . 3 )

\\10T APPLICABLE FOR RO

SROs. WO applicants require only 4 items unless they are

!taking only theadministrative topics, when 5 are required.

,taking only theadministrative topics, when 5 are required.

NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9

Development Rev. Bate 12/08/2003

NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9

Development Rev. Bate 12/08/2003

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

FORM ES-301-1

e

Facility:

HARRlS

Date of Examination:

Examination Level:

S R 6

Operating Test Number:

I

tivity to be Performed

Perform a manual Shutdown Margin Calculation per OST-1036

Conduct of Operations

Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration per EOP-EQP-Qc?:

Conduct of Operations

Equipment Control

Determine clearance requirements for a 6s IF' per OQS-NGGC-

1 2301

(2.2.13

- 3.6 I3.8)

Determine entry conditions for a High Radiation Area per AQ-504

(2.3.10 - 2.9 I3.3)

Determine Protective Action Recommendations per PEP-1 10

Emergency Plan

(2.4.44 - NA I4.0)

OTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are

,taking only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.

NUREG-1 021, BraR Revision 9

Development Rev. Date 12/08/2003

ADMIN SRO-LA

HARRIS

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUM

ABMIN SRO-GA

Perform a Manual Shutdown Margin Calculation

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of8

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-IA

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK

ALTERKATE PATH:

None

Perform a Manual Shutdown Margin Calculation

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

CR-016 (M)

KA:

2.1.25

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

3.1

RO

NA

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials

such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain

performance data

OST-1036, Attachment 3, Manual SDM Calculation (Modes

1 and 2), completed with SDM of 3818 2 75 pcm

TASK STANDARD:

__I

X PLANT

-

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIRIULATOR

-

PFRFORM

SIMULATE

PREFERRED EVALIJATION METHOD:

-

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

OST-1046, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5

Curve Book -

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE 'TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

m S A T

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 8

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-1.4

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

  • JPM can be perfonncd in any location where the identified references are available

e

e

Curve Book (Cycle 12)

OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5

NOTE: COMPLETED COPY OF ATTACHMENT 3 INCLUDED AT

END OF JPM TO BE USED AS EXAMINER KEY.

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

detcmiine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further a d o n is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-kecping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate Rctions.

ifun-y, ure to beperformwdfrom metnoiy. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the perfonnance of the IPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report cotnpletion of the task us you would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 6

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-IA

HARRIS

WITIAL CONDITIONS:

e

e

e

e

e

POWEKTRAX is NOT available.

The plant has been operating at 75% power for 6 weeks.

Core bumup is 350 EFPD.

RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm.

NO rods are believed to be immovable I untrippable.

INITIATING CUE@):

Complete OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5, Section 7.3, "Manual

SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)" for current plant conditions.

Page 4 of 8

Past Validation Revision

ADMlN SRO-IA

HARRIS

WART TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

-

PKOC

SIEP

_ _

Att. 3,

Step 1

Att. 3,

Step 2

-.

-. ___

Att. 3,

Step 3

Att. 3,

Step 4

EI.EMENT

-

Locate OST-1036, Section

7.3, Attnchment 3: and

Curve Book

Enters 1leac.tor Power Levei

Determine Hod Insertion

Limit for power level

_

_

_

~ --

-

Enters core Burn Up

-

Enters RCS Boron

Concentration

NOTE: ATT 3, STEP 5 NOT PER1

AS PA8

Att. 3,

Step 6

-

' OF ATTACHMENT.

Determines Power Defect

for current power level

.___-.-

_E=

Locates OST-1036,

Section 7.3, Attachment

Refers to given

conditions and enters

7%

Refers to Curve F-12-1

and determines TS

limit for RIP. to be 140

3, and Curve .. Hook

.-

2 steps

Refers to given

conditions and enters

350 EFPD

Refers to initial

conditions and enters

-_

Refers to Curve C-12-3

snd determines power

defect to be 2258 rf- SO

pcm

NO'I'ES

CRIlICAL TO-

ALLOW

DETERMINING

INTEGRAL ROB

WORTH.

_.

IS IXCLUDED

CRITICAL TO

ENSURE PROPER

POWER DEFECT

INCLUDED IN

CALCULATION.

MX" CURVE C-

12-3 USED DUE

TU CORE BURN

SAT I

UNSAT

P

Page 5 of x

Post Validation Revision

ADhlIN SKO-lA

HAKKKS

~

~

JPM

STEP

  • 7 -

~

X

~

  • 9

...~

10

PROC

STEP

4tt. 3,

Step 7

4tt. 3,

Step 8

~

4tt. 3,

Step 9

Section

7.3

CUE: I

-. .-

EL EM EN1

-

Determines Rod Worth for

RII, position determined

above

. . .. . -....

Enters worth of any

xiditional immovable or

untrippable rods

Determines Total

Shutdowu Margin

.

. ..

Signs off Section 7.3 steps

Refers tu Curve A-12-

I1 and determines rod

mrth to be 615 + 25

IClXl

kfers to given

mnditions and enters 0

~

.~ ..... ... .....

leterrnines 'Total

Shutdown Margin to

ae 3818 5 75 pcm

NOTES

CRITICAL To

ENSURE PROPER

ROD WORTH

INCLUDED IN

CALCULATION.

NOTZ: CURVE A-

10-11 USEL) DUE:

TO CORE BURN

UP, EQUILIBRIIJM

XEiVON

COArDITI0h1S, AMI

POWER > 10%.

-

CRITICAL TO

CORRECTLY

DETERMINE

TOTAL

SIIUTDOWN

MARGIN.

NOTE:

TOI.EMNCE

DETERMINED

USING

I'FxrIIOusI,Y

TOLERANCES IN

REA IXVG

GMPIIS.

.

~

D FOR

I

PURPOSES OF THIS

_ - JPM ONLY.

_-

-

SAT /

UNSAI'

STOP TIME:

Page 6 of S

Post Validation Revision

ALIMIN SRO-lh

HAKKlS

1

.......................................

_...

...........................................................................

ExBMlNR ME

( S r f A D E D ' n ~ A ' B ~ L O W i ~ D j C A r ~ S . ~ A

TA ALREADY PROVIDED)

.....

Vanuai.SD.M Cake aticn (Modes 1 and 2)

1. Reactor power level.

75

%

2. Rod insertion limit for the above power level

140+2

stepson bank

D

3. Burn up (POWERPRAXIIVICR Status Board).

350

EFPD

4. Present RCS Boron Concentration

300

ppm

m:

Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves.

5. Total worth of all control and shutdown banks, minus the worth of the most reactive rod

for Fuel Cycle 12.

Pcm

6. Cycle 12 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1.

(Refer to Curves C-X-1 to C-X-3).

C U W ~

Used

6-12-3

2250 + 50 pcm

( b )

NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of 10% or greater

7. Inserted control rod worth at the rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.

(Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11)

Curve used

A-I 2-1 I

615+25 pcrn

( c )

6. Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most

reactive single rod worth (1524 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the

reactor engineer).

0

pcm

9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:

381 8

75 pcm

Page 7 of X

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-IA

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE WETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDI'IIONS:

FWWERTRAX is NOT avaiiable.

The plant has been operating at 75% power for 6 weeks.

Core burnup is 350 EFPD.

RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm.

NO rods are believed to be immovabie / untrippable.

INITIATING CUE(§):

Complete OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calculation Modes 1-5, Section 7.3. "Manual

SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)" for current plant conditions.

Page 8 of 8

Post Validation Revision

hDMIN RO- 1A

H A W S

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUW

ADMIN KO- 1 A

Determine Reactor Vessel Head Venting Time

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page I of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN RO-1A

HARRIS

Fe,GION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORIMANCE IvEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

Determine Reactor Vessel Head Venting Time

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

New

KA:

2.1.25

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

2.8

KA STATEMENT?

Ability to obtain and interpret station reference mahcriarials

such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain

performance data.

Maximum venting time calculated as 17.7 -+_ 1.0 minutes.

IN PLANT

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

REFERENCES:

-

-

-

PERFORM

9

SIMULATE

-

EOP- FRP-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel

15

MMUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

-

VALIDATIOK TIME:

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN RO-1A

HARRIS

?'OOLS i EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES WEEDED:

0

e

JPM can be performed in any location where EOP- FRP-13 is available

EOP- FRP-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel

NOTE: AN EXAMINER KEY IS ATTACHED TO JPM.

READ TQ OPERATOR

iNSTRfJCTHONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then t'ake ail actions as you

normally wouid in the Control Room. You should silence ail annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALAFL4 and use of personal protective equipment. AIL

actions taken by you should be clearly dernonstratcd and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be dcscribed and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available refcrcnce materials; however, immediate actions,

ij'any, are to beperformedjrom memmy. Describe the actions you ifhe taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

availahle. Repcprl completion oJtlte bask as you ~vould in thepiant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there map he some tasks you will

be asked to perform that map require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expectcd to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications availabie.

Page 3 of 9

Post Vaiidation Revision

ADMIN RO-IA

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Following a small break loss of coolant accident, Safety Injection has been terminated.

The crew is currently responding to voiding in the Reactor Vessel per EOP-FRP-1.3,

Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel.

Containment Hydrogen concentration is 1%. Containment temperature is 1 12°F. RCS

pressure is 680 psig.

INITIATING CUE(§):

Determine the maximum allowable Reactor Vessel Head venting time for these

conditions per Attachment 1 of EQP-FRP-1.3.

Page 4 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN RQ- 1 A

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

JPM

STEP

1

=_

.-

"2

._

  • 3

"4

PROC

STEP -

- .__

4tt. 1

Step 1

ut. 1

itep 2

___I.

ut. P

ltep 3

ELEMENT

Obtain copy of EOP-EPP-

FRP-1.3

-

Determine CNMT Volume

at SIP 'A'

Determine &taximum

tlydrogen volume that can

be vented 'B'

)eterntiwe Hydrogen flow

.ate as a function ofRCS

irtmure IC':

I. Check RCS pressure

I. Using Figure 2, read

and mark on Figure 2.

hydrogen flour rate 'C'.

STANDARD

Obtains copy of EOP-

EPP-FRP-1.3,

Attachment 1 and Figire

2

Based on Containment

temperature of lIZ"F,

calculates that

Containment Volume

is 1.9536 f

1E4 fr'

.

.-

Harsed on Containment

Volume of 1.9536 f

lE4 ft3 and

Containment

CIydrogen

concentration of 1%,

calculates that

naximum hydrogen

d u m e to be vented is

59,000 fZ00 fr'

-. -

Determines RCS

pressure (given in

initial conditions)

to be 68(1 psig

Determines

hydrogen flow rate

to be 2200 +_ 100

scfm

NOTES

_-

CRITICAL TO

ALLOW

DETERMINlNG

CORRECT VENT

h'OTE.

TOLERAhYX

BASELI OX

KOUh'DIil'G

CRITICAL TO

ALLOW

DETERMINING

CORRECT VENT

-.

-

rInm

MOTE:

TOLEM.?%E

BASED OX

PREVIOUS

TOI.E&LVCE IX

JPMSTEP 2.

CRITICAL TO

4K.LOW

DETERMINING

COKKECT VENT

TIME.

VOTE:

TOLERAM'E

MSED ox

WADAEILITY OF

?UR VE.

Page 5 of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN RO-1A

HARRIS

JPM

STEP

  • §

=_

.._

TASK COMPLETE

I '

STANDARD

___=_I__

Calculates maximum

venting time to be 11.7

9 1.0 minutes

STOP TIME:

NOTES

-

CWTICAL TO

DETERMINE

COKKECT VENT

TIME.

NOTE:

TOLERA.VCE

BASED ON

TOLERANCES

._

ALL OWED.

PIE vmus

I

Page 6 of 9

Post Validation Revision

.4DMIN RO-1A

HARRIS

htrachmcnt I

ShfcrL 1 of 1

iNSTRUCTIONS FOR DETERWNINC VENTING 2'1 Mlr

3 _ . hrarmirie CNEI; Volumc a t S'I'Y

'A"

2

Determim Haxrnum liydraecrr volume thaL can lie vanted 'E':

4 .

Calcula~e msxfe:im vfinting time 'I)':

B

c

~~

Y m i r n u m venting LIEO :* -

..........

.....

.....

_____

. __

... - .....

....

__

[EXAMINER KEY,

....... I

Page 7 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN RO-1A

IIARKIS

0

...... .-

......

..

EXAMINER

....

.

..

... .- ....... .KEY]

...

.-

......

Page 8 of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN RO-IA

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

cro BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Following a small break loss of coolant accident, Safety Injection has been terminated.

The crew is currently responding to voiding in the Reactor Vessel per EOP-FRP-1.3,

Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel.

Containment Hydrogen concentration is 1 %. Containment temperature is 1 B2F. RCS

pressure is 680 psig.

INITIATING CUE(S):

Determine the maximum allowable Reactor Vessel Head venting time for these

conditions per Attachment 1 of EOP-FWP-1.3.

Page 9 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-IB

HARRIS

REGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

ABMTN COM-IB

Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page I of 8

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-IB

HARRIS

REGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE IVIEASW

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

Determine Average RCS Boron Concentration

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

CR-055

KA:

2.1.20

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

4.3

RO

4.2

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to perform procedural steps.

TASK STANDARD:

Average RCS boron calculation determined to be 951.9 +_

0.5 ppm.

PREFERRED EVAIAJATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

-

IN PLANT

-

-

PERFORM

SIMULATE

EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required

Curve D-X-40, Pressurizer Volume

-

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

I

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINEK:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 8

Post Validation Kevision

ADMIN CQM-1B

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

e

CurveBook

JPM can be performed in any location

EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required

NOTE: COMPLETED COPY OF ATTACHMENT 1 INCLUDED AT

END OF JPM TO RE USED AS EXAMINER KEY.

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

nornially would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated wth the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, hut not limited to; proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any norrnally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifafiy, are to beperformedjrom memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not othenvise

available. Report eompletion of the task as you would in theplant.

During the course ofthe walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to m'ake

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 8

Post Validation Revision

ADMHN COM-IB

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Following a loss of offsitc power. recovery actions are being taken in accordance with

EOP-EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Mithout SI Required.

Plant conditions are as follows:

PRZpressure

2230 psig

8 RCS Hot Leg temperatures

555 OF

e

Core Exit thermocouples

560 F

m

PRZ Liquid space temperature

650 F

m

PRZ Steam space temperature

650 F

m

PRZ level

4s %

m

Charging and letdown arc: in service, with letdown flow at 45 gpm.

Chemistr). has just taken RCS boron samples and reports the following results:

8

Loop B Hot Leg

930 Ppm

Loop C Hot Leg

940 ppm

PRZ Liquid Space

961 ppm

INITIATING CXJE(S):

Calculate the average RCS boron concentration for these conditions per EOP-EPP-

002, Attachment 1.

Page 4 of R

Post Validation Revision

ADMHN COM-IB

HARRIS

STAR? TIME:

  • DENOTES CKITIGAI, STEP
  • 4

5

-.

6

7

.

PROC

STEP

_

NIA

Att. 1,

Step 1

An. 1,

Step 2

An. I?

Step 3

ELEMENT

--

[mate EPP-002, Attachment

1, and Curve Book

Cecord PRZ level at the time

,f PRZ sample

Determine PRZ volume

VPRZ)

based on PRZ levell

md curve D-X-40

.-

_I__

Oetermine CVCS volume

(VcvCs) based on letdown

status:

m

If letdown in senice =

Step 4

concentration C?

.4tt. 1, --I--

Step 5

concentration C,

__

Record RCS loop C boron

-

Record PRZ liquid space

boron concentration CpRl

STANDARII -

Locates EPP-002.

Attachment I, and Curve

Book

Records IRZ level as

15%

I References curve

D-X-40

1

Determines

intersection of 653

WPRZ LIQUID

SPACE TEMP

INDICATED

PRESSURIZER

LEVEL axis ( X )

to correspond to

2900 +_lo0 gallons

on VOLLTME

aetermines letdown

iolume of 1068 gallons

fue to letdown being in

tervice

LINE and 45% 011

Leecords RCS loop B

roron concentration as

30 Ppm-.-.---

Gords KCS loop c

boron concentralion as

4-

._

[ecords PK7. Liquid

pace boron

oncentration as 961

p n

NOTES

I

CRITICAL TO

ACCUFUTELY

DETERhlINE

EFFECT OF PRZ

ON BORON

CONC.

CKITICAL TO

ACCURATELY

DETERMINE

EFFECT OF CVCS

ON BORON

CONC.

Page 5 of 8

Post Validation Revision

ADMHN COM-IB

HARKIS

ELEMENT

Calculate average RCS

boron concentration (Cav,J

using the following

formula (formula on Att. 1,

Step 7)

HCS boron

concentration to be

AVERAGE RCS

951.7 +_ 0.5 ppm

BORON CONC

__

Z g E C E .

1

SAT /

UNSAT

-..

vi

LLOWE5 TOLERAVCE BORDERS TOLEMkCE FOR ALLOWED

ERROR IXREADING CURVE 5-X-40, BlJT WILL NOTBE METIF

APPLICANT FAILS TO ACCOCrNTFOR CVCS LETDOWN OR OTHER

1 SIiWILAf ERRORS.

I

I

I

-

_I_

I

TASK COMPLETE

--

- -

7--

I

I

STOP TIME:

Page 6 of8

Post Validation Revision

ADMlN COM-1B

HARRIS

1.

2.

3 .

4.

5 .

6 .

1 .

Attachment 1

Sheet 1 of 1

CALCULATION FOR AVERAGE RCS BOR@N CONCENTWI'ION

Record PRZ leva1 a t the time of PRZ snmplc:

45 x

Determine PRZ volume ( V p ~ z l bascd on PK" level and

curve D-X-40

2900 f 100 GAL

DeLermtne CVCS voluhle (Vcvcs) bnned an letdown statu^:

1068 GAL

o

If Betdown i n service - 2136 GAL A 2

1068 GAL

o

If leidown isolated -

0 GAL

Record RCS loop B boron foncentretlon 0 2 :

Record RCS loop C boson concentration C3:

Record PRZ I i q u l d space boron concentration C p ~ z :

~~

930 PPM

940 PPH

961 PPH

Calculate average RC9 boron concentration (Cavp,) using t h e f o l l n r i n g

formula:

Cavg

NOTE 1:

N o w 2:

NOTB 3:

NOTE 4:

NOTE 5 :

RCS Volume not including PRZ. Upper Head. Surge Line

or CVCS = 62.435 GAL.

(Value halved i n calculation t o account for

averaging the boron concentration f o r Loops B and C - 31.218 GAL.)

RCS Yolune not including PRZ 01 CVCS - 66.135 GAL

Combined Upper Head and Surge Line Volume - 3700 GAL.

(Upper Head Volume = 3365 GAL and Surge Line Velum@ = 335 GAL.)

CVCS Volume = 2136 GAL

(Value halved i n Step 3 t o account fot

averaging the boron concentration f o r KCS loop B end C - 1068 GAL.)

The boron concentration of the Upper Head end Surge Line is assumed

t o be t h a t of t h e PRZ since these volumes a l s o stagnate when RCPs are

l o s t . CVCS boron concentration i s aot;umcd t o be t h a t of the RCS.

Page 7 of 8

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-1B

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Following a loss of offsite power, recovery actions are being taken in accordance with

EOP-EPP-002, Loss of All AC Power Recovery Without SI Required.

Plant conditions are as follows:

e

PRZpressure

2230 psig

e WCS Hot Leg temperatures

555 O F

e Core Exit thermocouples

560 F

  • PRZ Liquid space ttmperature

650 F

e PRZ Steam space temperature

650 F

E

PRZ level

45 YQ

Charging and letdown are in service, with letdown flow at 45 gpm

Chemistry has just taken RCS boron samples and reports the following results:

940 ppm

PRZ Liquid Space

961 ppm

  • Loop B Hot Leg

930 ppm

Loop C Hot Leg

INITIATING CUE@):

Calculate the average KCS boron concentration for these conditions per EOP-EPP-

002, Attachment I.

Page 8 of 8

Post Validation Revision

Attachment :

Sheet 1 of 1

CALCULATION FOX AVERAGE RCS BORON CONCENTfiATION

1.

Record PRZ l e v e l a t t h e rime of PRZ sample:

%

3 .

D e r ~ r i a i n e CVCS

u

I f  ?%rdowr, i n s e t

i)

I f lerduwr:

4 .

Record R

5 .

Record F.

l e v e l and

ed on letdown s t a t u s :

GAL

2 = 1068 GAL

GAL

concentration C2:

concentration C 3 :

l i q c i d spece boron concentration CPRZ:

6 .

RF

PFM

PPM

PPM

7.

C a l c u l a t e average RCS boron conceritratlon (C

) using t h e

a"&

f o l l

formula :

C,)

x (31218 + VCVCS)] + [ C p ~ z x ('Jp~z + 3 7 0 0 ) l

=

FI'X

cav g

olume n o t i n c l u d i n g PRZ, Upper Head, Surge Line

CS = 6 2 , 4 5 5 GAL.

(Value calved i n calculation t o account foL

ging t h e boron concentration f o r Loops B and C = 31, 218 GAL.)

S Volume not m c l u d i n g PRZ o r CVCS = 6 6 , 1 3 5 GAL

NOTE 3 :

Combined Upper Eead end Surge Line Volume = 3700 GAL.

(Upper Head Vo1::me

5365 GAL an2 Surge Line Volume

335 G A L . )

NOTE 4 :

Volur,e = 2136 GAL

(Value halved ir. S t e p 3 t o account f o r

averaging t h e boron concentration f o r RCS loop B and C = 1C68 G A L . )

HOTE 5 :

T'ne boron c o n c e n t r a t i c n of t h e Upper Head and Surge Line i s assumed

t o he t h a t of t h e PRZ s i n c e t h e s e volumes a l s o stagniire when RCPs a r e

l o s t .

CVCS boro?. c o n c e n t r a t i o n is assumed t o be ttiat of t h e RCS.

ADMmT COM-2

HARRIS

REGION rr

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JQB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

ADMN COM-2

Determine Clearance Requirements for a CSlP

APPLICANT:

Page I of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMlIU COM-2

HARRIS

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JQB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

Determine Clearance Requirements for a CSIP

FACILITY JPM NIJMBER:

98NRC (A.2C)

KA:

2.2.13

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

3.8

RO

3.6

KA STATEMENT:

TASK STAND.4RD:

Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures.

Provide complete electrical and mechanical isolation of CSHP

1B-SB

_.

IN PLANT

-

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION ME%HOD:

REFERENCES:

-

PERFORM

SIMBJLATE

-

OPS-NGGC- 1301, Equipment Clearance

OP-109, Chemical and Volume Control System

SFD 2165 S-1304 and §-I305

VALIDATION TIME:

10

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

~

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

BJNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-2

HARIPIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

a

OPS-NGGC-1301, Equipment Clearance

e

JPM can he performed in any iocation where the identified references arc available

OP- 107, Chemical and Volume Control System

SFD 2165 S-I304 and S-1305

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to he operated during the

performance of this JPM. If perfomled on the simulator, then take all actions as yon

nomially would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, hut not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may

ask for clarification ifneded.

You may use any nonnally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

iJany, are to beperformed from memoty. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the perfomlance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

availabie. Report completion ofthe task as you would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COh4-2

HARRIS

INITIAL, CONDITIONS:

The plant is defueled. CSIP 1B-SB is required to be placed under a clearance for seal

replaccment. Cooling water and lube oil systems are NOT required to be placed under

clearance.

KITIATING CUE(S):

You have been directed to determine the clcarance requirements for CSIP 1B-SB

using the CWDs, SFDs, and System Operating Procedures, as necessary. Provide

complete electrical and mechanical protection. Provide the necessary vent and drain

paths. The SSO has approved using single valve isolation.

NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT YOU ACTUALLY GENERATE A

CLEARANCE. ONLY PROVIDE THE EVALUATOR WITH A LISTING OF

THE REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND POSITIONS.

Page 4 of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN CQM-2

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

__5

JPM

SI'EP

1

I

NOTE: SEE JPM ATTACIX~ENT

FOR A COMPLETE ~ISTING

OF E A ~ F

COMPOhTENT A ND REQUIRED POSITION. JPM STEPS ARE

ED TO BE PERFORMED

_I...

Determine the electrical

supply breaker for CSIP

1B-SB

Determine the saretion

valve for CSIP IB-SB

V THE LISTED SEQL

Refers to OP-107 (or

any other valid source)

and determines the

electrical supply

breaker for CSIF' IB-

SB to be 6.9 KV

Emergency Bits 1B-SB,

Cubicle 4

Also determines pump

tias ,VCB switch and

includes a CTI' on CSP

'13' switch

(BREAKER RrlCKKD

Refer&

S-1305 and

determine the suction

~alve

for CSIP 1B-SB

to be 1CS-187, B CSIP

9uction Is01 Vlv

E !

CRITICAL TO

ISOLATE

SIJCTION VALVE.

Page 5 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIX COM-2

HARRIS

-

JPM

STEP

  • 4 -
  • 5

- .-

  • 6

-.

ELEMENT

&ermine the discharge

isolation for CSIP IB-SB

Determine the normal

miniflow isolation for CSIP

IB-SB

)zertnine the alternate

niniflow isolation for CSIP

B-SB

Refers to S-1305 and

determines the valve to

isolate CSIP 1B-SB

discharge is 1CS-197, B

CSIP Discharge Is01

Vlv

@,OSE)

..__

Refers to S-1305 and

OP-107 and determines

the valve to isolate

normal miniflow path

for CSIP IB-SR is ICs-

196 SB,

CHARGKNGISI PLMP

B-SB MINIFLOW

[SOL, and power

supply for valve is

fB35-SB (Breaker 4E)

Aiso determines valve

has MCB switch and

includes a CIT on ICS-

196 switch

VALVE TO BE

CLOSED WITH

POWER REMOVED -

LOCAL

IN CLOSICD)

Refers to S-1304 and

letermines the valve to

solate alternate

niniflow path for CSIP

SIP Alt Mini Flow

Man Is01

HANDWHEEL To BE

LB-SB is 1CS-751, B

_i

NOTES

-

CRITICAL 'ro

ISOLATE

DISCHARGE

FLOW PATH.

CRITICAL TO

ISOLATE

DISCHARGE

FLOW PATH.

NOYE: CITNOT

REQc'rRED TO RE

MVLlJDED FOR

SA TLSFACTORY

CO.WPLETiON OF

THIS STEP.

&rm24L

TO

ISOLATE

DISCHARGE

PLOW PATH.

-

SAT I

UNSAT -

Page 6 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-2

HARRIS

-

JPM

STEP

-.

  • 8

ELEMENT

Determine the vent path

For CSIP 1B-SB

jetermine the drain path

'or CSIP IB-SB

._

COMPLETE

I

-

Refers to S-1305 and

letermines the valve to

ient CSIP IR-SB is

ICs-188, B CSIP

Suction Px Isol VI\\,

OPEN WITH CAP

lEMOVED)

lefcrs to-S-1305 and

letermines the valves

D drain CSIP 1B-SB

lischarge piping to be

CS-189, B CSIP

asing Leak Off Drain

'Iv, and ICs-190, B

SIP Casing Leak Off

brain Isol Vlv

BOTH OPEN)

STOP TIME:

CRITICAL TO

PROVIDE VENT

PATH TO

DEPRESSURIZE

PIPING.

NOTE: HTHER

IS CRITICAL. ONE

MUST BE

srw 7 03

STEP 8

OB

THE OTHER

PERFORMED. Bur

NOT BOTH.

HOWEVER. IF

BOTH ARE

PERFORMED, PHIS

IS ALSO

&GlXP.TABL. __

CRITICAL TO

PROVIDE DRAIN

PATH TO

DEPRESSURIZE

PIPING.

NOTE EITHER

IS CRITICAL. ON

THE OTHER

MUST BE

PERFORMED, BUT

VOT BOTH.

YOWEVfR, IF

BOTH A M

WfRFORMEB, THiS

'S ALSO

4CCEPTABl.E

-.

s

w

7 OR STEP 8

Page 7 of 9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIA' COM-2

HARRIS

JF'M ATTACHMENT

COMPONENT LISTING AND REQUIRED POSITIONS

COMPONENT

1) CSlP IB-SB P.S. ~ 6.9 KV Emergency Bus 1B-SB, Cubicle 4

2) IC§-187, E! CSlP Suction Is01 Vlv.

3) 1CS-197, B CSlP Discharge Is01 Vlv.

4) 1CS-196 SB, CHARGlNGlSl PUMP 8-SB MINIFLOW ISOL

5) 1CS-196 SB P.S.

- 1835-58, Breaker 4E

6) ICs-751, B CSlP Alt Mini Flow Man lssl.

7) EITHER OR BOTH OF THE FOLLOWING:

a) ICs-188, B CSlP Suction Px Is01 Vlv

b) ICs-189, B CSlP Casing beak Off Drain Vlv

1CS-190, 5 CSlP Casing beak Off Drain Is01 Vlv

- 0 R -

-AND

~

8 ) CIT on 1CS-196 Switch

(NOTE 1)

9) 61T on CSIP 'B Switch

(NOTE 1)

POSITION

Racked Out

Shut

Shut

Closed

Off

Shut

UncappediOpen

Open

Open

Neutral after Closed

Neutral after StoD

(NOTE 1) - ClTs on MCB switches NOT required for satisfactory completion of JPM

[EXAMINER KEY 7

I

.....

..

.

..

...

.....

Page 8 of9

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-2

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINEK UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CQNDITIONS:

The plant is defueled. CSIP IR-SB is required to he placed under a clearance for seal

replacanent. Cooling water and lube oil systems are NOT required to be placed under

clearance.

INITIATmTG CUE@):

You have been directed to detemiine the clearance requirements for CSIP 1B-SB

using the CWDs, SFDs, and System Operating Procedures, as necessary. Provide

complete electrical and mechanical protection. Provide the neccssary vent and drain

paths. The SSO has approved using single valve isolation.

NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT YOU ACTUALLY GENERATE A

CLEARANCE. ONLY PROVIDE THE EVALUATOR WITH A LISTING OF

THE REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND POSITIONS.

Page 9 of I)

Post Validation Revision

ADMBN COM-3

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

ABMIN COM-3

Determine Entry Conditions for a High

Radiation Area

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-3

-1s

REGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

New

KA:

2.3.4

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

3.1

RQ

2.5

KA STATEMENT:

Determine Entry Conditions for a High Radiation Area

Knowledge of radiation exposure limits and contamination

control, including permissible levels in excess ofthose

authorized.

Determination made of appropriate requirements for entry to

the Filter Backwash Transfer Tank and Pump Room.

INPLANT

9

SIMULATE

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM

REFERENCES:

-

s

-

-

NGGM-PM-0002, Radiation Control and Protection Manual

AP-535, Performing Work in Radiation Control Areas

VALIDATION TIME:

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

I

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PEIZFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-1

HARRIS

TOOLS /EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

Perform after completion of In Plant JPM COM-IP(i) while still in RCA

e

NGGM-PM-OO(I2, Radiation Control and Protection Manual

AP-535, Performing Work in Radiation Control Areas

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actuai plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including. but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALMA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and \\~erbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any ncnnaily available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany, are io beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then prcvide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completion of the task asyou would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate methd directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 12

Post Validation Revision

INITIAL CONDITIQNS:

The Control Room has directed yuu to determine the position of a valve in the Filter

Backwash Transfer Tank and Pump room.

INITIATING CUE@):

Discuss the actions you must take, specifically Radiologicd Control requircments, to

allow entering the area.

Page 4 of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-3

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP
  • 3

Proceed to i contact MP to

discuss entry with HP

Using computer, calls up

Radiation Mork Permit

STAhTMRI3

Locates Filter

Backwash Transfer

ra& and Pump room

md detemiines area is a

h k e d High Radiation

rea

roceeds to / contacts

IP to discuss entry with

3aIls up RWJ

IO001771 for

3perations

P

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

ALI,OW REVIEW

OF ENTRY

REQUIREMENTS

VOTE: At

Evaluators

discretion,

Applicant

demonstrated

proper use of

computer to call up

RWP when entry

wasfirst made to

RCA, this step may

be marked %A.

IF APPLICANT

HAS NOT

DEMONSTRATED

ABILITY TO CALL

UP R WP

PRE VIOUSL Y,

PROMPT AS

NECESSARY TO

DETERMIATE

A PPPICAXTS

ABILITY TO CALL

UP R WP.

-

-

SAT I

mwr

Page 5 of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-3

HARRIS

-2

I

I I.

CUE: ONCE R WPQQQOl77~1s

CALLED UP9 PROVIDE ATTACHED HARD

COPY OF RIVP (PAGES _.

a - 11 OF ..

I.

-

.___.

entry requirements into

Locked High Radiation

Heviews RWP

00001771 and

determines entry

requirements for

Locked High Radiation

area are:

1. Pre-Job briefing

2. RC Supervisor

required

approval required

prior to entry

Radiation Control

coverage required

NOT to engage in

actrvitres which

might distract them

from coverage

3. Continuous

4. W personnel an:

I.

VOTE SURVEYMAP IS PROVIDED AS PAGE 7 OF JPh

CRITICAL TO

ENSURE ALL

RADIOLOGICAL

REQUKREMENTS

Mur.

NOTE: Item 4 (RP

personnel not

performing

activities) is a

requiremenifor the

Wpersonnei and is

not an operator

requirement. Dress

requirements are

determined by RP

nersunnel arid are

disseminnted during

%'ob

b r i q f i n z

KPPLICANT

~

FEEQUESTS IT, %UT IT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE RE VIE WED BY

4 ~ ~ L I ~ A I V T I N ~ I V I D ~ 4 L E Y S I N ~ E

IT WILL RE RE WEWED IN PRE-JOB

YRIEFING.

-~

STOP TIME:

Page 6 of 12

Post Validation Revision

..

I

,

I

.j

tepert ID : TIPH900

RWP N h e r : 00001991 00

ALARA Task

?age :

1

Facility : HNP

00490854

01 01

W P Title : ROUTINE OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES

rype

LR Status: ACTIVE

Date

12/11/03 12:55

Lrea

GENERAL FACILITY

Location :

Jork Eegin Date: 12/15/03 08:OO

Work End Date: 12/31/10 23:59

Zxtension Date :

By:

nitiated Bate : 12/11/03 1 2 ~ 5 5 By: SEABBM

SEABOCK

MICHA 1

rpprwved

12/11/03 1 2 ~ 5 5 By: KIVETP

KIVETT

PER

I

A U R A Task

.LARA Task : 00490854 01 01

Status: READY

,LAW+ Desc : OPS ACTIVITIES

Rad'iological Conditions

(in minutes)

ED Time Alarm

900

I

Adminstrative Dose Limit :

40 (mrem)

ED Dose Alarm:

32 (mr@m)

ED Dose Rate Alarm: 200 (mrem/hr)

adiological Hazard

EE HOLD POINT INST

Page8of12

Post Validation Revision

ADMm COA4-3

HARRIS

RADIATION WORK PERMIT

I

Report ID : TIPH900

RWP Number: 00001771 O B

ALARA Tsk

I page :

2

Facility : "P

004,90854

01 01

Radiation Protection Requirements

Dosimetry Type : S STANDARD (DRD/TLD)

Multi-Pack Type:

Type

Code

Description

T y p e

Coat9

Description

SPCL SPCL SEE SPECEAL INSTRUCTION

Nbr

10

30

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

I 0

10

1 0

1 c

10

10

iG

10

10

10

10

20

20

2 0

2 0

2 5

25

2 5

25

Svocial lns&uctions and Hold Points

I. REVIEW AREA SURVEY MAPS .vm/oR CONTACT RADIATION

CONTROL FOR SPECIFIC WORK AREA RADIOLOGICAL

CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK.

2 . IF RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS ARE SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER

THAN CURRENT SURVEYS OR HISTORICAL SURVEY DATA

THEN WORK IS NOT ALLOWED TO CONTINUE ON THIS RWP

WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM RC SUPERVISION.

3. NOTIFY RADIATION CONTROL PRIOR TO CLINBING IN

4. FOR HIGH NOISE AREAS EVALUATE THE USE OF THE

THE OVERHEAD.

FOLLOWING :

- LED LIGHT

- VIBRATING DOSIMETRY

- TELEMETRY

- STAY TIMES

5. I F ACCUMULATED DOSE ALARM OR UNANTICIPATED DOSE

RATE ALARM SOUNDS, LEAVE THE AREA AND COPJJACT

RADIATION CONTROL.

1. PRE-JOB BRIEFING REQUIRED.

2. RC SUPERVISOR APPROVAL REQUIRED PRlBR TO ENTRY

3. CONTINUOUS RADIATlON CONTROL COVERAGE REQ'JIRED

4 .

WHEN PROVIDING CONTINUOUS COVERAGE, RP PERSONNEL

l_______-_-s_--_s---_________s_______l__--s------------

SHALL NOT ENGAGE IN ANY ACTIVITIES WHICH COULD

DISTRACT THEM FROM MONITORING THE WORKERS AND THE

WORK ENVIRONMENT

  • * * * CONTAMINATED SYSTEM BREACH (LINES > 1 INCH)

1. CONTIRTUOUS RC COVERAGE REQUIRED FOR INITIAL

_____s--_l___-_l__--_____ll_________l__l--------

SYSTEM BREACH.

Page 9 of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-3

IIAKKIS

RADIATION WORK PERMIT

SDecial Instructions and Hold Points

a r

25

2.

25

25

25

3 .

25

30 4.

30 5.

30

Spacial Instructions

FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/UOOD, WATER RESISTANT

DRESS REQUIRED FOR WET WORK, &ND ADDITIONAL DRESS

CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON RC INSTRUCTIONS

MINIMUM IN CLEAN AREAS.

GLOVES AND A CONTAINMENT DEVICE ARE REQUIRED AS A

ENGINEERING CONTROLS AS PER RADIATION CONTROL.

PROVIDE PATH OR CONTAINMENT FOR SYSTEM DRAINAGE,

IF NEEDED TO CONTAIN LIQUIDS.

30 -.

30 *****ABRASIVE WORK ON CONTAMINATED COMPONENTS*****

30

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ s s s s _ _ _ _ _ _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - _ -

30

1. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/HOOD AND FACESHIELD

30

REQUIRED.

30

30

30

30

30

30

33

33

33

33

33

35

35

35

35

3 5

35

35

3 5

2 . INTERMITTENT RC COVERAGE.

3 . SPECIFIC LOCATION TO BE IDENTIFIED TO RADIATION

-

~

CONTROL PRIOR TO START OF ABRASIVE WORK.

4. ENGINEERING CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON

RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.

5 . FIRE RETARDAMT CLOTKING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED FOR

FOR HOT WORK (IE:WELDING,GRINDING, ETC.)

    • t********eONTAMINATED

AREA ENTRIES********'****

_ _ _ s _ _ _ _ s _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - - - - -

1. GLOVES AND SHOECOVEAS REQUIRED AS A MINIMUM

FOR INSPECTIONS ACTIVITIES.

CLIMBING IN OVERHEAD ABOVE 8 FEET AND/OR CRAWLING

2 . FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTUING AND HOOD REQUIRED FOR

3 . FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIRED FOR HANDS ON WORK

4 . DOUBLE SURGEONS GLOVES MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RUBBER

GLOVES WITH RADIATION CONTROL APPROVAL

5. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, WATER RESISTANT DRESS

REQUIRED FOR WET WORK, AND ADDITIONAL DRESS

35

CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIREI) BASED ON RC INSTKUCTIOKS

3 3

G . INTERMITTENT RC COVEHAGE. UNLESS OTliERI'?ISE

35

3 5

4)

43

43

4 3

4 )

4 1

4 3

43

4 )

4 )

INSTRUCTED.

  • * * * * * * * INSULATION WORK IN CONTAMINATED AREAS'*'"**

1. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WITH HOOD REQUIRED.

2 . ENGINEERING CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON

3 . INTERMITTENT WC COVERAGE, UNLESS OTHERWISE

4. ADDITIONAL CONTROLS REQUIRED FOR ASBESTOS REMOVAL

s _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ _ s m s s _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - -

RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.

INSTRUCTED.

t**************ttt$PENT

FUEL POOL WORK***

Page 10 of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-3

HARRIS

. -

PASSPORT - M T A L EXPOSURE SYSTEM

RADIATION WORK PEIUMIT

teport ID : TIPH900

RIWP Number: 00001771 00

ALAHA Task

?age :

4

Facility : Elm

00490854

01 01

Nbr

40

40

40

40

40

40

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

special Instructions

~ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ ~ _ ~ ~ _ ~ _ _ _ _ ~ s s s _ _ _ _ s s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ ~ _ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

1. SCRUBS, GLOVES, AND SHOECOVERS REQUIRED AS A

2. FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING W/HOOD, WATER RESISTANT

MINIMUM FOR FUEL MOVEMENT.

DRESS REQIJIREB FOR WET WORK, AND ADDITIONAL DRESS

CONTROLS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON RC INSTRUCTIONS.

FOR REMOVAL OF ANY ITEMS FROM THE POOL.

TO POOL.

PER RADIATION CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS.

MATERIU FROM A POINT OF ATTACHMENT AEOVE THE

WATER SURFACE.

7. WHEN USING POLES FOR MOVEMENT OF MATERIALS IN THE

SFP ENSURE POLES ARE HOLLOW AND FILLED WITH WATER.

8 .

WHEN PERSONNEL ARE WORKING ON THE BRIDGE CRANE,

AN ALARMlNG RADIATION MONITOR SHALL BE IN

OPERATION ON THE CRANE OR AN ALARMING

DOSIMETER SHALL BE

PRESCRIBED. THIS

DOSIMETER IS IN ADDITION TO THE DRD THAT IS USED

FOR WHOLE BODY MONITORING AND WILL 5E WORN

BETWEEN THE KNEE AND ANKLE..

3 . CONTINUOUS RADIATION CONTROL COVERAGE REPUTRED

4 .NOTIFY THE CONTROL ROOM PRIOR TO ADDING WATER

5. WIPE/WAS# DOVlJ' MATERIAL WHEN REMOVING FROM POOL

6. NOTIFY EiABIATION CONTROL PRIOR TO SUSPENDING ANY

        • t****t**SOER 2001-1 REQVIREMENTS****"********

_ _ _ I _ _ _ _ _ s _ s _ _ _ s _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - - s _ _ - s _ _ _ - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - _ -

1. BOTH RC AND WORK SUPERVISION TO PARTICIPATE IN

PRE-JOE BRIEFING.

2. STAYTIKE AND TIME KEEPING REQUIRED WITH GENERAL

AREA DOSE RATES GREATER THAN 1000 MREM/HR.

3 . CONTINUOUS RADIATION CONTROL COVERAGE REQUIRZD WHEN

THE POTENTIAL GENERAL AREA DOSE RATES OF GREATER

THAN 1000 MREM/HR EXIST.

Nbr

tiold Point Description

10 ENTRY ALLOWED TO ALL AREAS EXCEPT AREAS POSTED:

10 VERY HIGH RADIATION AREAS IVHRA)

20

AZRBORNE RADIATION AREAS (ARA),

30 HOT PARTICLE AREAS (HPA),

30 CONTAINMENT WHEN REACTOR CRITICAL

Page i l of 12

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN COM-3

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TA§K)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup is being performed. The position of

ICs-670, RMW to Letdown Reheat Hx, is being determined.

ILITIATINCJ CUE@):

Discuss the Radiological Control requirements to allow entering the area to determine

the position of I CS-690.

Page 12 of 12

Post Validation Revision

--

.~

...............................

ADMIN SRO-4

HARRIS

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

ADMIN SRQ-4

Determine Protective Action Recommendations

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 7

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SKO-4

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

Determine Protective Action Recommendations

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

CW-I27 (M)

KA:

2.4.44

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

4.0

RO

NA

KA STATEMENT:

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

2.4.44 - Knowledge of emergency plan protective action

recommendations

Determines evacuation subzones to be A.B,C,D,E,F,K,L

Determines shelter subzones to be G,H,I,J,M,N

-

IN PLANT

SIMULATOR -

-

PERFORM

SIMULATE

-

PEP-1 10, Emergency Classification and Protective Action

Recommendations

10

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

-

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 7

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-4

HARRIS

TOOI,S / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

m

e

JPM can be performed in any location where the identified references are available

PEP- 1 10. Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated. no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciaton unreiated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting. initial conditions and initiating cues will be described arid you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any nornially available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany, are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report cot?6pktioon of the task as you would ita theplatat.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to compiete the assigned task. You arc expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 Of 7

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-4

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared following a large break loss of

coolant accident.

The following conditions are noted:

e

Core Exit Thmocouple tmnperatures are all between 1900°F and 2000'F.

e

Radiochemistry analysis indicates that approximately 2.6% of the fuel volume has

melted.

e RHR is injecting through the WCS cold legs.

e

Containment Spray is operating with Containment Pressure at I8 psig.

e

Containment hydrogen concentration is 5.5%.

m Wind Direction is 220".

e

Wind Sped is 18 mph.

INITIATING CUE(S):

Determine the Protective Action Recommendations for these conditions.

Page 4 Of 7

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SRO-4

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

ELEMENT -

Obtain PEP-I 10 and

required information for

determining PAR

General Emergency

Declared?

._

__

Substantial core damage is

imminent or has occurred

_ _ ~ . _ I _

Asignificant loss of reactor

coolant is ininiinent or has

occurred

Containment failure

(Primary or SIG) is

imminent or Itas occnrred

Determine wind direction

STANDARD

Obtains PEP-I 10,

Attachment 3. Protectiv

Action Reconmendatio

Process

<YES> Determines a

General Emergency

has occurred based on

I_

&en conditions

<YES> Determines

substantial sore

damage is imminent 01

has occurred due to

core damage having

exceeded 1% melting

<YES> Determines

significant loss of

reactor coolant is

imminent or has

occurred due to

Containment

Hydrogen exceeding

1% or a LOCA

<YES> Determintes

containment failure

(S/G) is imminent or

has oernrred due to

Containment

Hydrogen exceeding

4%

Determines wind

direction from 220"

~.

,

--

- . . _ _ _ ~ . .

NOTES

-.

CRITICAL TO

DETERMINE

PROPER PAR.

CRITICAL TO

DETERMINE

PROPER PAR.

-

..

-

__

CRITICAL TO-

DETERMINE

PROPER PAR.

CRI'I'ICk TO

DETERMINE

PROPER PAR.

-

CRITICAL TO

DETERMINE

PROPER

EVACUATION

AND

SIIE1,'I'ERING

SUBZONES.

P

Page ti of 7

Post Validaticn Revision

ADMIN SRO-4

HARRIS

STOP TIME:

ELEMENT

Determine evaeuata'on

areas

Germine shelter areas

STANDARD

Determines evacuation

subzones to be

A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L

biased

on 5 mile radius and

wind direction using 5

miles radius /10 mile

downwind table

Determines shelter

subzones to be

G,H,I,J,M,N based on

5 mile radius and wind

direction using 5 miles

radius /10 mile

____ -

downwind

_ _-

table

_.

DETERMINE

EVACUATION

PROPER

SZTBZONES.

CRITICAL TO

DETERMINE

SHELTERING

PROPER

SIJBZDNES.

-

Page 6 of7

Post Validation Revision

ADMIN SKO-4

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMP1,ETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared following a large break loss of

coolant accident.

The foIlowing conditions are noted:

m

m

Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures are all between 1900°F and 2000°F.

Radiochemistry anaIysis indicates that approximately 2.6% of the fuel voIume has

melted.

m

RHR is injecting through the RCS cold legs.

E

Containment Spray is operating with Containment Pressure at 18 psig.

a Containment hydrogen concentration is 5.5%.

E

Wind Direction is 220'.

m

Wind Speed is i 8 mph.

INITIATING CUE@):

Determine the Protective Action Recomrnendations for these conditions.

Page 7 of 4

Post Valitlation Revision

Operating Test Number:

xamination Level:

SystedJPM T i e

'.

Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxitiary Transformers to the

startup Auxi[kav Transformers per OP-256.02

perform Containment Coding System Operability Test per

OST-1 0? 0

Perform an Emergency Boration per AOP-002

Transfer SG ~ e v e l

Control to the Main Feedwater Regulating

~ y p a s s

Valves per OP-434.02

'.

,.

'L

8.

Transfer to cold Leg Recirculatlon per EOP-EPP-010

perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise per

f.

OST-I005

9.

piace Audio Count Rate Drawer in Service pes OP-105

h.

n1inn ccw to support RHR System Operations per OP-145

Safety

Function

MA#- W O Imp)

6

(062A4.07 - 3.9)

5

(022A4.01 - 3.6)

3

(000024AA2.(92 s 3.8)

4 s

(059A4.03 - 2.9)

2

(006A4.05 - 3.9)

1

(001A2.? 1 4.4)

9

(015A4.02 - 3.9)

8

(008A4.01 - 3.3)

'

PerformMo

OP-107

j'

Perform local actions for placing an OTAT channel in Test per

ow-RP-01

i ~ c ~ l l y

operate a SG PORV per EOP-EPP-012 and OP-126

k.

-.-._

NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9

e

Development Rev. Date 12/08/03

ES-301

Control Room I In-Plant Systems Outline

FORM ES-301-2

Facility:

HARRIS

Date of Examination:

Examination Level:

SRO-U

Operating Test Number.

/

Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SKO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-V)

SystedJPM Title

Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary Transformers to the

startup Auxiliary Transformers per OP-156.02

a.

b.

NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U

C

Perfoim an Emergency Boration per AOP-002

d.

NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U

e.

NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U

f.

NOT APPLICABLE FOR SWO-U

9.

NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U

h.

NOT APPLICABLE FOR SRO-U

In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)

M I A I R

I

"

Petform Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup per

OP-107

N

J'

perform local actions for placing an OTAT channel in Test per

OWP-RP-04

k.

Locally operate a SG PORV per EOP-EPP-012 and OP-126

1

(00482.06

~ 4.3)

7

(012A4.04 - 3.3)

4s

(000674E81.04

~ 4.1)

"Type Codes: (B)irect from bank, (M)odified from bank, (N)ew, (A)lternate path, (C)ontrol Room, (S)imulator,

&)ow-Power. (WPA

NUWEG-1021, DrefiRevision 9

Development Rev. Date 42/08/03

Harris

Draft

JPM

SRO

Walk-through Exam

2004

Harris

Draft

JPM

RO

Wal k-th aoug h Exam

2004

JPM COM-SIhl(a)

HARRS

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB P E W 0

ANCE MEASURE

Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary

Transformers to the Startup Auxiliary

Transformers

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 9

Post Validation Revision

REGION TI

INITIAL LlCENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUaE

TASK

Transfer 6.9KV Buses from Unit Auxiliary Transformers to the Startup

Auxiliary Transformers

ALTERNATE PATH:

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

NEW

KA:

062A4.07

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

3.1

RO

4.1

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control

room: Synchronizing and paralleling of different ac supplies

TASK STANDARD:

Aux Buses A &. D are both powered from SUT 1 A rand

Breaker IO2 has been manually opened

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

PREFERRED ?VALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM

REFERENCES:

Breaker 102, UNIT AUX XFMR A TO AUX BUS D, fails

to open when required

-

SIMULATOR

J

INPLANT

-

-

J

SIMULATE

-

AOP-038, Rapid Downpower, Rev 7

OP-156.02, AC Electrical Distribution, Rev 40

I O

MWUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

-

V.4LIDATION TIME:

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(a)

HARIPIS

'rooI,s EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

e

FREEZE the simulator.

a

e

e

AOP-038, Rapid Downpower

e

OP-156.02, AC Electrical Distribution

Initialize to IC-19 (100% power).

Enter malfunction to prevent breaker 102 from automatically opening upon C~OSUF~:

of

breaker 101 -breaker 102 can be manually opened <EPS09B>.

&'hen Applic'ant is ready, place simulator in RUN.

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator. then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and iise of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifatgyp are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the IPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completion og'the task as you would in the plant.

During the course ofthe walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to compiete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(a)

HARRE

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is being shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower.

INITIATING CUE(§):

You have been directed to perform Step 25 of AOP-038 to transfer 6.9KV Ruses from

the Unit Auxiliary Transformer to the Startup Auxiliary Transformer per OP- 156.02,

Section 7.I, Transferring 6.9KV Auxiliary Buses 1A and ID from UAT 1A to §UT

IA.

The prerequisites of Section 3.0 in OP-156.02 have heen completed

Page 4 of 9

Post Validation Keviyion

JFM COM-SIM(a)

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

1

STANDARD

1

NOTES

I SA?'/

~

3

I ____

7.1.1

Initial Conditions_

I. AI1 prerequisites in

Section 3.0 arc met.

2.

3.

4.

Aux Buses IA and 1D

are powered from UAI

IA per Section 5.1 I of

this procedure.

Network grid breakcrs

are closed and providing

power to SUT 1A

(Switchyard Breakers

52-2 and/or 52-39,

If Switchyard Grid

Breakers 52-2 and/or 52-

3 arc not closed, close

the breakers oer Section

Verifies Initial

Conditions as being

complete:

1. Prerequisites met

2. Buses 1A and ID

powered from UAT

1A

3. SUT 1A energized

8.29 if de&d.

NOTE: Steps 7.1.2.01

before

through 7.1.2.010 arr:

Note 1-

4.1.2.2

following voltmeters reading

between 6.55 and 7.25KV.

a. EI-503, X WIhDNG

b. EI-504, Y WINUNG

Place the START UP AUX

A & D SYNCHRONIZER

switch in the BKR-107

VOLTS.

VOLTS.

._

_I..

XFMR A ro AUX BUSES

and 7.25 KV

- ~ - _ _ _

Places Synchronizer

switch to BKR-107

position

CRITICAL TO

ALLOW

BREAKER 107 TO

CLOSE.

Page 5 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SEM(a)

HARRIS

-

PROC

STEP

Note

before

7. I .2.4

Caution

before

7.1.2.4

7.1.2.4

--

7.1.2.5

_ _

7.1.2.6

7.1.2.7

Note

before

7.1.2.8

_I-

Caution

before

7.1.2.8

7.1.2.8

ELEMENT

NL)B

When breaker 107 is placed

in the CLOSE position and

subsequently

reieased, breaker 108 will

9%.

CAUTION

If Breaker 108 fails to open,

observe Precaution and

Limitation 4.0.0.0 16.

Place BREAKER 107.

START UP XFMR Ai'O

AUX BUS A, to the

CLOSE

position. _-

Verify the following:

a. Auxiliary Bus A voltage

remains between 6.55

and 7.25KV as indicated

on EI-560.

b. BREAKER 108, UNIT

AUX XI'MR A 'ro

AUX BUS A, is open.

Place the START UP

XFMR A TO AUX BUSES

A & D SYNCHRONIZER

switch to the BKR-101

FosJtion. -~

Verify synciuoscope is at t h e

12 O'CLOCK position.

NOKI

When breaker 101 is placed

in the CLOSE position and

subsequently

reieased, breaker 102 will

.-__I

0

-

CAUTION

If Breaker 102 fails to open,

observe Precaution and

l,inii[a:ioz 4.0.0.0Ib.

Place BRKAKER 101,

~

START UP XFMR A?'O

AUX BUS D, to the

CLOSE position.

STANDARD

Reviews note

Reviews caution

-

I

-

^

Rotates handswitch for

BKR 107 to CLOSE

position

Verifies

a.

Aux Bus A voltage

indicates between

6.55 and7.25 KV

b.

Verifies HKR 108

opens by green

light indication

Places Synchronizer

position

switch to BKM-IO1

Verities syn&oscope

pointing to 12 o'clock

position

Reviews note

Reviews caution

_l._l

Rotates handswitch for

5KR 101 to CLOSE

wsition

Cff ITICAL 1'0

FROM SWT 1A.

PROVIDE

POWER FOR

AUX BUS A

I

BREAKER 101 TO

CLOSE. i

CRITICAL T o

PROVIDE

POWER FOR

4UX BUS D I-

Page 6 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(a)

HARRIS

-

PKOOC

STEP

7.1.2.9 -

?&L

1.0.0.16

XE: Sh

ELEMENT

Verify the following:

a. Auxiliary Bus D voltage

remains between 6.55

and 7.25KV as indicated

on EI-56 1.

b. BREAKER 102, UNIT

AUX XFMR A TO

AUX BUS 11, is open.

.

l__l

.-

Observe Precaution and

Limitation 4.0.0.016.

Inadvertent parallel

operations through the

SUT and UAT should be

limited to no longer than

24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. Parallel

operations becomes a

concern mainly on an

electrical fault. With the

SUT and UAT in parallel,

the available fault current

may exceed the

interrupting capability of

the 6.9 KV breakers.

Circulating current can

mu5e excessive heating of

the compoaaents and

conductors, or exceed the

rating of those

components. The Startup

and Auxiliary

rransformer limiting

rating

-- is 2,800 amps.

b2CKNO WLElkES REPOJ

SIANDNU)

Verifies

a.

Aux Bus D voltage

indicates between

6.55 and 7.25 KV

3.

Vaifies RKR 102

FAILED TO

O

m

by red light

remaining ON and

KV AUX BUS D

SWFLY

PAEWLLEIED,

alarmin

Informs

of failure

af breaker to open

ALB-022-3-Z6.9

AXD D I R E ~ T S

YOU I

NOTES

P

L'RITICAL TO

INFOFW SKO OF

FAILUKE OF

BKR 102 TO

3PEN TO

SXCESSWE

'ARALLEL

>PERATION.

-.

.

OPEN BREAKER

.__I

02.

Page 7 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(a)

HARRIS

-

JPM

STEP

  • l8 -

ELEMENT

I d i k e d

STANDARLI

Opens breaker by

holding THINK

SEVITCII in

THINK position

handswitch for

BREAKER 102,

CTIT AUX XFMR

A TO AUX BUS D,

in OPEN position.

Verifies BKK 102

while placing

open by green light

ON and red light

OFF

____I__

Synchronizer

to OFF position

XKMR A TO AUX

A & D SYNCHRONILER

. . . .-

. -

. . . .-

. . . .

t

Ii~timns SRO that

' switch to thc OFF position.

3 -

~

....

20

.I.2.1 I

PertormAtt:it:hent I ,

Transfonner Electrical

Attachment I requires

~~

I

1 Lineup Chesklist.

..-..._I

.~

1

STOP TIME:

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

OPEN BKR 102

TO PREVENT

EXCESSIVE

PARALLEL

OPEIL4TION.

T 1.

.-

Pdge 8 Of 3

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(a)

IIARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TQ BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is being shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower.

INITIATING CUE@):

You have been directed to perform Step 25 of AOP-038 to transfer 6.9KV Buses fmm

the Unit Auxiliary Transfomier to the Startup Auxiliary Transformer per OP-156.02,

Section 7.1, Transferring 6.9KV Auxiliary Buses 1A and ID from UAT 1A to SUT

IA.

The prcrequisite.u of Section 3.0 in 0P-156.02 have been completed.

Page 9 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(b)

m A m s

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PEWBRMANCE MEASURE

JPM RO-CR(b)

Perform Containment Cooling System

Operability Test

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(b)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

AL1'ERNATE PATH:

None

Perform Containment Cooling System Operability Test

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

NRC98-B2

KA:

022A4.01

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

3.6

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control

room: CCSFans

TASK STANDARD:

One fan is running in slow speed for each C O O ~ C ~

with all

alarms clear.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM

J

SIMULATE

REFERENCES:

VALIDATIOK TIME:

IEdPLANT

J

-

-

-

OST- 1010, Containment Cooling System Operability Test Monthly

Interval Modes 1 - 4, Rev 14

20

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

-

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

UNSAT

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 9

Post Validation Revision

P M

KO-CK(b)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

e

e

e

e

e

Designed to be performed in Control Room. Ifperfomed on simulator, then perform

the foliowing actions to establish proper conditions and do NOT provide cues.

Initialize to IC-I9 (100% power).

Go to run, acknowledge alarms

Ensure AM-2 & 3 have both fans running in high speed and that AH-1 & 4 are in

standby

Start ESW Pumps SA and SB and E§W Pumps Booster Pmps SA and SB

Run simulator until ALB-028, 5.1 and 8.5 are in ALARM

FREEZE the simulator.

When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.

OST-1010, Containment Cooling System Operability Test Monthly Interval Modes I

- 4

e

e

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. Ifpcrfomed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

nomally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, inciuding. but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany, are to beperformedfrom memoiy. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completlom of the task as you Would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be somc tasks you will

be asked to perfom that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications availahle.

Page 3 of9

Post Validation Kevision

JPM RO-CR(b)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The unit is operating at power. Conditions have been established tu perform OST-1010,

Containment Cooling System Operability Test.

The Unit-SCO is aware of the Containment high vacuum condition and annunciator

procedures have been referenced. The Unit-SCO has given permission to perform the

test. All prerequisites have been performed.

INITIATING CUE@):

You are directed to perform OST-1010.

Page 4 of 9

Post Validntion Revision

JPM RO-CR(b)

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL SlEP

2

--

3

=_

FROC

STEP -

NIA

I__

Jaution

xfore

7.0.1

I__..

7.0.1

XJE: E;

ELEMENT

Obtain a copy of OST-1010

CAIJTION When piacing an

ESW Train in service,

Containment differential

pressure may decrease below

the Tech Spec limit due to

increased ESW cooling

causing a reduction of

Containmressure.

Verifv both tra& of

Emergency Service Water

are in service per OP-139

with the following pumps

mnning:

a. FMER SW PUMP A-SA

b. EMER SW PUMP B-SB

c. MER SW BOOSTER

d. EMER SW BOOSTER

I'WP A-SA

PUMP B-SB

YPLMPS A and 5 and ESW

STANDARD

Obtain a copy of OST-

1010 and enters Section

7.0

~.

Reviews Caution

Verifies ESW Pumps A

and B and ESW Booster

Pumps A and B running

by checking RED light

on for each pump

NOTES

Provide app1icanf

with copy of

procedure after

demonstration of

ability to obtain

copy.

._

NOTE: When

shifting speed of the

Containment Fan

Coolersfram HI-

SPEED ro LO-

SPEED in the

remuining steps,

enswe at least 30

seconds ullowed for

the fan to coast

down before starting

in LO-SPEED lo

minimize equipment -

stresses. (P&L 2 ,

-

? ALL HAVE RED

Page 5 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(b)

HARRIS

6

I Caution

i before

7.1.1

-.

-f--

ELEMENT

CAUTION: If Containment

Temperature rttachcs 120°F

at any time during the

performance of this OST,

discontinue the performance

of this OST and reduce

Containment Temperature

perTcch Spec

-. 3.6.1.5.

If running, then stop FAN

COOLER AH-i B-SB

(Othevise N!A)

STANDARD

1 I

NOTES-

I

I UNSAT

---I-

AH-I is secured and

+

I

.I

-. GRl:'E.VI.ICIITIS ON. ... .-

......... -.

...

..

[OW speed by observing

illuminates

-

__ __._____I

CUE:

IOR TO A N Y A C T I O ~

FAXA-SB INFAN COOLER AH-I GREEN

LIGHT I. ON. (AFTER ACTIQN TAKEN FAA'A-SB IXFAM COOLER AH-4 WED

COOLER AH-3 B-SA

I AII-3 to STOP

I TEST.

I

I

-

CUE: (PRIOR TO ANY A CTfON) FAN R-SA IN FAN COOLER

LIGHT IS O X (AFTER ACTIQN TAKEN) FANB-SA IX FAN COOLER AH-3

___I

GREE?VLIGHT IS ON.

r---

_- I=-'

____

_I_

@aces Fan

.4H-3 A-SA i$ running

low speed by observing

that the red LO SPD

Verify FAN COOLER

illuminates

COOLERAIIJ to

seconds, places in LO

SPD and verifies red LO

Suliglit

.- is lit

x

-

-

.

-

START FAN FOR

TEST.

I_j-_.l_i___

--J-

L...

CG'E: (PRIOR TO ANY ACTION) FAN A-SA IN FAR' COOLER AH-3 RED HI SPD

! LIGHT IS ON (AFTER ACTIOX TAKEN) FANA-SA Ih' FAN COOLER AH-3 RED

I

LO SPD LIGHTIS On!

-

I

I

I

Page 6 of 9

Post Validatian Revision

JPM RO-CR(b)

HARRIS

JPM

STEP

_i

  • 12

I_

13

__

  • 14

PROC

ELEMENT

STANDARD

NOTES

STEP

......... [.--

COOLER All-2 B-SA

.~

@henvise

~

.... N / X

' MI-2 to STOP

TEST. ......

--

7.1.6

.-

Verify FAN

low speed by ohserviing

illuminates

COOLER 4M-2 to

seconds, places in LO

SPD and verifies red LO

-

I

CRI'IICAL TO

I

START FAN FOR 1

TEST.

I

1


k-2 RED HI SPD 7

CUE: (PRIOR TO ANY ACTI02v FAN A-SA IN FAN COOLER

LO SPD LIGHT IS OA!

L-

LIGHT IS OX (AFTER ACTION TAKEA' FAN A-SA IN FAN COOLER AH-2 RED

7

.__I 7--

low speed by observing

IN FAN COOLER AH-4 GREEN

LICHT IS OA: C4 FTER ACTION TAKEN FAN A-S5 IN FAN COOLER AM-4 RED

Operator venfies

AIB-2913-2,

amUncratitor AIB-29-3-

CONTAINMENT FAN

2, CONTAINMENT

COOLERS rvr-1 LOW

FAN COOLERS AH-I

window is DARK

j

I

FLOW-OIL, has cleared

LOW FLOW-OIL,

I

I

I

Page 9 of 9

Post ValidrPtion Revision

JPM RO-CR(h)

HARRIS

-

JPM

SlEP

16

_I_

.-

17

18

--

-

-

-I_

-

PROC

STEP

7.1.10

I

-

CUE: AI

9.1.11

___

--

I_-

CUE: A1

7.1.12

___

I_

CUE: AI

_I_

Check Annunciator

CONTAWMENT PAN

COOLEKS AH-3 LOW

FLOW-OK, has cleared

AI.11-27/8-2,

-.

Operator verifies

annunciator ALB-23-8-

2, CONTA1,WENT

FAN COOLERS AH-3

window is DARK

LOW HrLOW-O!L,

__

l_l

2 7-8-2 IS DARK

-I-

-

Check Annunciator

Operator verifies

ALB-2717-2,

annunciator ALH-27-7-

CONTAINMENT FAX

2, CCPNTAINMEhT

COOLERS AH-2 LOW

FAN COOLERS AH-2

FLOW-OL, has cleared

LOW FLOW-O/L,

window is DARK

~-

~

_

_

~

-

_

.

E J Z E O R WIhDOWALB-27-7-2 IS DARK.

__

-7-

_

-

_

_

_

~

~

~

_

-_

Check Annunciator

CONTAINMENT PAN

COOLERS NE4 LOW

FLOU-O/L, has cleared

ALB-2914-2,

Operator identifies that

annunciator AI.B-29-4-

2, CONTAINMENT

PAN COOLERS AH-4

LOW FLOW-O!L,

window is DARK

-

STOP TIME:

Page 8 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CQb)

IIARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The unit is operating at power. Conditions have been established to perform OST-IOIO,

Containment Cooling System Qperability Test.

The IJnit-SCO is aware of the Containment high vacuum condition and annumiator

procedures have been referenced. The Unit-SCO has given permission to paform the

test. A11 prerequisites have been performed.

INITIATING CUIE(S):

You are directed to perfom OST-1010.

Page 9 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(c)

HARRIS

REGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUM

JPM COM-SIM(c)

Isolate the SI Accumulators following a LOCA

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 8

Post Vdidation Revision

JPM COI\\~-SIM(CJ

HARRIS

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PEWFBRMANCE MEASUKE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

Isolate the SI Accumulators following a LOCA

Requires an accumulator to be vented to Containment

FACILITY JPM NIJMBER:

New

KA:

00001 lEA1.13

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

4.2

KO

4.1

KA STATEMENT:

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

PREFERRED EVALLJATION METHOD:

REFERENCES:

PATH-1 Guide, Rev 14

VALIDATION TIME:

10

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply

to a Large Break EOCA: Safety injection components

Accumulators A and B have been isolated and

Accumulator C has been vrnted

s _

SIMULATOR

INPLANT

PERFORM

e

SIMULATE

-

-

-

OP-110, Safety Injection, Rev 22

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of R

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(c)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT i PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e Initialize to IC-I9 (100% power)

a

Insert a large break EOCA <MALF RCS-IC 100>

a TripaliRCPs

a

Perform the actions of PATH-I, up to the point where SI accumulators are to be

isolated, including transfer to CL recirculation

a

Ensure RCS temperatures are < 370 O F

a

Insert a malfunction to prevent 1SH-248 from closing < O W XAU162 OPEN>

a

FREEZE the simulator

a When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN

a

PATH-1 Guide

a

OP-1 IO, Safety injection

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance ofthis JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you xnay

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany* are to baperformedfiom memoiy Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication ifnot otherwise

available. Report completioa of the task as you woukd in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 8

Post Validation Revision

3PM COM-SIM(c)

HARRIS

INTIAL CONDITIONS:

A large break LOCA has occurred. Actions have been taken in accordance with

PATH-1 to respond to the LOCA. EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg

Recirculation, has also been completed.

INITIATING CUE(S):

Isolate the SI Accumulators in accordance with Step 64 PATH-1 Guide.

Page 4 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(c)

HAKRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

j

i

-.&-

2

PATH-1

1 Guide

64.a

3

PArII-1

Guide

64.b

l_l

solate SI Accumulators:

I. RCS hot leg

temperatures 4 370°F

' Verifies allRCS hot lee-

temperatures AT LEAST

-

370°F

__

._

TWO LESS THAN

1. Locally unlock AND

close both breakers for

each SI accumulator

discharge valve:

I

0

ISI-246 (MCC-

1/12 1-SA-5C)

e 1SI-247 (MCC-IB21-

SH-5C)

ISI-248 (MCC-

IA21-SA-3D) .___

NOTES

-

-

'rovide applicant

vith copy of

rrocedure after

lemoristration of

ibility to obtain

y&

KS BY

_I_

,>

O R E H A T O R INSTRUCTIONS: CLOSE BREAl

TING THE FOLLOWING REMOTE FITNCTIONS - SIS006 CLOSED;

Page 5 of8

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(c)

HARRIS

PROC

STEP

ELEh4QNT

-

--

Locates OP-l IO, Safety

Injection, Section 8.3

1

--

?UE; SCO ACKiYTON7LEDGE.Y REPOI

---1---

~ _ _ _ -

lp-110, b. Shut LSI-287,

-7

1.3.2.2.

ACCUillULATORS &

PRZ PBRV N2

SUPPLY

Accumulator inoperable

perTech Spec 3.5.1, due

to being connected to

STANDARD

Places band

switches for ISI-

ISI-248 tu CLOSE

Verifies 1%-246 and

1Sh-247 shut by red

light OFF and peen

light ON

Determines ISi-248

failed to shut by red

light ON and green

__

light OFF

Locates procedure and

section

246, 1Sl-247, and

Vents only Accumulator

C

during the following

%onns SCO that an

EIR may he necessary

st=

..

-__.

Places 1SI-287 in

CLOSE

Verifies 1SI-287

shut by red light

OFF and green light

- OK

h f O l T l S SCO that

Accumulator C is to be

leclared inoperable

NOTES

-

CRITICAL TO

CLOSE 151-246

4ND lSI-247 TO

[SOLATE CLAs.

Provide applicant

gith copy of

wocedure after

lernons&raPion of

rbiiiw to obtain

ofly.

___.I.

YE

I

EIR.

-

mricM, TO

REVENT N2

1EAI)ER FROM

3EING BLED

NTO

-:ONTAINMENT.

_.

SAT !

IJNSAT -

-

I

Page 6 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(c)

HARRIS

PROC

STEP

3P-110,

1.3.2.2.

I

_=

ELEMENT

-

1. Opcnthe

ACCUMULATOR N2

SUPPLY & VENT for

the Accumulator to be

vented

1.

1SI-295,

ACCUMULATOR

A N2 SUPPLY &

VENT

ACCUMULATOR

B N2 SIJPPLY &

VENT

ACCUMULATOR

C N2 SUPPLY &

2. ISI-296,

3. "297,

VENT

ZKUE~E? ~n

modes I, 37-

and 3, ensure Accumulators

are maintained within

'8.3.2.3 ' 1 'Iechnical Specification

' iimits for pressure and Level

I when venting SI

-

1

Places 1SI-297 in

,

Verifies 1SI-297

OPEN

open by red Light ON

and geen light OFF

.~

!evin\\,s cautio" a::d

etermines not

pplicable due to not

,eing in Modes 1-3

NOTES

L'KITICAL TO

tLIGN

4CCUMULATOR

C' TO VENT

IEhDER.

!

A-

HC-936, ISI- j e

Rotates HC-936

PRESS CNTL, control

i

CCW directinn

i

potentiometer

-

SAT J

UNSAT -

__.___

demand increases by ! HEADER.

meter indication

potentiometer output

j e

Observes valve

signal to open ISZ-298 and

vent the Accumulator

--

1ASK COMPLETE

STOP TIME:

Page 7 of 6

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-SIM(c)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A large break LOCA has occurred. Actions have been taken in accordance with

PATH-1 to respond to the LOCA. EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg

Recirculation, has also been completed.

INITIATING CUE@):

Isolate the SI Accumulators in accordance with Step 64 PATH-I Guide.

Page 8 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

JPM RO-SIM(d)

Start the Turbine Driven

Auxiliary F eedw ater Pump

APPLICANT:

Page 1 of 9

Post Validation Revision

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAh4INATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

Start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump

FACILITY JPM NUMBER

CR-028 (M)

KA:

061A3.01

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

4.2

KA STATEMENT:

TASK STANDARU:

Ability to monitor automatic operation ofthe AFW,

including: AFW startup and flows

The 1DAF:Vlr Pump is supplying the SGs at a flow rate of

between 50 and 100 KPPH each.

-

SIMULATOR J

IN PLANT

PERFORM

J

SIMLJJJATE

PREFEKKECP EVALUATION LOCATION:

-

IREFERKED EVALUATION METHOD:

-

-

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Rev 22

-

APPLICANT:

START Tim:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PEWOIPMANCE RATING:

SA?

IJNSAT

COMMENTS :

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

Initialize to IC8 (8% power).

  • Insert MALFIJNCTIONS to cause the MDAFW Pumps to trip <CFWOlA and

CFWOlB>.

  • Manually trip the reactor.

e

Secure the running Main Feedwater Pump.

e

Allow SG levels to steam to approximately 45% level.

Attempt to start both MDAFW Pumps to obtain trip alarms.

e

FREEZE the simulator.

e

When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.

e

OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRIJCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If siniulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

nornially would in the Control Room. You should silence d l annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to ail plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use ofpersonal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normarly available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany, are zo beperJormedJrom memory, Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not othmvise

available. Report completion oftlie task as you would in theplant

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

he asked to perform that may require you to impleinent an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A manual plant trip has been initiated due to a loss of Main Feedwater. Following the

trip, both A4otor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps tripped. EOP-EPP-004, Reactor

Trip Response, is being performed.

INITIATING CUE@):

Manually start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump and feed all three SGs

at a rate between 25 and 50 WE each per OP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System,

Section 5.5.

All Initial Conditions for starting the pump have been completed.

You have been assigned to perform this task as an extra operator. All other plant

responses will be addressed by other opwators.

Page 4 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

II4RRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

-

PROC

STEP

NA -

--

5.5.1

S.5.2.1

ELEMEXT

Section 5.5

-

Conditions

1. Attachment 1

completed.

2. Attachment 2

completed.

3. The spool pieces

connecting AFW to the

SG Wet Layup System

are removed with blank

flanges installed.

4. Attachment 5 has been

compieted for the

TDAFW pump.

5. The Pump has been

vented per Section 8.6

System Venting if

Log cycles as required by

OMM-0 13

[EXTRA OPERATOR W E

Verify PDK-2180.1 SB:

InAAUTO

__

reguired.

__

-l__

Set at the value provided

in the Operations Curve

Book, C U W ~

F-X-IO

__s___

STANDARD

-

jbtains copy of

mcedure

nitial conditions

ompleted per initiating
ue

>ogs cycles as necessary

....

~

......

LOG.VECESSARY

...

lerifies PDK-2 180.1 SB

WTO pushbutton is

,TTandsetat31%

Drovide applicant

vitlr ropy of

trocedure after

lemonstration of

rbility to obtain

'Qpy.

-~

-

SAT I

UNSAT

Page 5 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

HARRIS

JPM

STEP

  • §

v

_-

"6

I

PROC

STEP

5.5.2.3 -

ELEMENT

IF full flow to the Steam

Generators is not

immediately desired, then

perform the following:

1, Declare the Turbine-

Driven AFW Pump

inoperable

2. Shaat the following

valves:

e

1AF-137, STM

TURB AUX FW A

ISOLATION

TURB AUX FW B

ISOLATION

TURB AUX FW C

ISOLATION

e

lAF-143,STM

e

1AF-149, STM

._

I__.-

WLE.

Start the Turbine-Driven

AFW Pump by placing

either of the steam

~dmission control switches

to the open position.

I 1MS-70 SA, MAIN

S T E M B TO AUX

FW TURBINE

1MS-12 SB, MAIN

STEAM C TO AUX

F W TURBINE

lispatch an operator to

mform the following:

1

Check the pump locally

for proper operation

Verify adequate reek

flow

__I__

_--

E R A TOR REPORTS TDA

STANDARD

a. Declares the

TDMW Pump

inoperable

la. Places the

following valves in

SIIUI'

1AF-131

e

1AF-143

e

1AF-149

.

Verifies the valves

shut by GREEN

light LIT and REI)

light OFF

NOTES

__r

-

CRITICAL TO

PREVENT

FB:EDINNG SGs AT

MAXIMUM

FLOW RATE

WHEN PUMP IS

STARTED.

NOTE: Declarotion

of inoperability and

verification is NOT

critical.

i THAT TDAFW'PUMPIS

_.._____

Places 1MS-10A

and/or IMS30B in

OPEN position

e

Verifies valve(s)

open by observing

GREEN light OFF

and RED light LIT

Dispatches an operator

to perform checks

CRITICAL TO

START PUMP TO

PROVIDE

SOURCE OF

WATER TO SGs.

NOTE: Verificorion

is NOT criticul.

Page 6 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(J)

HARRIS

PROC

STEP

5.5.2.6.~ -

5.2.6.

b

ELEMENT

If AE'W Isolation valves

were shut in Step 3,

then. to start feeding the

steam Generators,

ierform the following:

L.

Shut Turbine Driven

AI-W Pump Flow

Control valves:

e

FK-2071A1 SB

AUX F W A

REGULATOR,

1AF-129

  • FK-2071BI SB

AUX FW B

REGULATOR,

1AF-1M

~ ~ - 2 0 7 1 c t

SB

AUX FW C

REGULATOR,

IAF-13%

). Open Turbine Driven

AFWPumpIsoiation

valves:

lAF-137, STM

TURB AUX FW A

ISOLATION

TURB AUX FW B

ISOLATION

TURB AUX FW C

ISOLATION

1AF-143, STM

0

1AF-149, STM

c

STANDARD

II. Shuts the following

valves by placing

Controller in MAN

and lowering

output to 0%:

FK-2071A1 SB

AUX F W A

REGULATOR,

1AF-129

PK-2071Bl SB

AUX FW B

RKGULATOR,

FK-2071C1 SB

AUX FW C

REGULATOR,

. Verifies valves shut

by observing

controller output at

0% and GREEN

lights ON for valve

j o s i t i o n

~.

indication

. .

'laces the following

aives in OPEN

1AF-137

IAF-143

1AF-149

1AP-130

1AF-131

'erifies the valves open

y GREEN light OFF

nd RED light LIT

NO'IES

-

-

x r r I c a TO

'REVENT

'EEDING SGs AT

NAXIMUM

?LOW' RATE.

VOTE: Verijkatioii

s NOT criticul.

__

RrrICm TO
S'I'MLiSSH

'LOW PATH.

KITE: Verijkation

i NOT critical.

SAT /

UNSAT -

Page 7 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

IIAKRIS

JPM

STEP

  • IO

.-

__

12

I

-

-

PKOC

STEP

5.5.2.7

~.

5.5.2.8

5.5.2.9

___-

ELEMENT

_-

Control AFW flow to the

Steam Generators by

throttling the following

valves by operation of the

respective MCB flow

control1er:

e

Steam Generator A

1AF-129 (FK-2071A1

SBl

Steam Generator B

1AP-130 (FK-2071B1

S W

D

Steam Generator C

1AF-131 (FK-2071Cl

-

SB!!----

Verify flow to the Steam

Generators on the following

indicators:

D

SG A AUX F W FLOW

S G B AUX FW FLOW

(FI-2050B 1 SB)

SG C AUX FW FLOW

(FI-2050A1 SA)

s

D

(FI-2050Cl SA)

_______.

l_.--

[f necessary, then adjust

PDK-2 180.1 SB to vary

urbine AP

-

STANDARD

-__I-

Adjusts controllers for

each of the following

valves to provide flow

at rate between 25 and

50 KFPH

SGAIAF-129

m

SGBlAF-130

e

SGCIAF-131

(PK-2071A1 SR)

(FK-207IB1 SB)

(FK-2071C1 SR)

-.

Verifies flow to each sC,

between 25 and 50

KPPII by ohserving

following indications:

e SGAAUXFW

FLOW (FI-2050A1

SA)

SB)

SA)-..-

e SGBAUXPW

FLOW jFI-2050B1

e SGCALJXFW

FLOW (FI-2050C1

Adjusts PDK-2180.1 SB

as needed

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

ESTABIASH

PROPER FLOW

RATE.

TOP TIME:

Page 8 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(d)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO HE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A manual plant trip has been initiated due to a loss of Main Feedwater. Following the

trip, both Motor Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps tripped. EOP-EPP-004, Reactor

Trip Response, is being performed.

INITIATING CUE(§):

Manually start the Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump and feed all three SGs

at a rate between 25 and 50 WPII each per QP-137, Auxiliary Feedwater System,

Section 5.5.

All Initial Conditions for starting the pump have been completed.

You have been assigned to perfom this task as an extra operator. All other plant

responses will be addressed by other operators.

Page 9 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

EGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

JPM RO-SIM(e)

Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of i I

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

1CS-452 and ISf-340 fail to operate, requiring operation of

alternate valves

FACILTTY JPM NUMBER:

CR-03 1(M)

KA:

006A4.05

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

3.9

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control

room: Transfer of ECCS flowpaths prior bo recirculation

TASK STANDARD:

High head SI flow is established and verified on both trains

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

REFERENCES:

-

SIMULATOR J

INPLANT

PERFORM

e

SIMULATE

-

-

-

EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev 15

VALIDATION TIME:

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Pnge 2 of i I

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

Initialize to a Mode 4 post-LOCA condition.

e

All equipment is operating as required and RWST level is approximately 22 percent.

e

SI should be reset and CCW should be aligned to the RHR heat exchangers.

e

Insert malfunctions to prevent ICs-752, CSIP B Alternate Miniflow Isolation, <OVR

ZRPK71 IB Fail Ener&<Led> <OVR ICs-752 OPEN> and ISI-340, Low Head SI

Train A to Cold Leg Valve, fiom closing <OVR 1 SI-340 OPEN>.

When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.

EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

e FREEZE the simulator.

e

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, p1ac.e-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. Ail

actions taken by YOU should he clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normaliy available reference materials; however, immediate acfiofis,

ifany, are to beperformedfiom memoly. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

avaiiable. Report conipletiofi ofthe ta5k asjfou would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implenient an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 1 1

Post Validation Revision

JPRl RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A reactor trip and safety injection have occurred due to a LOCA. SI has been reset

and CCW has been aligned to the RHR MXs. All equipment is operating as required

and RWST level is approximately 23%.

HNITIATEG CUE(S):

Transfer to cold leg recirculation per EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Coid Leg

Recirculation.

Page 4 of 11

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

8__

PROC

srw -

KIA

Caution

before

Step 1

gote

iefore

Step 1

ELEMENT

4

lbtain copy of EOP-EPP-

110

-

AUT ION

B

Do Steps I through 8

without delay. Do NOT

implement Function

Restoration Procedures

prior to completion of

these steps.

RCS must he maintained

at all times.

t

Switchover to

recirculation may cause

high radiation levels in

the reactor auxiliary

building. Radiation

levels must be assessed

prior to perfonnance of

local actions in the

1

SI recirculation flow to

affected area.

Foldoul applies.

@E

CNMT wide range sump

Ievel of greater than

137.5 PJCIIES should

ensure a long term

recirculation suction

source.

The following sequence

of steps to transfer to

cold leg recirculation

assnnies operability of at

least one train of

STANDARD

3htains copy of EOP-

EPP-010

-- -

Keviews cautions

Leviews notes

N O E S

Provide appIicant

with copy of

orocedure after

demonstration of

abiIi@ to obtain

Lopy.

___

YUTE: ,WY

YEVIEW

YILDOW PAGE

TEA4S. NOT

WQr.JIRbD TO

VATISFACTORILY

ZOMPLETE JPM

Page 5 of 1 I

Post Validation Revision

JPM

STEP

4

_I_

5

"6

S'iEP

ELEMENT

RHR pump suction

valves OPEN:

Train A IPHR pump:

ISI-300 ANI) 1SI-

e

Train R RIIR pump:

1SI-301 AND 1SI-

-

t RVI'ST to KHR

STANDARD

Verifies both RHR

pumps running by

observing RED light

ON, flow and or

current indicated

Verifies-Train A

sump valves open by

observing RED

lights ON, green

lights OFF on 1 SI-

400 and ISI-310

Verifies Train B

sump valves open by

observing RED

lights ON, green

litrhts OFF on 1SI-

361 and I SI-3 1 I

e

Places 1SI-322 and

"323

handswitches to

CLOSE

Verify valves

closed by observing

RED lights ON,

green lights OFF

on 1SI-322 and

1SI-323

[SOLATE RHR

PUMPS FROM

RWST AS

SUCTION

SOURCE.

Page 6 of 1 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

PROC

STEP -

I .d

I__

I.d.KNO

!.a

ELEMENT

~ i. Shut low head SI Train

A to cold leg valve:

1SI-340

-

. Shut low head SI

'Train B to cold leg

valve:

ISI-341

-

stablish CSk
ecirculation

ilignment:

, Shut CSP alternate

miniflow isolation

\\,a1ves:

ICs-746 (Train A

CSP)

ICs-452 (Train B CSIP)

STANDARD

0

Places 1SI-340

Control Power ON

  • Verifies ORANGE

Control Power Light

ON

handswitch to

CLOSE

  • Determines that 1 SI-

340 does NO?' close

by observing WED

light ON, green light

OFF

Goes to Step 1 .c

KNO

Control Power ON

Control Power Light

ON

D

Places 1SI-341

handswitch to

CLOSE

D

Verifies that 1 SI-

340 closes by

ohserving RED light

o

Places 1SI-340

e

Places ISI-341

D

Verifies ORANGE

~ .-

. _ _ _ --

I

OFF, gre& light ON

V e r i f i e s iCS-146-

closed by observing

RED light OFF,

GREEN light ON

I Places 1CS-752

handswitch in

CI>OSE

D

Determines ICs-746

did SOT close by

observing RED light

ON, GREEN light

OFF

I Goes to Step

2.a.KVO

-

NOTES

NOTE: MOT

CRITICAL TO

CI.OSE ISI-340

VALVE WILL NOT

OPERATE.

CRITICAL TO

CLOSE VALVE

SINCE TRAIN A

VALVE FAILED

'TO CLOSE AS

REQUIRED.

. .-

.VOTE: NOT

CRITICAL TO

CLOSE ICS- 752

SI.VCE VALVE

WILL NOT

OPERATE.

I

Page 7 of I I

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

IIARRIS

PROC

STEP

2.a.RNO

q

_-

2.b

~-

2.C

._

2.d

2.e

__

2.f

ELEMENT

B. Shut the associated

block valve:

ICs-753 (Train B

CSIP)

--

1. Verify normal miniflow-

isolation vaIves - SHUT

ICs-182

ICS-iP6

ICs-210

ICs-214

to CSIP auction

valves:

IRK-63

____

. Open RMW discharge

IRH-25

1. Reset SI

. Manually realign

-

safeguards equipment

following a loss of

offsrteower

. Shut RWST to CSIP

suction valves AND

place in pull-to-lock

position:

LCV-Il5D

LCV-lI5B

Places 1CS-753

handswitch in

CLOSE

D

Verifies 1CS-453

closed by observing

-,I1

light OW",

GREEN light ON

--

Verifies both valves

losed by observing

ICs-182 and ICs-196

=I> lights OFF,

REEN lights ON

1

Places

handswitches for

both 1RH-25 and

1RH-63 in OPEN

I

Verifies 1KH-25 and

1RH-63 open by

observing RED

lights ON, GREEN

a t s , C ) F F

lesets SI signal

ktes step, hut takes NO

&on due to no loss of

)ffsite power

1

Places LCV-115B

and LCV-115D in

CLOSE and then

in PULL-TO-

LOCK

I

Verifies LCV-11SB

and LCV-11SD

closed by observing

REI> lights OFF,

_I..._

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

CLOSE VALVE

SINCE

MINIFLOW

VALVE FAILED

TO CLOSE AS

REQUIRED.

NOTE: Muy also

close I CS- 745 as

part of RAT0

ulthough this is NOT

required

-

CRITICAL TO

SUPPLY

SUCTION

FLOWPATII

FROM SIMP TO

CSIP.

CRITICAL TO

ISOLATE RWST

SUCTION WHILE

ALIGNED FOR

RECIRC.

SAT i

UNSAl -

Page8ofll

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

PROC

STEP

3.a

Lb

La

..h

..e

ELEMENT

-~__

,heck Charging System

itatus:

1. CIieck charging line -

isolated

>. Verify Both charging

Pumps - running

~stablish'Hecircula~on

njection Flowpath:

I. Open alternate high

herd SI to cold leg

valve

1SI-52

,. Check my BIT outlet

valve - open

ISI-3

1SI-4

. Shut CSIP discharge-

cross connect valves

based on Table:

Discharge Cross

Connect Valves To Be

Shnt

Any 2: ICs-217, ICS-

-

_.

218, ICs-219, ICs-220

STAXDARD

Checks Charging

Line Isolation

Valves 1CS-235 and

ICs-238 CL.OSED

hy observing RED

lights OFF, GREEN

ligkhts ON

May also check

FCV-122.1

CLOSED by

observing flow

indication of Z.ERO

Verifies CSPs 1A-SA

and 1B-SB both running

by observing RED lights

ON GREEN l i e F F

I._

Places 1SI-52

Verifies ORANGE

Contrnl Power ON

Control Power Light

Oh'

Places 1SI-52

handwitch to

0PE:N

e

Verifies lSI-52 open

by observing KED

light ON, green Iight

OFF

_I____._

Verifies both 1 SI-3 and

IS(-4 open by observing

RED lights ON, GREEN

%hts OFF

I Places any 2 of 4

handswitches to

CLOSE position

for valves 1CS-217,

1CS-218, ICs-219,

and/or 1CS-220

D

Verifies valves

operated c1osed by

observing RED

lights OFF, GREEN

lights OFF

. . ~ ~ . _ _ I _ ~

NOTES

ZRITPCA?, TO

ESTABLISH

[IVJECTION

FLOWPATH.

XITICAL TO

EPAEWTE SI

tECIKCU1,ATIO

rT PHASE.

r u m s DURING

Page 9 of L I

Post Validation Revision

IPM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

PKOC

STEP

5

TASI

7-1

ELEMENT

Verify High Head 6 Flow:

0

Alternate header flow

(Train A):

FI-940

(Train R):

FLY43

o Normal header flow

.~

-~

STANDARD

__

. .__

Verifies Train A

flow indication on

Verifies Trdin B

flow indication on

FI-941

FH-940

STOP TIME:

Page 10 of I I

Post Validation Revision

3PM RO-SIM(e)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(ro BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A reactor trip and safety injection have occurred due to a LOCA. SI has been reset

and CCW has been aligned to the RHR HXs. AI1 equipment is operating as required

and RWST level is approximately 23%.

INITIATING CUE@):

Transfer to cold leg recirculation per EOP-EPP-010, Transfer to Cold Leg

Recirculation.

Page 1 1 of I I

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

REGION If

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

JPM RO-SIM(6)

Perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator

Exercise

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(0

HARRIS

REGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE hEASUW

TASK

ALTERNATE PATH:

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

KA:

00iA2.11

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

4.4

Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following

malfunction or operations on the CRDS- and (b) based on

KA STATEMEN?':

those predictions. use procedures to correct, control, or

mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or

operations: Situations requiring a reactor trip

The reactor has been manually tripped in response to two

dropped rods

Perform Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise

Two shutdown bank rods drop while withdrawing to full

withdrawn position.

NRCOO- 1 .g

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALLJATION LOCATION:

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

REFERENCES:

-

SIMULATOR

INPLANT

PERFORM

J

SIMULATE

-

-

-

OST-I 005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise

Quarterly Interval Modes 1 - 3. Rev 11

AOP-001, Malfunction of Rod Control and Indication System, Rev 22

VALIDATION TIME:

20

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

-

APPIXANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EX AM I Pi E R :

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

TOOLS i EQtJIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

e

e

e FREEZE the simulator.

e

Initialize to a 100% power IC.

Enter malfblnction to prevent auto opening of Reactor Trip Breakers <IMF RPSOlB 3

1>.

SEE INSTRUC?'IOI';S AT STEP 7 TO ENTER ADDITIONAL MALFUNCTIONS.

Trigger created to IMF CRF03A 2 J13 and IMF CRF03B 2 C7 with a 1 sec TD>

When Applicant is ready, pIace simulator in RUN.

e

e

OST-1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval

Modes 1 - 3

AOP-00 1, Malfunction of Rod Control and Indication System

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication; place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Refore starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however- immediate actions,

ifany, are to beperformedfiom memoay. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance ofthe JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report compktion ofthe task as you would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is operating at 100% power.

OST- 1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval

Modes I

~ 3, is being performed. All prerequisites to perfom the test have been met.

A briefing has been conducted for the performance of Section 7. I. The

Superintendent-Shift Operations has givcn permission to perform this OST.

INITIATING CUE@):

You are to perform OST-IOOS,

Section 7.1, commencing with Shutdown Bank A

Page 4 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(1)

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

I_

3

  • 4

5

__

  • 6

PROC

srrm

__=

N/A

Note

before

7.1.1 .a

NOTE: .

ELEMENT

STANDARD

NOTES

N m : Substeps 1.a t

I .g are to be signed off w

listed in Attachment 1 is

_

-

~

-

~

I

-

_

_

L

_

~

_

-

_

_

_

.

_

PPLICANT MA Y REQLESTANADDITIOAAL OPERA TOR TO MOATTOR

A.VD RECORD DRIf DUE TO THE LOCATIO.% OF INDICATION- IF

REQUESTED9 PROVIDE THE REQUIRED IXFORMATIONAS DRPI INDICATIiVG

22z:

rod bank being

tested, record on Attachment

I the rod heights as indicated

by Group Step Counters and

DRPI.

Selector to the bank being

tested.

I

~ NOTE: When inserting rods,

Note

the Hank Low Insertion and

Rank Low-Low Insertion

Limit Alarm may be

actuated.

With the Rod Motion

lever, drive the rod bank

being tested IN 10 steps as

indicated by Group Step

Counters.

-~

For Shutdown Bank A,

records both Group

Position indications as

225 and records all

DRFI position

indications as 228

Rotates the ROD

BANK SELECTOR

switch to the SB A

position

_ _ _ _ ~

Reviews note

_ . - ~ _ _ _

Places the ROD

MOTION lever in the

IN position and

inserts Shutdown Bank

A rods 10 steps by

observing Group

Position indication

-

CRITICAL TO

ALLOW

MOVEMENT OF

SHUTDOWN

BANK A.

~

.._____-

. .-

CRITICAL TO

CAUSE

SHUTDOWN

BAVK A RODS

TO MOVE

INWARD.

Page 5 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

--L-1-

_-_-.A

-*--

NOTE: IF REQ~~ESTED~

PROVIDE THE BEQG'PRED IAFORWATIONAS DRPP

rod heights for the bank

Position indications as

INSERT MA1,FIJNCTIONS WHICH CAUSE 2 SHUTDOWN BANK 'A' HODS TO DROP

DF THE FQLLQWING STEP <IMF CRF03A 2 513 and IMF CRFO3B 2 C7 WITH A 1 SEC

INTO CORE AFTER RQDS ARE WITHDRAWN 2-3 STEPS DURING THE PERFORMANCE

_

_

-

-

-

I

__

rIim DELAY>.

RAW ffODS, DIRECT APPLICANT TO RESTORE RODS TO

With the Rod Motion

SHUTDOWN

[JPM CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

Page 6 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

-

JPM

srw

10

v

PROC

STEP -

NIA

Rod Bottom Lights

o

Decreasing power

a Decreasing Tavg

ALE-13-74, ONE

ROD AT BOTTOM

OK MORE RODS

ALB-13-7-1, ROD

ALH-13-7-3, 'Two

Ar BOTTOM

URGENT ALARM

POWER RANGE

HIGH NEUTRON

FLUX RATE

ALB-13-4-2,

z

ALERT

0

ALE-12-4-3,

REACTOR TREP

PO\\VF,R RANGE

HIGH FLUX RATE

POWER RANGE

UPPER DETECTOR

HIGH FLUX DEV

OR AIJTO DEFEAT

POWER RANGE

DETECTOR HIGH

AUTO IIEFEA'I'

POWER RANGE

DEVIATION

COMPUTER

ALE-13-5-3,

ALE-13-54,

FLUX n w OR

M.B-13-4-5,

ALE-13-8-5,

Page 7 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPhf RO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

and maaaually trips the

__-

I

___.__

TASK COMPLETE

STOP TIME:

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

MANUALLY

TRIP THE

REACTOR.

,VOTE:

IMMEDJA TE

OPERA TOR

ACTION FOR AOP-

001.

ADIXTICNALL X

TRIPPED RPS

RISTARLES DUE

TO XEGA TIVE

RA' TE TMP ALSO

REQUIRE

REACTOR IWP.

,VOT CRITICAL TO

IXFORM lJh'lT

SCO PRIOR TO

TRIPPIKG

REACTOR.

I

-.

____=

S A T i

LNSAT

P

Page 8 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM KO-SIM(f)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO RE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION QF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is operating at 1OOOh power.

OST- 1005, Control Rod and Rod Position Indicator Exercise Quarterly Interval

Modes I - 3, is being performed. All prerequisites to perfonn the test have been met.

A briefing has been conducted for the performance of Section 3.1. The

Superintendent-Shift Operations has given permission to perform this OST.

INITIATING CUE(§):

You arc to perform OST- 1005, Section 7.1, commencing with Shutdown Bank A

Page 9 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JIM KO-CR(g)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PEWORMANCE MEASUW

JPM RO-CR(g)

Place Audio Count Rate Drawer in ~ervice

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(g)

HARRIS

IiEGION IT

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

New

KA:

015A4.02

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

3.9

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control

room: NIS indicators

Audio Count Rate Drawer and Scaler Timer are capablc of

providing counts in 30 seconds intervals.

Place Audio Count Rate Drawer in Service

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALLJATION METHOD:

PERFORM

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL

No

J -

CR

SIMULATE J

-

-

-

OP- 105, Excorc Kuclear Instrumentation, Rev 2 1

-

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM KO-CR(g)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

e

This JPM is designed to be simulated in the Control Room.

e

If used in the simulator, do NOT provide cues.

a If used in the simulator, initialize to any shutdown IC.

a

FREEZE the simulator.

When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.

OP- 105, Excore Nuclear Instnimentantalion

e

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

Ifsimulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this 3PM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You me expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actioons,

ifany, are to beprfornacd from meinmy. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the perforniance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completion of the task as you would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-C:R(g)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is in Mode 3 following a reactor trip. Source Range Channel N-3 1 is

indicating 30 cps and Source Range Channel N-32 is indicating 40 cps.

No personnel are inside containment.

INITIATING CUE(§):

Using OP- 105, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 8.1.2.3, establish operation

of the Audio Count Rate and Scaler Timer in the PRESET TIME MODE? using a

manual sampling periods of 30 seconds. Use the highest reading indication as input.

Page 4 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(g)

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

-

JPM

STEP

1

2

3

  • 4

PROC

STEP -

NIA

Note

before

3.1.2.3

2aution

Tefore

3.1.2.3

Y.1.2.3.a

ELEMENT

3btain copy of OP-105

1heCHANNEL

ELECI'OR switch must be

)ulIed out to release the lock

refore it can be turned.

'AUTION

i-

When changing

___I-.

~

he multiplier switch

'osition, ensure personnel in

ontainment are notified that

L change in count level will

re heard.

_I.__

Tor PRESET TIME mode,

Berform the following.

I. Turn CFIANNEL

SELECTOR switch to

the desirrd Soaarce

Range channel

STANDARH)

procedure after

demonstration of

ability to obtain

-

-

~-I_

Reviews note

Reviews caution

- -T3

  • Determines SR

CRITICAL 'ro

Channel N32 is

ENSURE HIGIIER

desired channel

e

Pulls Channel

SELECTED FOR

Selector switch

A1JDIO COLTT

OUT and then

RATE.

I

i

rotates to N32

I

position

___+

_I.

I

I

crI IS IX THE

__.

T-32 PI POSITION.

I-

I

Page 5 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(g)

HARRIS

~

5A

PROC

STEP

8.1.2.3.b -

-.

CLE: r:

~ O I S E

Repeat

8.1.2.3.b

ELEMENT

COMPLETION OF

MULTIPLIER switch

TO PROVIDE

upscale as necessary

WbWr Rk TE

__

NEAR CONTINUOUS. -

-

7. Turn the AUbIO

MULTPLIER switch to

position 10. If the

audible count rate is too

rapid, adjust the AUDIO

MULTIPLIER switch

  • ale

as necessary .~_

-

_.l___.

D~,MULTIPLIER swri

Rotates Audio Multiplier

switch to Position 100

Listens for audible count

rate and detemiines

whether it is too rdpid I t

NOISE OCCURS A

or PRESEF TIME

IS AT TIME SEC AND DISPLAY IS AT COUiVTt

-. I_-__-...

ESTABLISH

counting period. The

switches are read

seconds or minutes.

ArOTE: THLMB

Page 6 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM KO-CK(g)

HARRIS

STANDARD

~.

WIN SE

--

Vote

xfore

3.1.2.3.e

1.1.2.3.e

WE:

.ECTED EARLIER.

I_

NOrE: If the SAMPLNG

MODE switch is in ALJTO,

pushing the START push-

button will cause the unit to

accumulate counts for the

preset time, display the

total, automatically reset,

and start over. In

MANUAL, pushing the

START push-button will

cause thc unit to go through

one accumulate, display,

and stop cycle. Pushing the

START push-button again

in MANUAL %*ill repeat

the cycle with the previous

counts added to the new

measurement.

$.

Position the

SAMPLING MODE

switch 60 the desired

position, either AUTO

or MAN

_____

@LING MODE S WITCA

TDepress the START

~-

push button.

-I__.

Ceviews note

Places SAMPI.ING

MODE switch to MAN

position

.

~

-

I

IS IN MANUAL PO,

a

Depresses START

0

Verifies that counts

increase for 30

seconds and then

~~

button

____-I----

START RUTTQN HAS BEEN DEPRESSED, DICIT/

._

3RITICAL TO

ULOW

flANUAL

OONIROL OF

OOUNTING.

__

TION.

_I

XITICAL TO

4LLOW SCALER

rMER TO

IEGIN

)PEWSTING.

--

DISPLAY

NCREASES TO 1200 COUNTS AND STOPS.

-.

,

____.__- _.~

1-

I

I__

STOP TIME:

Page 7 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(g)

H.4RRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COA4PLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is in Mode 3 following a reactor trip. Source Range Channel N-3 i is

indicating 30 cps and Source Range Channel N-32 is indicating 40 cps.

No personnel are inside containment.

INITIATING CIJE(S):

Using OP-105, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 8.1.2.3, establish operation

of the Audio Count Rate and Scaler Timer in the PRESET TIME MODE, using a

manual sampling periods of30 seconds. IJsc the highest reading indication as input.

Page 8 of 8

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(hj

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUW

JPM RO-CR(h)

Align CCW to Support RHR System Operations

APPLICANT:

Page I of I I

Post Validation Revision

SPM KO-CK(h)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

Align CCW to Support RHR System Operations

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

CR-085

KA:

00SA4.01

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

NA

RO

3.3

K.4 STATEMENT:

TASK STANDARD:

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control

room: CCW indications and controls

CCW flow greater than or equal to 5000 gpm has been

established to each RHR hcat exchanger.

J -

CR

SIMULATE

J

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR -

-

-

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

20

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL

No

OP-145, Component Cooring Water, Rev 43

~

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PEKFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PEKFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of i i

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(h)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

a This JPM is designed to be siinulated in the Control Room.

If used in the simulator, do NOT provide cues.

If used in the simulator. initialize to a Mode 4 condition. Both ESW trains should be

in service and both CCW pumps should be running.

When Applicant is ready, place simulator in RUN.

a OP-145,

Component Cooling Water

e

FREEZE the simulator.

e

KEAD TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. Iou should silence ali annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you arc performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting. initial conditions and initiating cues will he described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany, are to heperformedfrom memory* Describe the actions you are Caking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completion ofthe task as you would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perfonn that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of I 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(h)

HARRlS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is in Mode 4 preparing for WHR start-up. Both ESW trains are in service

and both CCW pumps are running. SFP 2&3A is in service.

INITIATING CUE@):

Align CCW to both REIK heat exchangers per OP-145, Component Cooling Water,

Section 8.9. Place A Train CCW in service first.

Page 4 of 1 I

Post Validation Revision

JFM RO-CR(h)

HARRIS

START 1IME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

3

4

_=

PROC

STEP

__i=

NIA

-_

Kote

before

8.9.2.1

-_

Note

before

8.9.2.1

_.__

Caution

before

8.9.2.1

ELEhtENT

-s

Obtain copy of OP-145

NTT:

The purpose of this

section is to ensure CCW

pump runout does not occur.

h4aximum flow through one

CCW pump is 12,650 gpm.

This section will ensure that

one CCW pump is not

supplying hoth essential

cooling loops and the non-

essential Ioop

simultaneously.

_-

____

N

m

Normally it is

desirable to place hoth RWR

cooling trains in operation in

Mode 4. This will require

both CCW pumps to be in

operation and one train of

non-essential supply and

return valves to be shut.

CAUTION To prevent

___.__I-

pump runout when aligning

CCW flow to the RIIR Hx,

verify flow rate to the

non-essential header with

one pump running is less

than 8500 gpm, as indicated

on FI-652.1 (FI-653.1) prior

to opening 1CC-147 (ICC-

STANDARD

Mains copy of OP-145

md refers to Section 8.9.

2eviews note

_____

leviews note

leviews caution

NOTES

Provide applicant

with copy of

procedure after

gemonstration of

ibility to obtain

opy.

Yage5ofII

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-C'R(h)

HARRIS

6

~

I

..

8

PROC

SiEP

8.9.2.1.a

a. If SFP 2&3A is in

service. then shut 1CC-

508, SFP HX 2&3A

CCW Outlet Isolati

-. . .

I

8.9.2.1.b b. IfSFP 2&3E is in

-t-

service, then shut 1CC-

I

521, SFP IIX 2&3R

CCW Outlet Isolation

Valve.

trains of-K

cooling are to be placed in

service, start the second

CCW pump per Section 5.2.

Marks step N/A

Verifies both CCW

pumps running by

observing RED

breaker indication

ON

May also check

flows on both loops

to verify pumps

running

...

~

I----

CUE: BOTI CCWPUMPS INDICATE RE5 LIGkTS OX.

BOTH 7800 GPM.

i

-

,_

iiote

before

8.9.2.3

N E E

If A (D) train RHR

cooling is placed in service

first, the A (E) CCW pump

will only supply the A (B)

CCW essential header. B (A)

CCW pump will supply

the non-essential CCW

header and the B (A) CCW

essential header.

~

Page 6 of I I

Post Validation Revisicn

JPM RQ-CR(h)

IIARRIS

ALIGN CCW TO

by observing RED

~

10

Caution I CAUTION: With one CCW

before

j pump running and the

8.9.2.4

1 standby pump capable of an

i automatic start, ensure a

! minimum flownte of 7S50

1 gpm exists as indicated on

I

! ~r-652.1 (PI-653.1). If

both CCW pumps are

running OR the CCW trains

are separated, a minimum of

3850 gpm per pump is

required. This lower

flownte should only be

allowed for short durations

to accompiish pump

swapping or system

FI-688AI IiVDICATES 5800

e tank level is less than

supplied by demin water.

Make up water for the A

CCW header must be

Page I of I I

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(h)

HARRIS

-

JPM

STEP

13 -

-

  • I4

--

15

~

  • 16

__g_

PROC

STEP

Caution

before

8.9.2.5

8.9.2.5

__i

CUE: I

Caution

before

8.9.2.6

8.9.2.6

-

ELEMENT

CAUTION: Shutting both

1CC-99 and ICC-113 will

result in the loss of the

Yonessential Header.

iflpctia ccw pumps are in

service, close 1CC-99

1CC-163),

CCW HEAT

EXCHANGER A(%) TO

SONESSENTIAL SUP.

-

XUTION: hutting both

lCC-128 and 1CC-I27 will

esult in the loss of the

Gmessential Header.

G o t h CCW pumps arein

iervice, close 1CC-128

1CC-127), CCW

(ONESSENTIAL

lETURN TO HEADER

k(Bh

Jerify the following:

1.

If both CCW Pumps are

in senrice, then perform

the following:

(1) Check CCW Pump

A-SA (3-SB) flow

between 7850 and

8050 mni on MCB

indica& FI-688AI

(FI-689AI).

.-

STANDARD

Reviews caution

E

Flares 102-99 in

CLOSE position

E

Verifies valve closed

by observing RED

light OFF, GREEN

light ON ..

__ -

. .

. . -

If1 OFF, GKEEN LI(

Reviews caution

.

e

Places 1CC-128 in

CLOSE position

e

Verifies vdve closed

by observing RED

light OFF, GREEN

light ON

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

ESSENTIALS

WITH ONLY ONE

PUMP.

SUPPLY NON-

--

CRITICAL TO

SUPPLY NON-

ESSENTIALS

WITH ONLY ONE

PUMP.

I=---

-_._____-.

-_

Verifies flow on FI-

688A1 between 7850

and 8050 gpm

i

j

I

i

I

=

SAT,

UNSA

Page X of i 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(h)

HARRIS

PROC

SIEP

8.9.2.7.a -

PI

I_

-

3.9.2.7.b

3aution

,efore

3.9.2.8 -

EH,EMN"'

e

(2) If necessary, then

adjust ICC-146

(lCC-166), KHR

HX A (B) Outlet

Throttle Vdve, to

obtain desired flow,

-

), If only o G ccw Pump

is in service, then

perform the following:

(1) Check CCW Pump

A-SA (B-SB) flow

between 10,000 and

12,500 gpm on MCB

indicator FI-652.1

(2) If necessary, then

adlust the following

vaivcs while

monitoring MCB

indicator FI-652.1

(FI-653.1) to obtain

the desired flow:

IfSFPKX

2&3A is in

service, adjust

and lock 1CC-

508, SFP HX

2&3A CCW

Outlet Isolation

Valve * If SFP

HX 2&3B is in

service, adjust

and lock 1CC-

52 1, SFP KX

2&3B CCW

Outlet Isolation

(F1-653.1)

Valve

IAUTION:

.-

6 7 not supply-

CW to both RHR Heat

ixchangers simultaneously

iith only one CCW pump

onning.

-

STANDARD

P

Marks step Ni'A

Marks step N l h

Ceviews caution

NOTES

Page 9 of I I

Post Validation Reyision

JPM RO-CR(h)

HARRIS

3PM

STEP

"211 -

__

23

PWOC

SlEP

8.9.2.8

I

-

CUE: 1

8.9.2.9.a

__l_

CUE: - 1

3.9.2.9.b

ELEMENT

service, open 1CC-167

1CC-147), CCW FROM

by observing RED

R" HEAT

Iight ON; GREEN

EXCHANGER I%-SB (A-

__

--

-

_

I

.

Jerifv CCW PurnD B-SB

I Verifies flow indication

A-SA) flow rate in the

equired range, as follows:

I. Check CCW Pump B-SB

(A-SA) flow rate is

between 10,000 and

12,500 gpm on MCA

indicator FI-653.1 (FI-

___.

652.1)

-

-

on FI-653. I between

10,000 and 12,500 gppm

__

1.

If flow rate is. not

between 10,000 and

12,500 gpm, then adjust

the applicable valve.

0

If SFP HX 2&3A is

in service, adjust and

lock 1CC-508, SFP

HX 2&3A CCW

Outlet Isolation

Valve

If SFP HX 2&3B is

in service, adjust and

IIX 2&35 CCW

Outlet Isolation

Valve

lock 1CC-521, SFP

-

___

I

__._

SAT I

UNSAT

I--

--

TOP TIME:

Page 10 of I 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM RO-CR(h)

IIARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE KEJTURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

NITFHAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is in Mode 4 preparing for RHR start-up. Both ESW trains are in service

and both CCW pumps are running. SFP 2&3A is in sewice.

1NI'FHATI"G GUE(S):

Align CCW to both RIIR heat exchangers per OP-145, "Component Cooling Water,"

Section 8.9. PIace "A" Train CCW in service first.

Page I I of 1 I

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HAKRIS

REGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PEWORMANCE MEASUM

JPM COM-IP(i)

Perfom Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution

Component Lineup

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page 1 of 1 I

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

KEGION 11

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

Perform Mode 6 Inadvertent Dilution Component Lineup

ICs-149 fails to close, requiring alternate isolation method

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

IP-l47(M)

m: 004A2.06

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

4.3

RO

4.2

KA STATEMENT:

Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following

malfunctions or operations on the CVCS; and (b) based on

those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or

mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or

operations: Inadvertent boratioddilution

AI1 in-plant portions ofOP-107, Attachment 11, are

completed

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM

INPLANT

SIMULATE

IJ

-

__1

-

-

REFERENCES:

VALIDATION TIME:

30

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL

No

OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System

-

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FWISM TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of I 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IQi)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

Perfomied in plant

  • OP-104, Chemical and Vohme Control System

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as yon

normaily would in the Control Room. You shouId silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

communication, place-keeping, ALAM and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be c.learly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

qmyj are fo beperfornied from memory. Describe the actions YUU are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

availabk. Report completion of the task as jjou would in theplant.

During the COIIRX of the walk-through examination, there may be s ~ m e

tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural. guidance and the indications avaiiablc.

Page 3 of I i

Post Validatinit Revision

JPM COh.f-IP(i)

HAKRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is making preparations to enter Mode 6. GP-009 has directed that the Mode

6 inadvertent dilution valve lineup and verification be performed.

INITIATING CUE(S1:

You are directed to pcrform OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System, Section

8.18. Any required locks and chains have been given to you by the SCO. Contact the

Control Room for any valve operations required from the main control board.

Page 4 of I 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

PROC

STEP -

NIA

___

3.1 x. 1. I

____

3.18. i .2

_ _

i.18.2.1

u t . I t

ELEMENT

Obtain copy of OP-107

The ptant is in MODE 6 or

preparations are being made

to enter MODE 6.

GP-009 has directidthe

establishment of controls to

prevent inadvertent

dilution while in MODE 6.

-

.

Complete Attachment I1 by

placing the component in the

position listed or by

performing the contingency

component manipulation

listed

Shuts and locks ICs-149.

RMW to Blending Tee

Isolation

jA-23h-DY -E3-N12)

-- -

___._

__I-

F149H.4XD WHEEL DOES

demonstrution of

this information

Initiai conditions provide

this information

Enters Attachment 1 I of I

B

Observes-NOTE 1.

D

Locates, and

attempts to shut

valve by rotating

hand wheel in CW

direction

__ ____._-

I

3IRECTION - STUCK OPEN.

Page 5 of I I

Post Validation Revision

JPM COhl-IP(i)

HARRIS

e

Contacts Control

Room and performs

'E A 2'TA CHMENE

-

--

ICs-155 (FCV-114A) Shut

vith MCR C.S. in SHUT

Contacts Control

Room and directs them

to close ICs-155 and

maintain switch in

SHUT

~

4 T 1 CS-I SS ICSHUT 14

CRITICAL TO

CONTACT

CONTROL

ROOM AND

DLRECT THEM

TO PERFORM

THIS ACTION

SINCE IT IS A

CONTINGENCY

FOR PREVIOUS

VALVE

FAILURE.

NOTE:

ACTION FOR

149 TO CLOSE.

TIICOA'TROL

COXTINGEXCY

FAIL LTRE OF 1 CS-

__

9 WITCH IN CLOSE POSITION.

-

SAI' I

UNSAT

-

__

..I

._..__- -

Page 6 of I 1

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

-

PROC

SlEP

Att. 11

with MCB C.S. in SHUT

Room and directs them CONTACT

tnclose 1CS-156and

CONTROL

maintain switch in

ROOM AND

1 SIIUT

DIRECT THEM

PERFORM

..

I

THIS ACTION

SINCE IT IS A

CONTINGENCY

FOR PREVIOUS

VALVE

FAIINRE.

CONIINGENCY

FA II, URE OF I CS-

149 TO ('LCXfE.

ACTIOAr FOR

__

. -

SWITCH IN CL QSE POSITIOA! -7-

.-

I _ --I

.-

'TROL ROOM REPORTS THATbCS-I56 IS SHUl WITH COJVTROL

Verifies 1 ~~-274:Gikuai

Blend from RMWST Is01

Viv, is locked shut

(NEED LOCATION)

CO.VTINGEACY

FAIL C'RE OF 1 CS-

ACTION FOR

Locates a<d verifies

valve is locked shut

I L L -

1149 TO CLOSE.

SAT I

UNSAT

Page 7 of I L

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

11

I_

"12

Tank Inlet Isol Vlv

(236' ELEVATION)

direction, and lucks

hand wheel in C\\V

j ATTACHMENT

' REQUIREMENTS

j MET.

I NOTE:

1 C0.VTIh'GENCY

1 ACTION FOR

FAIL URE OF I CS-

_-

-

SAT I

UNSAT -

i---

W E : ICs-265 HAXD WHEEL DOES NOTMOVE WHENROTATED IN e'@'

DIRECTION ~ ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKING DEVICE HAS BEEX

1

I

I

-

WE: I (

ut. 11

-

.-

-l__.

I

_I____

Verifies ICS-2x7, Alt E.G.

Boration Manual Is01 Vlv, is

valve is locked shut

CON1%VGENCY

locked shut

ACTI0.V FOR

(236' ELEVATION)

FAILURE OF 1CS-

Locates and verifies

I49 TO CLOSE.

.

_

_

_

~

-.

Verifies shut and bcks

e

Observes NOTES 2

1CS-510, Boric Acid Batch

Tank Outlet Isolation

e

Locates, verifies

(A-261-1142-Wll-N5)

to rotate hand

Valve

shut by attcmpting

wheel in CW

direction, and locks

- --

'-SI0 HAXD IVHEEL DOES NOTMOVE WfIEVROT

-

C w r I C . a TO -T-

ATTACH

LOCKING

DE\\'ICE TO

ENSURE

AITACHMENT

REQUIREMENTS

MET.

FED IN CW

..

I

I-

DIRECT- JN - ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKING DEVICE HAS BEEN

I

-

Page 8 of I I

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

I

STAmARL,

I

. -.

. . . . . . I

.-

"13 1 Att. I 1 I \\'erifies shtt and locks

I

Ohserves NO=

.,,.

  • ,...

=-I..

__.. c

1CS-503, Demin Water to

Boric Acid Batch Tank

Isolation Valve

(A-269-D42-W3-N7)

& 1.

shut by attempting

to rotate hand

w*heel in CW

direction, and locks

valve.

e

Locates, verifies

NOTES

CRITICAL TO

ATTACH

LOCKING

IMYICE TO

ENSURE

ATTACHMENT

REQUIREMENTS

MET.

TED IN CW

I DIRECTION- ALREADY CLOSED - AND LOCKIXG DEVICE HAS BEEN

I

1:VSTALLED.

14

Att. I1

Verifies ICs-93, Resin

Sluice Water to Dernins Isol,

is locked shut

_I

(A-265-GZ42-E15-S2)

-.

.-

ClJE: ICs-93 ISSHUT,'WITH

.

LO*

.

-,-T'-.

I_~

-- -

-i'tm-t

Verifies I&-320, KCP Seal

Water Return X-Conn to

I

1 WRS Feed Pump, is locked

-I--

I CS-320 IS SHUT, WITH LOCh

Tube Side Inlet Is01 Viv

Shut with MCB C.S. in

SIIUI' and BTRS Function

Selector Switch in OFF

-~

CUE: CONT~OL

ROOMREPORTS T

SN'ITCH IN CLOSE POSITION A S 5 A

SAT i

UNSAT

valve

Locates

is locked

and v e r i f i e s - - A r - a - - I

shut

Locates and verifies

valve is locked shut

,i.

_~I__

.-

VG pEVI& INPLACE.

Contacts Control Room

and directs them to close

ICs-570 and maintain

switch in SHUT

Contacts Control Room

I

and directs them to place i 1

DTRS Function Selector

Switch in OFF

I.--_-

-_

AT ICs-570 IS SHUT

rRS FUNCTION SELECTOR SWITCH IS IN

Page 9 of I I

Post Validation Revision

3PM COM-IP(i)

H A M S

S E P

STEP

JPM 1

ELEMENT

Verifies ICs-670, RMW to

I.etdown Reheat IHx Locked

Shut, is locked shut

(A-240-FW4

_ _

1Y-E7-S8)

-

Verifies .1CS-644; Resin

Sluice Pump to RTRS

Demirrs. is locked shut

ICs-98 BTRS BYPASS

Open with MCR C.S. in

OPEN

I

Locates and verifies

valve is locked shut

NG DEVICE INPLACE.

_ ~ _ . . _ _ _ _

~~

Contacts Control Room

and directs them to open

ICs-98 and maintain

switch in OPEN

'AT I CS-98 IS OPEN WITH CONTROL

STOP TIME:

Page 10 of I I

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SIIEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant is making preparations to enter Mode 6. GP-009 has directed that the Mode

6 inadvertent dilution valve lineup and verification be performed.

INITIATING CUE@):

You are directed to perform OP-107, Chemical and Volume Control System, Section

8.18. Any required locks and chains have been given to you by the SCO. Contact the

Control Room for any valve operations required frnm the main control board.

Page 1 I of I1

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IPO)

H N W S

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

JPM GOM-IPU)

Perform Local Actions for Placing an OTAT

Channel in Test

APPI_IGANT:

EXAMINER:

Pdge 1 of 9

Rev Date 12/12/03

JPM COM-IPG)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

New

KA:

012A4.04

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

3.3

RO

3.3

wi STATEMENT:

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control

room: Bistable, trips, reset and test switches

TASK STANDARD:

Master Test switches and bistable test switches for all Loop I

Tavg and OTAT trips and runbacks are in TEST position.

INPLANT

J

Perform Local Actions for Placing an OTAT Channel in Test

-

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFEKRED EVALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM - SIMULATE -

J

REFERENCES:

OWP-RP-01 , Reactor Protection

VALIDATIONTIME: -

15

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FINISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MNUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

UNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of 9

Rev Date 12/12/03

JPM COM-IPG)

HARRIS

TOOLS / EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

o

JPM to be perfomied in plant

o

OW-RP-01, Reactor Protection

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator. then take all actions as you

nonnally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators unrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

comniunication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cues will be described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifany, are to beperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completion ofthe task asq~oou would in rlrc plant

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may he some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 9

Rev Date 1?!12i03

JPM CQM-IFG)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant was operating at 100% power when Loop 1 hot leg temperature input to

Tavg and OTAT failed low.

MITIATING CUE@):

Perform the local actions per OWP-RP-01 for troubleshooting and tripping bistables

for Loop 1 Tavg and OI'AT to meet Technical Specifications. Inform thc Control

Room when all switches have been positioned to allow the Control Room to complete

the actions required in the Control Room.

.

pdge 4 O f 9

Rev Date 12112103

IPM COM-IP(j)

HARRIS

START mm:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

4

-

PROC

§rEP

7

NA

NA

_.__

Control

Board

.-

CtJE: C

-

ELEMENT

Obtain copy of OWP-KP

~~~

PRECAUTION: To prevent

a Reactor Trip, prior to

removing a channel from

service, verify the

corresponding Trip Status

lights for the other channels

are de-energized.

On Main Control Board

Rod Bank Selector to MAN

-

. --

STAND.4RD

Obtains copy of OWP-

RP-1 and refers to

section for Channei I

TavgIAT

-Reviews pi&aution

..

. -

Requests ~ o n t i o ~

Room

place Rod Bank Selectoi

to MAN

. -

--

ROD BANK SELECTOR IS IN

Note

hefore

PIC 1

on Card

C1-861

-. .

._

- m12:

Master Tsst switches

may be positioned to TEST

for troubieshooting. They

are not required to be in

TEST to meet Tech Specs.

Operating these switches

before operating the

bistable switches aids in

troubleshooting by

maintaining system

conditions the same as they

were when the trouble

NOTES

Reviews note

!

a

1 occurred.

Page 5 of 9

Rev Date 12i12i03

IPM COM-IPQ)

HARRIS

  • 6

__g_

PROC

STEP

__=

Note

before

PIC 1

on Card

C1-861

cm: fi

ELEMENT

__ ,. . . . -.

. . . . .

.

N(-YI'E:

- Consiirrcn!

vebfication is preferred

while tripping bistables per

PLP-702.

. .~

R THIS JPM ONL 1'- ASS

STANDARD

VERIFICA TION IS BEIhG FERFORMED AXD THA T VERIFIER AGREES

WITH .

PIC 1

on

Card

c1-861

___-

_ _

CUE: 1

PIC 1

Card

C1-861

__

--

ou

_ _

_--

CL'E: L

PIC 1

Card

<:I-863

_-

CUE: !

PIC 1

on

Card

CUE: ,!

__?

L ACTIONS TAKEN.

In PIC I on Card Cl-861:

SWI (TS/412F) Master

Test

Switch for TS/412D in

TEST

--

_ _ _ _ _ _ ^

- -

-

_-

. I_.-

~

_ -

-.

..

VI

- IS IN TEST PO.SITlO.9 .

~ . _ . . _ _ _

In PIC 1 on Card C1-861:

SW-2 (TS/4B2@) Master

Test

Switch for TS/412B1 in

TEST

__

. .- ._ . -

. . . -.

. . . .-

1'2 IS IN TEST POSlTlOA

~

.

In PIC 1 on Card CI-8631.

SW4 (TS/412R) Master

Test

Switch for TSN12B2 in

TEST

-

Locates Card C1-861

and places SW1 in

TEST position

~

- .-

CRITICAL TO

MAINTAIN

CONDITIONS FOR

__

TROUB1,ESIIOOT.

-

c m w r

-

Locates Card C1-861

and places SW2 in

TEST position

CONDITIONS FOR

__

- ~-

Locates Card C1-863

and plaees SW4 in

TEST position

CONDITIONS FOR

TROUBCESIiOOT.

CURRENT

_. _.

~-

.~

v4 IS IN TEST POSITIOA.

CIUTICAL T o

S W 5 (TS/412S) Master

Test

Switch for 'ISi412B3 in

CONDITIONS FOR

7GFIN

~ TEST POSITION

~-

_.

.. . . .- -.

Page 6 of 9

Rev Date 12/12/03

JPM COM-IP(i)

HARRIS

-

-

JPM

STEP

........

  • I1

.-

-

  • 14

.....

~

"15

PROC

STEP

PIC 1

on

Card

C1-821 .

--_._I.

CUE: B

PIC P

on

Card

C1-821 _.

CUE.' R

PIC 1

on

Card

c1-821

CUE: B,

PIC E

on

Card

Cl-822

CUE: B8

PIC 1

__ .....

~

...

C1-822

CUE: B.

.. .1

kd 1

I

ELEMENT

In PIC 1 on Card c1-821:

BS1 (TB/412D1 Low Tavg)

in TEST

STANDARD

NOTES

~

Locates Card C1-821

I CRITICAL TO

TRIP BISTABLE

TO MEET TECH

SPECS.

and places BSI in

TEST position

-~

..........

I IS Ih'

.... TEST POSITION-

RS2 (TBI4B2D2 High

Tavg) in TEST

TEST position

and places BSZ in

I

.................

.....

.

__

....

l

.

.

.

.

~

2 IS IN TEST POSITION.

___

._..__._I_~ ..........

in-PIC 1 on Card

BS3 (TB/412E

Tavg) in TEST

TRIP BISTABLE

TO MEET TECH

-.

......

.....

....

........

.............

..

3 IS Ih' TEST ........

POSrIWN.

....

-

..........

TRIP BISTABLE

I:

!Is%-?bTT POSITION.

TRIP BISTABLE

TO MEET TECH

....

........

.........

....

~

.........

PIJ'INTEST P0SITIQ.W.

.................. a

.......

In PIC 1 on Card C1-822:

i Locates Card C1-822

TRIP BISTABLE

TO MEET TECH

Dn

i BS3 (TB/41ZCI OTAT) in

and places RS3 in

Card

I TEST

I m s r position

.

- ~.

--.I

.....

......

CUE: BS3 IS IN TESTPOSITIOW.

Page 7 of 9

Rev Date 12112103

JPM COM-IRj)

HARRIS

ELEMENT

STANDARD

I

In PIC 1 on Card CI-822:

1 Locates Card C1-822

-~~

~

~

~

BS4 (TR/412CZ OTAI C-3)

in TEST

aiid places BS4 in

TEST position

Inform Control Room that

local actions are complete

and that remaining Control

Room actions are to be

performed

-

-.

~I

PNTROL ROOM ACKNOP

_.

~~ i

TO MEET TECH

SPECS.

I

I

STOP TIME:

Page 8 of 9

Rev Date 12i12103

JPM COM-IPQ)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The plant was operating at 100% power when Loop 1 hot leg temperature input to

Tavg and OTAT failed low.

INITIATING CUE@):

Perform the local actions per OW?-RP-OI for troubleshooting and tripping bistables

for Loop 1 Tavg and 0TAT to meet Technical Specifications. Inform the Control

Room when all switches have been positioned to allow the Control Room to complete

the actions required in the Control Room.

?age 9 of 9

Rev Date 12/12i03

IFM COM-IP(k)

HARRIS

REGION II

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOE3 PEWBRMANCE MEASURE

JPM COM-IP(k)

Locally Operate a SG PORV

APPLICANT:

EXAMINER:

Page I of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(k)

HARRIS

REGION I1

INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION

JOB PERFORMANCE M E A S W

TASK:

ALTERNATE PATH:

None

Locally Operate a SG PORV

FACILITY JPM NUMBER:

IP-029

KA:

000074EA1.04

IMPORTANCE:

SRO

4.1

R 8

3.9

KA STATEMENT

Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to

Inadequate Core Cooling: Turbine bypass or atmospheric

dump valves, to obtain and maintain the desired pressure

"A" SG PORV has been manually opened and closed.

TASK STANDARD:

PREFERRED EVALUATION 1,OCATION:

SIMULATOR

PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD:

PERFORM

REFERENCES:

INPLANT

J

SIMULATE *

-

-

-

-

EOP-EPP-012, Loss of Emergency Cooiant Recirculation

OP-126, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems

20

MINUTES

TIME CRITICAL:

No

-

VALIDATION TIME:

APPLICANT:

START TIME:

FIfr;ISH TIME:

PERFORMANCE TIME:

MINUTES

PERFORMANCE RATING:

SAT

IJNSAT

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER:

Signature

Date

Page 2 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(k)

KAKKIS

TOOLS 1 EQUIPMENT / PROCEDURES NEEDED:

  • Performed in the plant
  • Pliers

0

FHashlight

e

Plant communications equipment

OP-l2G, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems

READ TO OPERATOR

INSTRtJCTIONS TO APPLICANT:

If simulated, no actual plant controls or equipment are to be operated during the

performance of this JPM. If performed on the simulator, then take all actions as you

normally would in the Control Room. You should silence all annunciators and

determine if they are associated with the task you are performing. No further action is

required for annunciators nnrelated to your task.

You are expected to adhere to all plant standards, including, but not limited to, proper

cornniunication, place-keeping, ALARA and use of personal protective equipment. All

actions taken by you should be clearly demonstrated and verbalized to the evaluator.

Before starting, initial conditions and initiating cue5 will he described and you may

ask for clarification if needed.

You may use any normally available reference materials; however, immediate actions,

ifanJs are to heperformed from memory. Describe the actions you are taking and the

indications you are looking at during the performance of the JPM; the evaluator will

then provide you cues describing the condition of the indication if not otherwise

available. Report completion of the task as you would in theplant.

During the course of the walk-through examination, there may be some tasks you will

be asked to perform that may require you to implement an alternate method directed

by plant procedures in order to complete the assigned task. You are expected to make

decisions and take actions based on procedural guidance and the indications available.

Page 3 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(k)

HARRIS

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Following a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, a transition has been made to EQP-

EPP-012, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation. The crew is attempting to

perform a cooldown using the SG PORVs, but are unable to operate them from the

Main Control Room.

INITIATING CUE(S):

You have been directed to perfom local manual operation of SG A PORV per OP-

12G, Main Steam. Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems, Section 8.2.

An Auxiliary Operator has reported that the feeder breaker for SG PORV A Servo

Valve Solenoid has already been opened.

Page 4 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COh&lP(k)

IIARaIS

START TIME:

  • DENOTES CRITICAL STEP

I

-

4

-_

5

PROC

srw

8.2.1.1.1 t

Local PORV operation has

been deemed necessary by

the Unit SCO, or has been

directed by another

8.2.1. I .2 An Auxiiiaiy Opentor is

I-

available to men hreakers as

rocedure.

--___

-

1

required by Siep 8.2.1.2.2. __

CUE: AN OPERA TOR HAS BEBY

B L ' A -

Caution

before

8.2.1.2. I

3.2.1 2 . 1

FD __

BREAKERS.

CAUTIOE Adverse

conditions in the steam

tunnel may cause more rapid

operator fatigue and should

be evaluated for extended

ogerions

Obtain thc following

equipment:

a. Pliers (to remove the

cover on the side of the

PORV)

b. Flashlight

c. High Noise Area Sound

I.

Sound Powered Phone

Powered Phone Head Set

Extension Cord

STANDARD

.+%?P.L-.-

Z t i d condition provide

information

Initiating Cue indicates

lhat A 0 has already

..

)ISPATCHED TO OPERATE THE

~.

Reviews caution

Obrain equipment

iooolbox are veri$ed

on weekly A 0

rounds. hTOT

required to open

toolbox and uctualiy

obtain loois as cover

for uccess i.7 eusilv

removed by hand.

Page 5 of9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(k)

HARRIS

CtJE:

-

Open the Servo.%ve

Soienoids feeder breaker(s)

for the POKV(s) which will

be operated, as listed below:

A SI<; PORV (IMS-58)

B SIG PORV (1MS-60)

6: SIG PORV (IMS-62)

PP-IA3 12-SA-3

FP-IN3 12-SB-3

IDP-IA-SKI-16

-

-IA312-SA, CIRCtJIT 3, t

.~

Remove the cover from the

side of the POHV(s) that i s

(are) to be operated, to

permit operator axes5 to

the Solenoid Manual

Overrides.

ZGOI/ER PLATE HAS I

STANDNU,

I

Contacts Control Room

to have power removed

from "A" SG PORV by

opening Ckt 3 on PP-

lA312-SA.

NOTES

[1MS-58) and removes

REMOVE COVER

he side cover plate.

1 TO ALLOW

ACCESS TO

OVERRIDES.

j NOTE: Prompt

! upplicuirt, as

' necessav, to

1 actual& remove

j cover IO allow visual

! I

--+z'ys.

-

-

.I-

._

EN REMOVED (PROMPT TO

4 CTtJALL Y REM0 VE

._

r--~

-

Zaution

i CAUHON:

Keviews caution

>&re

3.2.1.2.4 I instrumentation at the

~ There is no local

~ PORVs to monitor system

parameters. Therefore,

direct comniunications must

be maintained with the

Control Room during PORV

SAT I

UNSAT

--

Page 6 of 9

Post Validation Revision

3PM COM-IP(k)

HARRIS

-

JPM

STEP

9 -

__-

I

-

CUE: CQhIMUNICA TIOXS IIAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. THE CONTROL

BOO.

Note

befort

8.2.1.:

- . ._

-

-

Note

xfore

3.2.1.:

-

Soutic

7efore

3 2 . 1 . ;

rRECTS YQlJ TO

I FULLE

~ a g

A fuiiy pressurized

accumulator will provide at

least one hull stroke of the

PORV. If the accumulator is

not pressurized, then the

Nand Pump will have to be

used to cycle the PORV per

Section 8.2.2 of this

Ecedure.

h m :

Step 8.2.1.2.5 will

fully open the PORV and

Step 8.2.1.2.6 will

completely shut it. If a

throttled position of the

PORV is desired, then skp

to step 8.2.1.2.7.

excessive torque to Soiencid

Manual Ovemdes, as serious

damage could occur to the

Solenoid Valve internals.

Servo Valve Solenoids

A(Top) and A(Bottom) must

be deenergized prior to

3perating the manual

sverrides.

CAIJTION: DO not apply

-

IPEN 'A ' SG PORK

Reviews note

Reviews note

Keviews caution

Page 7 Of !?

Post Validation Revision

JPM COM-IP(k)

IIAKRIS

/ THE CWDIRECTlOX THE SC PORVIS FtJLLY OPEN TIIE CONTROL

_i-

ROOM,

  • I4

8.2.1.2.6

1 CUE: R

___.

To fully shut the PORV,

place solenoids A (Top)

and R (Bottom) manual

overrides back to their

original position by

rotating them

approximately 3/4 turn in

the counterclockwise

EFF) direction.

solenoids 314 turn in

the counterclockwise

direction, back to

original position.

-.I-

B SOLEAOIDS HA VE BEEN ROl

-

CHITICAL TO

CAUSE SG PORV

TO F m L Y OPEN.

I

TED % TURX IN

THESGPORVIS FCJLLY CLO

I

-

-

.

.

STOP TIME:

Page 8 of 9

Post Validation Revision

JPM COh.I-IP(k)

HARRIS

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

(TQ BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Following a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection, a transition has been made to EOP-

EPP-Oi2, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation. The crew is attempting to

perform a cooldown using the SG PQRVs, but are unable to operate them from the

Main Control Room.

INITIATING CUE@):

You have been directed to perform local manual operation of SG A PORV per OP-

126, Main Steam, Extraction Steam, and Steam Dump Systems, Section 8.2.

An Auxiliary Operator has reported that the feeder breaker for SG PQRV A Servo

Valve Solenoid has already been opened.

Page 9 of Y

Post Validation Revision